st80_2002_e

s

simatic hmiC

ata

log

ST

80

• 2

00

2/2

00

3

Human MachineInterface Systems

Related catalogs:

® SIMATIC, SIMATIC HMI, HMI, ProTool, ProTool/Lite, ProTool/Pro, ProAgent,IndustrialX, WinCC, WinCC Add-on, SIMATIC Multi Panel, SIMATICMultifunctional Platform and SIMATIC NET are Siemens registeredtrademarks.

The other designations in this catalog might be trademarks, the use of whichby third parties could infringe upon the rights of their respective owners.

For further information regarding SIMATIC HMI visit our site in the Internet:

http://www.siemens.com/simatichmi

Trademarks/Internet

ST 50

ST 70

IK PI

PM 10

CA 01

SIMATICSIMATIC S5/PC/505Automation Systems

PDF No.:E86060-K4650-A111-A8-7600

SIMATICComponents forTotally Integrated Automation

Order No.:E868060-K4670-A111-A7-7600

Communication and Field DevicesIndustrial Communication andField Devices

Order No.:E86060-K6710-A101-B1-7600

SIMOTIONMotion Control System SIMOTION

Order No.:E86060-K4910-A101-A3-7600

Components forAutomation

Order No.:E86060-D4001-A110-B6-7600

Information and Trainingfor Automation and DrivesTechnology

Order No.:E86060-K6850-A101-B2

ITC

1) Available in German only. Contact your local Siemens representative for further information.

1)

s

SIMATIC HMIHuman MachineInterface Systems

Catalog ST 80 · 2002/2003Supersedes: Catalog ST 80 · 2001

The products and systems described in this catalog are manufactured under applica-tion of a quality management system certified by DQS in accordance with DIN EN ISO 9001 (Certified Registration No.: 2613-05). The DQS certifi-cate is recognized by all EQ Net countries (Reg. No.: 2613).

© Siemens AG

Introduction Product and System Overview

Operator interfaces

Push Button PanelsMicro PanelsPanelsMulti Panels

Panel PCs

HMI software Configuring softwareSIMATIC ProToolVisualization softwareSIMATIC ProTool/ProSCADA System SIMATIC WinCCProcess diagnostics softwareSIMATIC ProAgent

HMIcomplete systems

HMI packages with ProTool/ProHMI packages with WinCC

Customized products

Customized designOEM productsOpen platform program

IndustrialLCD monitors

12″ devices15″ devices18″ devices

Dimension drawings

Appendix

The products contained in this catalog are also included in Catalog CA 01 on CD-ROM.Order No.: E86060-D4001-A110-B7-7600For further information contact your nearest Siemens branch office.

Appendix

SIMATIC® HMI®

Human-Machine Interface

The human-machine interface (HMI) matches the automation environment to the individual requirements of the user. It allows you to master pro-cesses perfectly and operate machines and plants efficient-ly, always keeping your plant’s availability and productivity levels at their optimum level.

Leading the way in technology development

As processes are becoming increasingly complex, the tasks which machines and systems have to perform are becoming ever more varied. To simplify and bring structure into this increasing complexity is our main aim with every new HMI development. With their open, standardized hardware and software interfaces, our solutions can be used throughout the world. Not only the automated pro-cess itself benefits: SIMATIC HMI can become an integral component of your corporate IT environment.

All the benefits of Totally Integrated Automation

Being a Totally Integrated Automation component, SIMATIC HMI uses the same configuration tools, common data and standardized com-munication methods. This results in a saving of 50 % in engineering costs compared to other automation solutions.

SIMATIC HMI – putting you in full control

From the simple keypad to full process visualization sys-tems, SIMATIC HMI provides a full range of products for all operator interface applica-tions, including customized solutions.

Siemens ST 80 · 2002/2003

Siemens ST 80 · 2002/2003

Introduction

Product and system overview

1/4

��

��

� ��

��

��

��

��

��

� ��

��

��

��

��

��

��

��

�� !��"� ��#�� !$%�"�&��'�" ��"�' ��!(

��&� !�)�"�!�# !�* #��+(�, -�.��#��" (��&�('! /($�#�*' #��&�(�.�$"+..�&$�(�*'!�� ((�*0!/

, ��!/��+��&�'�")�"* �#�, 1�)�2�/($�)+�#��2�/(��"��+#��(#"��

��3�)�"��(��* #��'�" �� &�*��"��.4(�%�!!� (��(+ !�5 ��$� +!�� !(�# � !(�� &!��"� +��* �� (2($�(+#� (�#��"�!�)+�#��(4

��&+(�"� !��(�)�"��(��(+ !�5 ��, -�.��'�")�"* �#�$�"+..�&� �&�#�*' #�, ��%�0+&.�� &�(+�� 0!��)�"��&+(�"� !�+(�

��

��

��

��

��

��

��('�#� !!/�)�"��1� ��1�$�)�"�#��"�!!��.� �&�*��"��.(* !!�* #��(� �&�'! ��(

��

��

Siemens ST 80 · 2002/2003

Introduction

Product and system overview

1/5

� ��!��%��"��!�"�� !��%��6��

�� 3��$��+��)�"*$�#��(�(��#��)�.+"��.�(�)�% "�+�&�"�6��&�%(�)�"� !!�1� �� !(� �&��- ��(�#��)��1� ��41� ��"��!��,��!�%�#�(��"(��)�"�#��)�.+"��.� !!��7�� !(� �&�� &��." '��#(�&��#�(

��'! �)�"*(�%��, 1� ��"��!�"��", 1� ��6��

�+(��*�5�&�&�(�.��8 �'"�&+#�(�'��! �)�"*��"�." *

�� "�� ! 0!�%��9$��9� �&��9�&�('! /(� �&��)�!!�%��.��"(��(:,��(2��',��+�!��*�&�!(�;)�"�#��"�!�# 0��(<,��=>�0+�!��*�&�!(�;)�"��=9�" #2(<

��3� ��!��$��0 (�&�(�!+��)�"�!�# !��(+ !�5 ��4��(�(�(��)��"+��*�� &#��)�.+"��.�(�)�% "��)�"��'! �)�"*(4� ��0��+(�&�)�"�#��)�.+"��.� !!�1� ��' ��!(

��3��"��$��(�)�% "��'��' #2 .��)�"'"�#�(�� &�) (��'"�#�((�) +!��&� .��(��#(

��

��

� ��

��

��

��

� ��!��

� ��!��

1��=�

1��=�

1��=�

1��=�

!!"�"�"�!�"�!��#��$��3$��'"�#�((��(+ !�5 ��(/(��*�+�&�"6��&�%(,�1# ! 0!��'"�#�((��(+ !�5 ��)�"� !!��&(,�1��.!��+(�"� �&�*+!��+(�"�'�((�0!�

�"�.��

6��

�"��!�"�

�"��!��"��!

Siemens ST 80 · 2002/2003

Introduction

Notes

1/6

Siemens ST 80 · 2002/2003 2/1

2Operator Control andMonitoring Devices

Overview 2/2

Push Button Panels SIMATIC PP7, SIMATIC PP17-I and SIMATIC PP17-II ............... 2/8

Micro Panels SIMATIC TD 200 ...............SIMATIC TP 070................

2/132/15

Panels

Text Panels SIMATIC TD17 ..................SIMATIC OP3, SIMATIC OP7and SIMATIC OP17...........

2/18

2/20

170 Series SIMATIC TP 170A andSIMATIC TP 170B .............SIMATIC OP 170B.............

2/272/32

270 Series SIMATIC TP 270................SIMATIC OP 270 ...............SIMATIC TP27...................SIMATIC OP27 ..................

2/362/412/462/51

Multi Panels

270 Series370 SeriesOptions for Multi Panels

SIMATIC MP 270B ............SIMATIC MP 370...............SIMATIC WinAC MP..........

2/562/622/68

Options for handling time-critical operator actions 2/70

System interfaces for text-based Panels and OP27/TP27.................for Micro Panels, 170/270/370 seriesand ProTool/Pro Runtime ..

2/72

2/80

Connecting cables 2/88

Recommended printers for Micro Panels and Panels ...............................for Multi Panels .................

2/902/92

Siemens ST 80 · 2002/20032/2

Operator Control and Monitoring Devices

The Device Classes

■ Overview Comprehensive product family

SIMATIC HMI® offers the full product family for machine-level human machine inter-faces from a single source: starting with Push Button Panels, Micro Panels, Panels and Multi Panels, right up to PC-based solutions with Panel PCs and the ProTool/Pro® Runtime visualization software.

The innovative hardware and software solutions are scal-able in price and performance as well as in the degree of openness and expandability offered. As the global leader, hundreds of thousands of SIMATIC operator interfaces are in use in the most diverse industries and applications.

Micro Panels

Z Tailored to applications with the SIMATIC S7-200 micro PLC, either with text-orient-ed display or touch screen. The Micro Panels are config-ured with STEP 7-Micro/WIN, the programming software of the S7-200, or with TP-Designer.

Panels

Z Text Panelsas Text Displays (TDs) pure-ly for message display or as Operator Panels (OPs) for human machine interface with membrane keyboard.

Z 170/270 serieswith pixel graphics display for realistic representation of processes (also in color), either as Touch Panels (TPs) with touch-sensitive displays or as Operator Panels (OPs) with membrane keyboards.

Multi Panels

Z 270/370 seriesOffers versions with touch screen or membrane key-board operation that can be used like the panels for hu-man machine interface func-tionality. Multi Panels (MPs) also allow the installation of additional applications and enable the integration of several automation tasks on a single platform using the soft PLC WinAC MP, as an example.

The highlights at a glance:

• Rugged and compact

• Bright displays for the best possible readability

• Simple and secure operation with ergo-nomically designed keypad or intuitively with touch panel

• Long service life of the display backlighting

• One configuration software fits all

• Simple and fast configuring

• Remote download of configuring and firmware

• Integrated into the SIMATIC world

• PLCs from the most diverse manufactur-ers can be connected

• Drivers and available interfaces already onboard – at no additional cost

• Global in use with comprehensive lan-guage support, including Asian languages


2/3

Display

ResolutionSize in inches / W x H in mmCharacter height in mmMTBF backlighting (at 25°C)

Operating elementsFunction keys (programmable, can be labeled freely)System keysExternal keyboard, mouse, barcode reader

Memory, integrated (available for application data)

InterfacesSerial / MPI / PROFIBUS DPUSB / EthernetCF / PC card slot

Connection to controllerSIMATIC S7 / SIMATIC WinACSIMATIC S5 / SIMATIC 505SINUMERIK / SIMOTIONAllen Bradley / Mitsubishi / TelemecaniqueAEG Modicon / Omron / GE FanucLucky Goldstar

FunctionalityEvent messages/alarm messagesMessage bufferGraphic objectsNumerical/alphanumeric inputDP direct control keysPassword protectionHelp textsPrint functionsOnline languagesBar charts/trend diagrams (pixel graphics)RecipesArchivingVisual basic scriptsPG functions (STATUS/CONTROL)

Applications, optional

Configuration software

Perfect for the S7-200simple and low-cost

TD 200 TP 070

��

LC display

2 x 20 (lines x characters)——5——

Membrane keyboard45——

128 KB flash

●● / —— / ———— / ———— / ——

S7- 200** only / ———— / ———— / ———— / —— / ———— / —— / ————

●● / ●●—————— / ————●●

————1—— / ——————————

——

LC display,STN, blue mode,4 blue levels320 x 240 pixels5.7" / 115 x 86Freely scalable50,000 h

Touch screen (analog/resistive)——————

128 KB flash

●● / ●● / ———— / ———— / ——

S7- 200** only / ———— / ———— / ———— / —— / ———— / —— / ————

—— / ————Pixel graphics●● / A-F————————1●● / ——————————

——

All SIMATICoperator interfacesat a glance

Micro Panels

** = Point-to-point connection

2/4

The small versatile unitsthat pack a punch

170 seriesThe clever way to start —low cost and innovative

TD17 OP3 OP7 TP 170A TP 170B

Text Panels

SIMATIC ProTool/Lite, SIMATIC ProTool, SIMATIC ProTool/Pro Configuration

OP17

LC display,backlit with LED

2 x 20 *——5——

Membrane keyboard5 (labelling fixed)18——

128 KB flash

●● / ●● / ———— / ———— / ——

●● / ———— / ———— / ———— / —— / ———— / — — / ————

●● / ——●●

——●● / ————●●

————3—— / ————————on SIMATIC S5/S7

——


4 x 20 or 8 x 40 *——11 or 6——

Membrane keyboard——7——

128 KB flash

●● / ●● / ●●—— / ———— / ——

●● / ●●●● / ●●●● / ——●● / ●● / ●●●● / ●● / ●●——

●● / ——●●

———— / ————●●

●●

——3—— / ——————————

——


4 x 20 *——8——


128 KB flash

●● / ●● / ●●—— / ———— / ——

●● / ●●●● / ●●●● / ——●● / ●● / ●●●● / ●● / ●●——

●● / ●●●●

Character graphics●● / ●●●●

●●

●●

●●

3—— / ——●●

————on SIMATIC S5/S7

——


4 x 20 or 8 x 40 *——11 or 6——


256 KB flash

●● / ●● / ●●—— / ———— / ——

●● / ●●●● / ●●●● / ——●● / ●● / ●●●● / ●● / ●●——

●● / ●●●●

Character graphics●● / ●●●●

●●

●●

●●

3—— / ——●●

————on SIMATIC S5/S7

——



320 KB flash

●● / ●● / ●●—— / ———— / ——

●● / ●●●● / ●●—— / ——●● / ●● / ●●●● / ●● / ●●●●

●● / ——●●

Pixel graphics●● / A-F——●●

————1—— / ●●————————

——

LC display,STN, blue mode or color4 blue levels or 16 colors320 x 240 pixels5.7" / 115 x 86Freely scalable50,000 h


768 KB flash

●● / ●● / ●●—— / ——●● / ——

●● / ●●●● / ●●●● / ●●●● / ●● / ●●●● / ●● / ●●●●

●● / ●●●●

Pixel / vector graphics●● / ●●●●

●●

●●

●●

5●● / ●●●●

——————

——

* = lines x characters

Panels

SIMATIC ProTool/Lite, SIMATIC ProTool,SIMATIC ProTool/Pro Configuration

2/5



768 KB flash

●● / ●● / ●●—— / ——●● / ——

●● / ●●●● / ●●●● / ●●●● / ●● / ●●●● / ●● / ●●●●

●● / ●●●●


●●

●●

●●

5●● / ●●●●

——————

——

270 seriesThe all-rounder with optimalpower and performance

TP 270 OP 270

SIMATIC ProTool, SIMATIC ProTool/Pro Configuration

LC display,STN,256 colors320 x 240 pixels5.7" / 115 x 86Freely scalable40,000 h

Touch screen (analog/resistive)————using USB

2 MB flash

●● / ●● / ●●●● / optional●● / ——

●● / ●●●● / ●●●● / ●●●● / ●● / ●●●● / ●● / ●●●●

●● / ●●●●


●●

●●

●●

5●● / ●●●●

●●

●●

on SIMATIC S5/S7

SIMATIC ProAgent



2 MB flash

●● / ●● / ●●●● / optional●● / ——

●● / ●●●● / ●●●● / ●●●● / ●● / ●●●● / ●● / ●●●●

●● / ●●●●


●●

●●

●●

5●● / ●●●●

●●

●●

on SIMATIC S5/S7

SIMATIC ProAgent


Membrane keyboard3638using USB

2 MB flash

●● / ●● / ●●●● / optional●● / ——

●● / ●●●● / ●●●● / ●●●● / ●● / ●●●● / ●● / ●●●●

●● / ●●●●


●●

●●

●●

5●● / ●●●●

●●

●●

on SIMATIC S5/S7

SIMATIC ProAgent



2 MB flash

●● / ●● / ●●●● / optional●● / ——

●● / ●●●● / ●●●● / ●●●● / ●● / ●●●● / ●● / ●●●●

●● / ●●●●


●●

●●

●●

5●● / ●●●●

●●

●●

on SIMATIC S5/S7

SIMATIC ProAgent

SIMATIC ProTool/Lite, SIMATIC ProTool,SIMATIC ProTool/Pro Configuration

OP 170B

2/6

Convincing in power,performance and expandability

270 series 370 seriesMeets the highest demands for power,performance and expandability

MP 270B


5 MB Flash (of which max. 4 MB for ProTool conf.)

SIMATIC ProAgent,Pocket Internet Explorer(included in scope of supply)

12 MB Flash (of which max. 7 MB for ProTool conf.)

Display

ResolutionSize in inches / W x H in mm

Character height in mmMTBF backlighting (at 25°C)

Operating elementsFunction keys (programmable, can be labeled freely)

System keysExternal keyboard, mouse, barcode reader

Memory, integrated (available for application data)

InterfacesSerial / MPI / PROFIBUS DP

USB / EthernetCF / PC card slot

Connection to controllerSIMATIC S7 / SIMATIC WinAC

SIMATIC S5 / SIMATIC 505SINUMERIK / SIMOTION

Allen Bradley / Mitsubishi / TelemecaniqueAEG Modicon / Omron / GE Fanuc

Lucky Goldstar

FunctionalityEvent messages/alarm messages

Message bufferGraphic objects

Numerical/alphanumeric inputDP direct control keys

Password protectionHelp texts

Print functionsOnline languages

Bar charts/trend diagrams (pixel graphics)Recipes

ArchivingVisual basic scripts

PG functions (STATUS/CONTROL)

Applications, optional


LC display,TFT,256 colors640 x 480 pixels10.4" / 211 x 158Freely scalable50,000 h


●● / ●● / ●●●● / ●●●● / ●●

●● / ●●●● / ●●●● / ●●●● / ●● / ●●●● / ●● / ●●●●

●● / ●●●●


●●

●●

●●

5●● / ●●●●

●●

●●

on SIMATIC S5/S7



●● / ●● / ●●●● / ●●●● / ●●

●● / ●●●● / ●●●● / ●●●● / ●● / ●●●● / ●● / ●●●●

●● / ●●●●


●●

●●

●●

5●● / ●●●●

●●

●●

on SIMATIC S5/S7

Multi Panels

MP 370

SIMATIC ProTool, SIMATIC ProTool/Pro Configuration


●● / ●● / ●●●● / ●●●● / ●●

●● / ●●●● / ●●●● / ●●●● / ●● / ●●●● / ●● / ●●●●

●● / ●●●●


●●

●●

●●

5●● / ●●●●

●●

●●

on SIMATIC S5/S7



●● / ●● / ●●●● / ●●●● / ●●

●● / ●●●● / ●●●● / ●●●● / ●● / ●●●● / ●● / ●●●●

●● / ●●●●


●●

●●

●●

5●● / ●●●●

●●

●●

on SIMATIC S5/S7

All SIMATICoperator interfaces

at a glance

SIMATIC ProAgent,Pocket Internet Explorer(included in scope of supply),SIMATIC ThinClient/MP (i.p.)

SIMATIC ProAgent,Pocket Internet Explorer(included in scope of supply),SIMATIC WinAC MP

SIMATIC ProAgent,Pocket Internet Explorer(included in scope of supply),SIMATIC ThinClient/MP (i.p.),SIMATIC WinAC MP

Siemens ST 80 · 2002/2003 2/7


ProTool – One configuration software fits all

ProTool/Lite ProTool ProTool/Prosee Section 4 see Section 4 see Section 4

Configuration software for TD17, OP3, OP7, OP17,OP 170B, TP 170A,and TP 170B

TD17, OP3, OP7, OP17,OP 170B, OP 270, TP 170A, TP 170B, TP 270, MP 270B, MP 370

TD17, OP3, OP7, OP17,OP 170B, OP 270, TP 170A, TP 170B, TP 270, MP 270B, MP 370 and PC-based systems

Runtime software for – – PC-based systems

Operating system Windows 98 SE/ME/NT4.0/2000

Windows 98 SE/ME/NT4.0/2000

Windows 98 SE/ME/NT4.0/2000

Highlights

• Short learning time for the configuration software thanks to standard Windows operating system and integrated online help system

• Simple and fast operation of the configuration software thanks to standard Windows operating mechanisms and WYSIWYG representation of text and graphics

• Simple further processing of configuration sections using several simultaneously open configurations (multiple doc-ument interface) and cross-project copying using the clip-board with drag&drop or copy&paste

• Clear, easy to modify configurations thanks to object-oriented symbolic data management and cross-reference lists with direct data access at the click of a mouse

• Access to symbol lists and communications parameters of the controller configuration with integrated installation under SIMATIC STEP® 7

• Use of the familiar work environment for graphics genera-tion through connection of the graphics editors via OLE interface or import of pixel-graphics objects

• Export/import of all texts (e.g. for ease of translation)

• Support for Asian logographic or character-based languages

• Extensive image editor and graphics libraries with off-the-shelf image objects

• Protocol editor on Windows systems

• Configuration test using simulation on the PC even without PLC and Panel

• Zooming of configurations for different display resolutions.

Software Update Service

Z Automatic supply of the latest software release (upgrade/service packs

Z Runtime 1 year from ordering with automatic extension

Z Low-cost and user-friendly method of keeping the soft-ware up-to-date at all times

Optional software packages

Z ProAgent: targeted and fast process fault diagnostics in plants and machines in conjunction with SIMATIC S7 (see Section 4)

Z ThinClient/MP: Multi Panels as terminal clients of a Windows 2000 terminal server (available soon)

Z WinAC MP:software PLC based on Windows CE, runs on the MP 370 multifunctional platform (see Section 3).


Siemens ST 80 · 2002/20032/8


SIMATIC PP7, SIMATIC PP17-I and SIMATIC PP17-II

Push Button Panels


■ Overview • Keys and lamps ready for use with SIMATIC S7.

• No need to individually mount and wire pushbuttons and switches.

• No engraving of labels nec-essary; simple creation and changing of inscription

labels (black and white or color) using template (also when installed).

• A time saving of up to 90 %: guaranteed immediate oper-ational readiness after as-sembly.

• Simple, convenient machine operation, for example through use of different indi-cator light colors.

• Simpler configuration and IBS phase, for example through standard lines.

• Various PP options can also be activated by modifying parameters.

Their easy-to-clean surface is not the only advantage of the PPs. They also have the following advantages:

Z Pre-fitted with short-stroke keys

Z Durable through multi-col-ored flush LEDs in all short-stroke keys

Z Additional digital inputs and outputs for expansion (no DO on PP7)

Z Perforated cutouts for 22.5 mm standard supple-mentary elements, such as pushbuttons, lamps, etc.

Z Central enable input to inhib-it data input (not PP7)

Z Integrated lamp and push-button test

Z Integral diagnostics function

Siemens ST 80 · 2002/2003 2/9

Operator Control and Monitoring DevicesPush Button Panels


■ Area of application The rugged PP7, PP17-I and PP17-II pushbutton panels are designed for simple and di-rect machine operation.

The pushbutton panels can be used wherever keys and lamps are needed, for exam-ple on machine and plant con-trol consoles. For special-purpose machines, PPs can also be used to construct standard operator panels, which allow quick, flexible and modular expansion.

Configuration and connec-tion methods

The pushbutton panels are optimized for use in the follow-ing

Z SIMATIC S7-200®, S7-300®, S7-400® soft and slot PLCs through MPI and PROFIBUS DP

Z SIMATIC S5 (AG95/Master or IM308C) only through PROFIBUS DP

Z Any other PROFIBUS DP masters, such as Allen Bradley

■ Design With their simple operation and menu-driven configura-tion, the compact pushbutton panels can be quickly recon-figured. The short- and long-stroke keys can be labeled with strips that are inserted behind the IP 65 front panel.

Special features

Z Menu-driven parameteriza-tion through display on rear with mini keyboard.

Z Color modes for LEDs, e.g. red, green, orange, red flashing, green flashing or orange flashing

Z Integrated 0.5 Hz and 2 Hz flashing rates for all addition-al outputs.

Z Short-stroke keys and digital inputs can also be parame-terized individually as switches.

Z Parameterizable pulse stretching for short-stroke keys and digital inputs (max. 1000 ms)

Z Service-friendly since oper-ating states and messages can be displayed on the rear display in plaintext.

Z With its OP7/OP17 design, can be connected in gap-free rows.

Z Low-maintenance, as no battery is required.

Z All parameters are stored on an easily interchangeable memory card.

1) Up to 2 Watt per output for filament bulbs

Fitted with(number of)

PP7 PP17-I PP17-II

Short-stroke keys 8 16 32

Surface LEDs 8 16 32

DI terminals 4 16 16

DO terminals 1) – 16 16

Enable input – 1 1

Installation spaces for 22.5 mm standard elements

3 12 –

Siemens ST 80 · 2002/20032/10



Push Button Panels

■ Communication

1) S7-200 with MPI only (CPU 212 not possible).2) S7-CPU 215-DP to PROFIBUS DP interface also possible using MPI protocol.3) PP suitable for up to 12 Mbit/s.4) PP suitable for up to 1.5 Mbit/s.5) Bus connector for OP: 6GK1 500-1EA00.6) Standard PG/PC MPI cable cannot be used.

The standard PG/PC MPI cable (6ES7 901-0BF00-0AA0)is not suitable for connecting a PP to a CPU.

PLC SIMATIC HMI

Target hardware (PROTOCOL)(connector/interface)

PP7 4) PP17 3) Order No.of the connecting cable(max. length)I II

SIMATIC S7 (MPI as master) 6)

S7-200, -300 and -400 through MPI interface,1) 2)

(9-pin female/RS 485)Soft/slot PLC (WinAC)

Bus connector(see Catalog ST 70, Sec. 7)Bus cable(see Catalog ST 70, Sec. 14)MPI network(see Catalog ST 70)

SIMATIC S5/S7 (PROFIBUS DP as standard slave)

through PROFIBUS to up to 1 ×S7-200 CPU 215-DP with MPI protocolS7-300, -400 with integrated PROFIBUS interfaceS7-300 with CP 342-5S7-400 with CP 443-5

PROFIBUS 5)

(see Catalog ST 70+ Catalog IK PI)

through PROFIBUS DP toS5-95U/PROFIBUS DP master (6ES5 095-8ME02) S5-115U, -135U, -155U with IM 308C/IM 308BS5-115U, -135U, -155U with CP 5430/CP 5431

PROFIBUS 5)


through PROFIBUS DP onexternal PROFIBUS DP master

PROFIBUS 5)


System interface available

Siemens ST 80 · 2002/2003 2/11

Operator Control and Monitoring DevicesPush Button Panels


■ Technical specifications

1) Bulbs up to 2 Watt per output2) Depth without plug-in elements

Typ PP7 PP17-I PP17-II

Control elements

• Number of keys 8 short-stroke keys 16 short-stroke keys 32 short-stroke keys

• LED color modes 3 3 3

• Additional digital inputs 4 16 16

• Additional digital outputs - 16 16- In groups of - 4 4- Output current 1) (per output),

max.- 100 mA 100 mA

- Aggregate current per group, max.

- 500 mA 500 mA

- Short-circuit protection Yes Yes Yes

Typical service life

• Short-stroke keys (in switching operations)

1,500,000 1,500,000 1,500,000

• LEDs (ON period) 100 % 100 % 100 %

Supply voltage 24 V DC 24 V DC 24 V DC

• Permitted range 18 V DC to 30 V DC 18 V DC to 30 V DC 18 V DC to 30 V DC

• Current input, normally 0.2 mA 0.2 mA 0.4 mA

Interfaces 1 x RS 422 1 x RS 485 1 x RS 485

Interface with PLC S5, S7-200/-300/-400 S5, S7-200/-300/-400 S5, S7-200/-300/-400

Ambient conditions

• Mounting position

- Max. permissible angle of inclination without assisted ventilation

35° 35° 35°

• Temperature

- Operation (vertical installation) 0 °C to 55 °C 0 °C to 55 °C 0 °C to 55 °C

- Operation (max. inclination) 0 °C to 55 °C 0 °C to 55 °C 0 °C to 55 °C

- Transport, storage -20 °C to 70 °C -20 °C to 70 °C -20 °C to 70 °C

• Relative humidity 95% 95% 95%

Dimensions

• Front (w x h in mm) 240 x 144 204 x 240 204 x 240

• Mounting cutout/depth (w x h x d in mm)

130 x 190 x 532) 226 x 190 x 532) 226 x 190 x 532)

Weight 0.72 kg 1.13 kg 1.13 kg

Functions

• Short-stroke key/digital inputs as pushbutton or switch

Yes Yes Yes

• Integrated flashing rate for LEDs 0.5 Hz 0.5 Hz 0.5 Hz

• Integrated flashing rate for digital outputs

0.5 Hz or 2 Hz 0.5 Hz or 2 Hz 0.5 Hz or 2 Hz

• Key and lamp test Yes Yes Yes

• Pulse stretching for short-stroke keys and digital inputs, max.

1000 ms 1000 ms 1000 ms

• Enable input Yes Yes Yes

• Installation spaces for 22.5 mm standard elements

5 12 0

Degree of protection

• Front IP 20/IP 65 IP 20/IP 65 IP 20/IP 65

• Rear IP 20 IP 20 IP 20

Certification CE, UL, CSA, FM CE, UL, CSA, FM CE, UL, CSA, FM

2/12 Siemens ST 80 · 2002/2003



Push Button Panels

■ Ordering data Order No.

} ex warehouse.

1) Permissible automation devices see “System interfaces” table on page 2/10.

2) Incl. 3.5″ disk containing GSD files/TYP files and Word templates for labeling strips.

A) Subject to export regulations AL: N and ECCN: EAR99.

Ordering data Order No.

For further information, visit our website at

http://www.siemens.com/panels

SIMATIC PP7 1) A)

turnkey for MPI operation,incl. installation accessories• with 1 × MPI or PROFIBUS DP up

to 1.5 Mbit/s• SIMATIC S5 only through

PROFIBUS DP• 8 × short-stroke keys• 8 × surface LEDs• 4 × DI terminals (24 V)• Up to 3 × 22.5 mm holes

} 6AV3 688-3AA03-0AX0

SIMATIC PP17turnkey for MPI operation,incl. installation accessories• with 1 × MPI or PROFIBUS DP up

to 12 Mbit/s• SIMATIC S5 only through

PROFIBUS DP

PP17-I 1) A)

• 16 × short-stroke keys• 16 × surface LEDs• 16 × DI terminals• 16 × DO terminals• 1 × enable input• Up to 12 × 22.5 mm holes

} 6AV3 688-3CD13-0AX0

PP17-II 1) A)

• 32 × short-stroke keys• 32 × surface LEDs• 16 × DI terminals• 16 × DO terminals• 1 × Enable input

} 6AV3 688-3ED13-0AX0

Documentation (to be ordered separately)

Manualfor PP7/PP17 2)

• German• English• French• Italian• Spanish

}}}}}

6AV3 991-1CA00-1AA0

6AV3 991-1CA00-1AB0

6AV3 991-1CA00-1AC0

6AV3 991-1CA00-1AD0

6AV3 991-1CA00-1AE0

Getting Started guidefor PP7/PP17• German } 6AV3 991-1CA00-1BA0• English } 6AV3 991-1CA00-1BB0

Accessories for reordering

DP/MPI cable (3 m)cable terminal fittings both ends

} 6XV1 830-1CH30

Service package for PP7, PP17-I, PP17-IIconsisting of:• 1 × PP7 seal• 1 × PP17-I/PP17-II seal• 5 × tensioning clamps• PP7 plug-in terminal strip• PP17-I/PP17-II plug-in terminal

strips

Commercially available printer foils can be used as keyboard labeling strips.

} 6AV3 678-3XC30

Unverbindliche Preisempfehlungen

Siemens ST 80 · 2002/2003 2/13

Operator Control and Monitoring DevicesMicro Panels

SIMATIC TD 200

■ Overview • The user-friendly text display for the S7-200

• For control and monitoring: message text display, intervention in PLC program, setting of inputs and outputs

• Direct connection to CPU interface using the cable supplied, or integration into the network (likewise using EM 277)

• No separate power supply required

• No separate parameteriza-tion software required

• On request with customized front design

• Addressing and contrast adjustment by means of supplied menu

■ Area of application The TD 200 text display is the optimum solution to all SIMATIC S7-200 operator interface problems.

It is easily connected to the PPI of the S7-200 using the connecting cable supplied with it. There is no need for a separate power supply. Several TD 200s can also be connected to an S7-200.

The TD 200 can be used for the following tasks:

Z Displaying messages

Z Intervention in the control program, e.g. setpoint changes

Z Setting of inputs and out-puts, e.g. for on/off switching of a motor

■ Design The TD 200 features:

Z Rugged plastics housing in degree of protection IP 65 (front)

Z Mounting depth 27 mm; the TD 200 can be installed without additional accesso-ries in switching cubicles or operator panels or used as a handheld unit

Z Back-lit LC display; clearly legible even in unfavorable light

Z Ergonomically designed input keys; including pro-grammable function keys

Z Integrated interface for con-nection of the connecting cable

Z Connection for optional power supply unit; a power supply unit is required for distances of more than 2.5 m between TD 200 and S7-200. PROFIBUS bus cables are available in place of the connecting cable

■ Functions The TD 200 can be used for the following tasks:

Z Displaying messages; Up to 80 message items with up to 4 tags show current operating statuses and can also be parameterized with a mandatory acknowledge-ment feature and also pro-tected by a password. The system texts are stored in the device in German, English, French, Spanish and Italian. There are differ-ent fonts to choose from, and messages can also be stored in simplified Chinese characters.

Z Displaying and modifying process parameters;Process parameters are shown on the display and can be modified by means of the input keys, for temper-ature settings or changes of speed, for instance

Z Setting inputs and outputs;A flag bit is assigned to each of the 8 programmable func-tion keys. These can then be set during ongoing opera-tion, e.g. during startup, testing and diagnostics. It is then possible, for example, to control motors without having to install additional control elements

Z Additional functions and fea-tures;Such as processing of float-ing-point numbers, symbols for bar charts, different data blocks for operating several TD 200s on one CPU, pass-word protection for the user program integrated SETUP menu and variable tags

2/14 Siemens ST 80 · 2002/2003


SIMATIC TD 200

Micro Panels

■ Programming The configuration data of the TD 200 is stored in the CPU of the S7-200. The pieces of message text and configura-tion parameters are created with the STEP 7 Micro/WIN configuration software. No additional parameteriza-tion software is needed.

Special data areas are reserved in the CPU of the S7-200 for data exchange with the TD200. Using these data areas the TD 200 directly access the required functions of the CPU.

A separate TD 200 wizard in STEP 7 Micro/WIN supports user-friendly parameter as-signment.


Display LCD backlit, 2-line, 20 characters/line (ASCII, Cyrillic), 10 characters/line (Chinese), 5 mm character height

Interfaces 1 PPI (RS 485) max. to set up a network with max. 126 stations (S7-200, OP, TP, TBP, PG/PC);Transmission speeds 9.6, 19.2, 187.5 kbit/s

Power supply 24 V DC, 120 mA; Powered from S7-200 communi-cation interface or optional external power pack. Sensor power supply (24 V DC) of CPU is not affected

Ambient temperature 0 °C to +60 °C

Transport/storage temperature -40 °C to +70 °C

Degree of protection IP 65 front

Dimensions (W x H x D) in mm 148 x 76 x 27

Installation opening (standard cut-out) in mm

138 x 68

Cabinet/control panel thickness in mm

0.3 to 4

Weight 250 g


} ex warehouse.

For further information, visit our website at:

http://www.siemens.com/simatic

TD 200 Text Display for connection to SIMATIC S7-200

} 6ES7 272-0AA20-0YA0


TD 200 Manual• German } 6ES7 272-0AA20-8AA0• English } 6ES7 272-0AA20-8BA0• French } 6ES7 272-0AA20-8CA0• Spanish } 6ES7 272-0AA20-8DA0• Italian } 6ES7 272-0AA20-8EA0


PROFIBUSbus connector IP 20with 90° outgoing cable• without programming port } 6ES7 972-0BA12-0XA0• with programming port } 6ES7 972-0BB12-0XA0

PROFIBUSbus connector IP 20with 35° outgoing cable• without programming port } 6ES7 972-0BA41-0XA0• with programming port } 6ES7 972-0BB41-0XA0

PROFIBUS FC Standard Cablefor connection to PPI; standard type with special design for quick assembly,2-wire, shielded, meter goods, max. delivery quantity, 1000 m, minimum order quantity 20 m

6XV1 830-0EH10


Siemens ST 80 · 2002/2003 2/15


SIMATIC TP 070

■ Overview • Touch device specially designed for the SIMATIC S7-200 (point-to-point con-nection)

• Human machine interface for small machines and plants

• Connection using MPI or PROFIBUS DP cable

• Configuration with the STEP 7-Micro/Win V3.1 and STEP 7-Micro/Win Toolbox configuring software

• Configuration download through PPI adaptor

• Future-proof through the innovative Windows CE standard operating system

■ Area of application The TP 070 is a professional touch panel specially designed for the SIMATIC S7-200. It performs human machine interface functions for small machines or plants. The non-volatile flash memory in the device is generally designed for 20 process dia-grams.

The 5.7" STN display with its robust resistive touch screen makes an additional keyboard superfluous: all entries are made directly on the display. The freely scalable texts and actual value displays can also be read easily from a long dis-tance.

With its quick response times, the TP 070 is also ideally suit-ed to jog mode.

The TP 070 can be connected to all SIMATIC S7-200 CPUs (except CPU 212) with stan-dard MPI bus cables.

■ Design The TP 070 has:

Z Rugged plastic housing with degree of protection IP 65 at the front and IP 20 on rear

Z 45 mm mounting depth

Z Front panel (w x h) 212 x 156 mm (mounting cutout (w x h x d) 198 x 142 x 45 mm)

Z STN, CCFL1) backlit display, can also be read in poor light

Z Resistive analog touch, suit-able for finger- (with or with-out glove) and pen operation

Z Numeric system keyboard for decimal, binary and hexadecimal number for-mats

Z RS 485 interface for connec-tion of the MPI cable or the PPI adaptor

Z Cable connector terminals for 24 V DC power supply (200 mA)

Process connection can be established by means of stan-dard MPI bus or PROFIBUS DP lines.

1) Cold cathode fluorescence lamps

Siemens ST 80 · 2002/20032/16


SIMATIC TP 070

Micro Panels

■ Functions The following functions are available:

Z Viewing and modifying pro-cess parameters through input/output fields; process parameters (V, M, E, A, T and Z) are shown on the display and can be edited using a system keyboard, for example temperature settings and speeds.

Z Controlling input/output and data bits with buttons; bits can be set, reset, toggled or dynamically triggered. Buttons can also be used to switch to other process dia-grams or recalibrate the touch screen.

Z Setting the contrast directly on the display

Z "Labeling" buttons with graphics or text.Graphics can also be con-figured as background wall-paper. The graphics can be created with various editors such as PaintShopPro, Designer or CorelDraw.

Z Graphic indication of pro-cess values in the form of bar charts.

Z Labeling of the process dia-grams and process values with freely scalable fixed texts.

Z One online and five off-line languages (Ger./Eng./Fr./It./Sp.). Configuration on the programming device/PC (PC/PG) can be carried out in multiple languages, although only one language is loaded on the TP 070 at any one time.

■ Configuration The TP 070 is configured with the STEP 7-Micro/Win Toolbox “TP- Designer” configuration software. Configuration of the TP 070 is described in detail in the TP-Designer online Help.

The TP-Designer can be used as stand-alone software or in-tegrated in STEP 7-Micro/Win.

A PC/PPI adaptor cable is needed to download the con-figuration.

Siemens ST 80 · 2002/2003 2/17


SIMATIC TP 070


Display STN liquid crystal display (LCD)

• Resolution (pixels) 320 x 240

• Size 5.7″

• Colors 4 blue levels

• MTBF of display and background lighting at 25 °C

Approx. 50,000 hours

Control elements Touch screen

• Numeric/alphanumeric input Yes/-

Processor RISC

Operating system Windows CE

Memory

• Type Flash

• Memory available for user data 128 KB

Interfaces

• Serial interface 1 x RS 485

Interface with PLC S7-200

Supply voltage 24 V DC

• Current input, normally 0.24 A

• Rated voltage 24 V

• Permitted range +18 to +30 V DC

Clock Software clock


• Front IP 65

• Rear IP 20

Certification CE, UL, CSA, FM

Dimensions

• Front (w x h in mm) 212 x 156


198 x 142 x 45

Weight 700 g/1.54 lb

Ambient conditions

• Mounting position- max. permissible angle

of inclination without assisted ventilation

35°

• Temperature- Operation (vertical installation) 0 to +50 °C- Operation (max. inclination) 0 to +40 °C- Transport, storage -20 to +60 °C

• Relative humidity ≤ 85%, no condensation

Functions

Process diagrams 20

• Text objects 200 text elements

• Variables per diagram 10

• Graphics objects Bitmaps, icons, background images

• Dynamic objects Bars

Variables 50

Online languages 1

• Standard languages English, French, German, Italian, Spanish

Character set Tahoma, freely scalable

Configuration MicroWin TP-Designer from version 3.1, executable under Windows operating system

• Configuration transfer Serial


} ex warehouse.



SIMATIC TP 070 A)

with 5.7″ STN display, resistive analog touch, numerical system keyboard, RS 485 interface

} 6AV6 545-0AA15-2AX0

Configuration

STEP 7 Micro/WIN32 V3.1 B)

(S7-200 programming software)} 6ES7 810-2BC01-0YX0

TP Designer for TP 070 V1.0 B)

} 6ES7 850-2BC00-0YX0


TP 070 manual• German } 6AV6 591-1DC01-0AA0• English } 6AV6 591-1DC01-0AB0• French } 6AV6 591-1DC01-0AC0• Italian } 6AV6 591-1DC01-0AD0• Spanish } 6AV6 591-1DC01-0AE0


TP 070/TP 170 protective mem-brane(10 pcs)

} 6AV6 574-1AD00-4AX0

TP 070 service packageconsisting of:• Mounting seals• Tensioning clamps• 2-pin plug-in terminal strips

(power supply)

} 6AV6 574-1AA00-4AX0

PC/PPI cable (5 m) B) } 6ES7 901-3BF21-0XA0

MPI cable (3 m)cable terminal fittings both ends

} 6XV1 830-1CH30

Connecting cablesSystem interfaces

see page 2/88see page 2/80


Siemens ST 80 · 2002/20032/18


SIMATIC TD17

Text Panels

■ Overview • State-of-the-art text display with a large, clear screen which can be read easily from greater distances.

• The TD17 is ideal for dis-playing operating messages and is easy to configure.

• The high degree of protec-tion makes it ideal for both machine-level and control room applications.

■ Area of application The TD17 text display can be used both in machine and instrument production and in

the air conditioning and pack-aging industry.

■ Design The TD17 text display is based on OP7/OP17 technol-ogy.

The main features are:

Z Degree of protection IP 65 (when installed)

Z Minimum mounting depth

Z Metal-reinforced plastic housing with membrane front

Z The membrane front is resis-tant to various oils, greases and standard detergents.

Z Easily readable backlit LED LCD, 4 lines, 20 characters/line, 11 mm line height or 8 lines, 40 characters/line, 6 mm line height

Z 3 online languages

Z 7 system keys

Z Maintenance-free due to electronic fuse (no battery)

■ Communication The TD17 can be connected to:

Z SIMATIC S7-200/-300/-400

Z SIMATIC WinAC

Z SIMATIC S5

Z SIMATIC 505

Z SINUMERIK

Z Third-party PLCs, including– Allen Bradley– Mitsubishi– Telemecanique– Modicon– Omron– GE Fanuc

Z SIMATIC S5/S7, through PROFIBUS DP at up to 12 Mbit/s

Note:For further information, see "System interfaces/for text panels and OP27/TP27" (from page 2/72).

■ Configuration The text displays are config-ured with the Windows-based SIMATIC ProTool/Lite, SIMATIC ProTool and SIMATIC ProTool/Pro Configuration tools (see Section 4).

Interface Signal Application

IF 1A TTY (active/passive), RS 232-C

Controller or PG/PC for configuration

IF 1B RS 422, RS 485 (MPI/PPI/DP-12)

PLC (either on IF1/A or on IF1/B)

2/19Siemens ST 80 · 2002/2003

Operator Control and Monitoring DevicesText Panels

SIMATIC TD17

■ Functions Message functions

Z Up to 8 process values can be included in each mes-sage

Z Operating message buffer and system message buffer

Z Paging in messages

Z Specification of message priorities

Z Date and time in messages

Other functions

Z PROFIBUS DP to 12 Mbit/s

Z Downloadable firmware

Z Contrast adjustment

Z Native drivers for third-party PLCs

Z Backup/restore function for firmware and user data (PROSAVE)

Z Automation equipment orders to trigger automation equipment-controlled ac-tions


1) The specifications are maximum values. The total number of configurable elements is limited by the size of the user memory.

Display LCD• Number of lines, max. 8• Number of characters max.

per line40

• Colors Monochrome• Character height 6 or 11 mm

Control elements Membrane keyboard• System keys 7

Operating system RMOS

Memory• Type Flash • Memory available for user data 128 KB

Interfaces• Serial interface 1 x RS 232, 1 x RS 422,

1 x RS 485/422

Interface with PLC S5, S7-200/300/400, 505, Mitsubishi (FX), Telemecanique (ADJUST) Modicon (MODBUS), other third-party operators

Supply voltage 24 V DC• Current input, normally 0.34 A • Rated voltage 24 V• Permitted range +18 to +30 V DC

Backup battery Optional, 3.6 V

Clock Hardware clock, with back-up

Degree of protection• Front IP 65 • Rear IP 20


Dimensions• Front (w x h in mm) 240 x 98• Mounting cutout/depth

(w x h x d in mm) 231 x 89 x 47

Weight 0.9 kg

Ambient conditions• Temperature

- Operation (vertical installation) 0 to +50 °C- Operation (max. inclination) 0 to +35 °C- Transport, storage -25 to +70 °C


Functionality1)

Message system• Operating messages 999• System messages, approx. 150• Message length (lines x charact.) 4 x 20 or 8 x 40• Number of process values per

message8

• Message buffer Battery-backed cyclic buffer, 100 entries each

Password protection (levels) 9Online languages 3• Standard languages Cyrillic, Czech, Danish, Dutch,

English, Finnish, French, German, Hungarian, Italian, Norwegian, Polish, Portuguese, Swedish, Spanish, Turkish

Configuration From ProTool/Lite from version 2.51, executable under Windows



} ex warehouse.2) Cannot be used together3) Scope of supply



SIMATIC TD17with 2 integrated interfaces2), with mounting accessories, no battery, therefore maintenance-free (backup capacitor) and with elec-trical fuse

} 6AV3 017-1NE30-0AX0

Configuration

with SIMATIC ProTool/Liteor ProTool

see Section 4

with SIMATIC ProTool/Pro see Section 4


Manual forTD17multi-language (Ger./Eng./Fr./It./Sp.)

} 6AV3 991-1AE00-0AX0

Communicationsuser guideDescription for connection of the TD/OP to the controller• German } 6AV3 991-1BC05-1AA0• English } 6AV3 991-1BC05-1AB0• French } 6AV3 991-1BC05-1AC0• Italian } 6AV3 991-1BC05-1AD0• Spanish } 6AV3 991-1BC05-1AE0


Service package for TD17, OP7 and OP17 3)

consisting of:• 1 × TD17 seal• 1 × OP7 seal• 1 × OP17 seal• 5 × packing blocks

} 6AV3 678-1CC10

Backup battery (Li battery)for TD17, OP17, OP25, OP27, OP 270, OP35, OP37, TP27, TP 270, TP37, MP 270, MP 270B and MP 3703.6 V DC; 1.7 Ah

W79084-E1001-B2

PROFIBUSbus connector with axial outgoing cable

} 6GK1 500-0EA02




Siemens ST 80 · 2002/20032/20


SIMATIC OP3, SIMATIC OP7 and SIMATIC OP17

Text Panels

■ Overview • The operator panels are de-signed for controlling and monitoring machines

• They are easy to use and configure

■ Area of application The OP3, OP7 and OP17 operator panels can be used both in machine and instru-ment production and in the air conditioning and packaging industry.

Siemens ST 80 · 2002/2003 2/21



■ Design The operator panels are avail-able in various designs:

OP3

Z Plastic housing with mem-brane front, can also be used as a hand-held unit (IP 20)

Z LED-backlit LCD, 2 lines, 20 characters/line, 5 mm line height

Z 18 system keys, of which 5 are softkeys

OP7

Z Plastic housing with mem-brane front

Z LED-backlit LCD, 4 lines, 20 characters/line, 8 mm line height

Z 22 system keys, 8 user-label function keys, of which 8 are softkeys

Optional:

Z RS 232/TTY, RS 485/422 or

Z RS 232, RS 485/422, PPI/MPI/PROFIBUS DP up to 1.5 Mbaud or

Z RS 232/TTY, RS 485/422, PPI/MPI/PROFIBUS DP up to 12 Mbaud

OP17

Z Plastic housing with mem-brane front

Z LED-backlit LCD – 4 lines, 20 characters/line,

11 mm line height or– 8 lines, 40 characters/line,

6 mm line height

Z 22 system keys, 24 user-label function keys, of which up to 16 are softkeys

Optional:

Z RS 232/TTY, RS 485/422 or

Z RS 232, RS 485/422, PPI/MPI/PROFIBUS DP up to 1.5 Mbaud or

Z RS 232/TTY, RS 485/422, PPI/MPI/PROFIBUS DP up to 12 Mbaud

Key features of all operator panels are:

Z Degree of protection IP 65 (when installed)


Z The membrane keys are resistant to various oils, greases and standard deter-gents.

■ Functions OP3, OP7 and OP17

Operating functions

Z Alphanumeric setpoint input using system keys

Z Softkeys, keys assigned to the diagrams

Message functions

Z Process value indication

Z Management and editing of operating messages

Z Date and time in messages

Z Definition of message priori-ties

Other functions

Z Limit check for inputs

Z STATUS VAR/CONTROL VAR in conjunction with SIMATIC S5 and S7 (OP3 with S7 only)

Z Password protection

Z Language selection


Additional featuresof the OP7 and OP17

Operating functions

Z Insertion strips for all soft-keys and function keys

Z Configurable double softkey rows

Z Large keys

Z Function keys with LEDs (two-color LEDs for OP17)

Message functions

Z Management and editing of operating and fault mes-sages

Z Differentiation between first and last value messages

Z Info texts on messages, diagrams, etc.

Z Large, high-contrast dis-plays

Other functions

Z Automation equipment orders to trigger automation equipment-controlled actions

Z Recipe management

Z DP direct keys

Z Selection from 17 languag-es, including system mes-sages, for example with Cyrillic character set

Z Backup/restoring of configu-ration, firmware and recipe data records

Z Downloadable firmware

Z Maintenance-free, as no bat-tery, with electronic fuse

Z Native drivers for third-party PLCs

Z PROFIBUS DP to 12 Mbit/s

Z Variable limit values

Additional featuresof the OP17

Message functions

Z Mixed operation using up-per and lower case letters

Other functions

Z Internal real-time clock (OP3 and OP7 with software clock)

Z 48 timed interrupts

Z Integrated printer port

Z Optional battery can be used

Siemens ST 80 · 2002/20032/22



Text Panels

■ Communication Integral interface enables quick and simple connection to the following PLCs:

OP3

Z SIMATIC S7-200/-300/-400

An additional master (e.g. PG or OP) in the PPI network is permissible.

The OP3 can also be used as a hand-held unit.

OP7/OP17

Z SIMATIC S7-200/-300/-400

Z SIMATIC WinAC

Z SIMATIC S5

Z SIMATIC 505

Z SINUMERIK

Z Third-party PLCs, e.g. – Allen Bradley– Mitsubishi– Telemecanique– Modicon– Omron– GE Fanuc

Z through PROFIBUS DP on SIMATIC S5/S7

PLC either on IF 1A or IF 1B.For further information, see “System interfaces” from page 2/72.For recommended printers, see page 2/90.

Possible configurations

OP7/PP, OP17/PP

Z optimized for use with SIMATIC S5, SIMATIC 505 and third-party PLCs

OP7/DP, OP17/DP

Z optimized for use with SIMATIC S7 and SIMATIC S5 through PROFIBUS DP up to 1.5 Mbit/s

OP7/DP-12, OP17/DP-12

Z covers both combinations OP7/PP and OP17/PP or OP7/DP and OP17/DP and PROFIBUS DP up to 12 Mbit/s

■ Configuration The operator panels are configured with the Windows-based SIMATIC ProTool/Lite, SIMATIC ProTool and SIMATIC ProTool/Pro Configuration tools (see Section 4).

Interface OP3 OP7all versions

OP17all versions

/PP /DP /DP-12 /PP /DP /DP-12

SIMATIC S5• AS511• FAP• PROFIBUS DP to 1.5 Mbit/s• PROFIBUS DP to 12 Mbit/s

––––

IF 1AIF 1A––

––IF 1B–

IF 1AIF 1AIF 1BIF 1B

IF 1AIF 1A––

––IF 1B–

IF 1AIF 1AIF 1BIF 1B

SIMATIC S7• PPI• MPI• PROFIBUS DP up to 1.5 Mbit/s• PROFIBUS DP up to 12 Mbit/s

IF 1IF 1––

––––

IF 1BIF 1BIF 1B–

IF 1BIF 1BIF 1BIF 1B

––––

IF 1BIF 1BIF 1B–

IF 1BIF 1BIF 1BIF 1B

SIMATIC 500/505• RS 232• RS 422

––

IF 1AIF 1B

––

IF 1AIF 1B

IF 1AIF 1B

––

IF 1AIF 1B

Additional PLCs• RS 232/TTY• RS 422/RS 485

––

IF 1AIF 1B

––

IF 1AIF 1B

IF 1AIF 1B

––

IF 1AIF 1B

PC/OP for configuration IF 2 IF 1A IF 1A IF 1A IF 2 IF 2 IF 2

PC/OP (MPI download) IF 1 – – – – – –

Printer – IF 1A IF 1A IF 1A IF 2 IF 2 IF 2

Siemens ST 80 · 2002/2003 2/23




Type OP3 OP7 OP17

Display LCD LCD LCD

• Number of lines, max. 2 4 8

• Number of characters max.per line

20 20 40

• Colors Monochrome Monochrome Monochrome

• Character height 5 mm 8 mm 6 or 11 mm

Control elements Membrane keyboard Membrane keyboard Membrane keyboard

• Function keys, programmable 5 function keys, of which 5 softkeys 8 function keys, 4 with LEDs, of which 8 softkeys

24 function keys, 19 with LEDs, of which 16 softkeys

- Facility for user inscription by user

No Yes Yes

• System keys 18 22 22

• Numeric/alphanumeric input Yes/No Yes/No Yes/No

Operating system RMOS RMOS RMOS

Memory

• Type Flash Flash Flash

• Memory available for user data 128 KB 128 KB 256 KB

Interfaces

• Serial interface 1 x RS 232, 1 x RS 485 1 x RS 232, 1 x RS 485, 1 x TTY (OP7-PP and OP7-DP12 only), 1 x RS 422 (OP7- DP/DP12 only)

2 x RS 232, 1 x RS 422 (not for OP17-DP), 1 x RS 485 (not for OP17-DP)

Printer No Yes Yes

Interface with PLC S7-200/300/400 S5, S7-200/300/400, 505, Mitsubishi (FX), Telemecanique (ADJUST) Modicon (MODBUS), other third-party operators

Supply voltage 24 V DC 24 V DC 24 V DC

• Current input, normally 0.7 A 0.19 A 0.39 A

• Rated voltage 24 V 24 V 24 V

• Permitted range +18 to +30 V DC +18 to +30 V DC +18 to +30 V DC

Backup battery No No Optional, 3.6 V

Clock Software clock Software clock Hardware clock, with back-up


• Front IP 20 (hand-held), IP 65 (installed) IP 65 (installed) IP 65 (installed)

• Rear IP 20 IP 20 IP 20

Certification GL, FM, UL, CSA, CE GL, FM, UL, CSA, CE, Ex2/22 GL, FM, UL, CSA, CE, Ex2/22

Dimensions

• Front (w x h in mm) 148 x 76 144 x 180 240 x 204


138 x 68 x 25 135 x 31.7 x 38.5 231 x 195 x 50


Ambient conditions



180° 90° 90°

• Temperature- Operation (vertical installation) 0 to +60 °C 0 to +50 °C 0 to +50 °C- Operation (max. inclination) 0 to +60 °C 0 to +35 °C 0 to +35 °C- Transport, storage -20 to +60 °C -25 to +70 °C -25 to +70 °C

• Relative humidity ≤ 85% ≤ 95% ≤ 95%

Expansion for process operation

• DP direct control keys (LEDs as A peripherals)

- K1 to K4 (not OP7/PP) K1 to K4 (not OP17/PP)

• DP direct control keys (buttons and keys as E peripherals)

- F1 to F4, K1 to K4 (not OP7/PP)

F1 to F4, K1 to K4 (not OP17/PP)

Siemens ST 80 · 2002/20032/24



Text Panels

■ Technical specifications (continued)

1) The specifications are maximum values. The total number of configurable elements is limited by the size of the user memory.

Type OP3 OP7 OP17

Functionality1)

Message system

• Operating messages 499 499 999

• Fault messages - 499 999

• System messages approx. 150 150 150

• Message length (lines x characters)

2 x 20 4 x 20 8 x 40; 4 x 20

• Number of process values per message

8 8 8

• Message buffer - Cyclic buffer, 256 entries each Battery-backed cyclic buffer, 256 entries each

Recipes - 99 99

• Records per recipe - 99 99

• Entries per record - 99 99

• Recipe memory - 4 KB integrated flash 20 KB integrated flash

Process diagrams 40 99 99

• Text objects 31,680 text elements 31,680 text elements 31,680 text elements

• Entries per diagram 20 99 99

• Variables per diagram 792 792 792

• Graphics objects Character graphics Character graphics Character graphics

Variables 1024 2048 2048

Password protection (levels) 9 9 9

Printer functions - Messages Messages

Online languages 3 3 3

• Standard languages English, French, German, Italian, Spanish

Czech, Danish, Dutch, English, Finnish, French, German, Greek, Hungarian, Italian, Norwegian, Polish, Portuguese, Russian, Spanish, Swedish, Turkish

Help text Yes

PG functions (STATUS/CONTROL) - For SIMATIC S5/S7 For SIMATIC S5/S7

Timer No No Yes

Configuration From ProTool/Lite from version 2.51, executable under Windows 98 SE/ME/NT/2000 (must be ordered separately)


Siemens ST 80 · 2002/2003 2/25




} ex warehouse.

A) Subject to export provisions AL: N and ECCN: 5D992B2.

SIMATIC OP3with 1 × RS 232 and MPI/PPI interface, mounting accessories, cable (2.5 m) for point-to-point connection to SIMATIC S7 and for transferring configuration data from PC/PG with MPI module; cable (3 m) for transferring configuration data from PC/PG with RS 232 interface; cable (5 m) for 24 V DC power supply

} 6AV3 503-1DB10

SIMATIC OP7with mounting accessories, 2 integrated interfaces, maintenance-free,as no battery, with electronic fuse

• OP7/PP with 1 × RS 232/TTY interface and 1 × RS 422/RS 485 interface, for SIMATIC S5, SIMATIC 505, third-party PLCs and printers

} 6AV3 607-1JC00-0AX1

• OP7/DP with 1 × RS 232 interface and 1 × PPI/MPI/PROFIBUS DP 1.5 Mbit/s/RS 422/RS 485-interface, for SIMATIC S7, SIMATIC S5 over PROFIBUS DP and printers

} 6AV3 607-1JC20-0AX1

• OP7/DP-12 with 1 × RS 232/TTY interface and 1 × PPI/MPI/PROFIBUS DP 12 Mbit/s/RS 422/RS 485 inter-face, for SIMATIC S5/S7/505, PROFIBUS DP, third-party PLCs and printers

} 6AV3 607-1JC30-0AX1

The OP3, OP7 and OP17 operator panels are also used in SIMATIC C7 control systems, which combine PLC, OP, peripherals and com-munications in a single unit.You can find further information on this in Catalog ST 70.


SIMATIC OP17with mounting accessories, 3 integrated interfaces, maintenance-free,as no battery (capacitor backup), with electronic fuse

• OP17/PP with 2 × RS 232/TTY interfaces and 1 × RS 422/RS 485 interface, for SIMATIC S5, SIMATIC 505, third-party PLCs and printer

} 6AV3 617-1JC00-0AX1

• OP17/DP with 2 × RS 232/TTY interface and 1 × PPI/MPI/PROFIBUS DP 1.5 Mbit/s/RS 422/RS 485 interface, for SIMATIC S7, SIMATIC S5 through PROFIBUS DP and printers

} 6AV3 617-1JC20-0AX1

• OP17/DP-12 with 2 × RS 232/TTY interface and 1 × PPI/MPI/PROFIBUS DP 12 Mbit/s/RS 422/RS 485 inter-face, for SIMATIC S5/S7/505, PROFIBUS DP, third-party PLCs and printers

} 6AV3 617-1JC30-0AX1

Configuration setfor SIMATIC OP7 and OP17 A)

consisting of• OP7/17 manual• SIMATIC ProTool/Lite

configuration softwarewith user guide

• Communications user guide• Standard function blocks• PG/PC-OP connecting cable

(9-pin, RS 232), 3.2 m long(6XV1 440-2KH32)

• German } 6AV6 573-1AA06-0AA0• English } 6AV6 573-1AA06-0AB0• French } 6AV6 573-1AA06-0AC0• Italian } 6AV6 573-1AA06-0AD0• Spanish } 6AV6 573-1AA06-0AE0


Siemens ST 80 · 2002/20032/26



Text Panels


} ex warehouse.

1) Native Drivers cannot be used with DP versions.2) Not required for OP3.3) Not approved for sale in EU countries.4) Included in scope of supply.A) Subject to export provisions AL: N and ECCN: 5D992B2.

OP3 starter kit A)

consisting of• OP3 with mounting accessories• Cable (2.5 m) for point-to-point

connection to SIMATIC S7 and for transferring configuration data from PG/PC with MPI board

• Cable (3 m) for transferring con-figuration data from PG/PC with RS 232 interface

• 24 V DC power supply cable (5 m)

• OP3 manual• SIMATIC ProTool/Lite configura-

tion software,including configuration guide

}

• German } 6AV6 520-0AA06-0AA0 • English } 6AV6 520-0AA06-0AB0 • French } 6AV6 520-0AA06-0AC0 • Italian } 6AV6 520-0AA06-0AD0 • Spanish } 6AV6 520-0AA06-0AE0

SIMATIC OP7/PP starter kit A)

consisting of• OP7/PP operator panel• OP7/OP17 manual• SIMATIC ProTool/Lite configura-

tion software, V5.2,with user guide,

• Communications user guide• Standard function blocks• PG/PC-OP connecting cable

(9-pin, RS 232), 3.2 m long(6XV1 440-2KH32)

SIMATIC OP7/DP starter kit 1) A)

as OP7/PP starter kit,but with OP7/DPSIMATIC OP17/PP starter kit A)

as OP7/PP starter kit,but with OP17/DPSIMATIC OP17/DP starter kit 1) )as OP7/PP starter kit,but with OP17/DP

} 6AV6 520-0CA06-0A7 0

6AV6 520-0CB06-0A7 0

6AV6 520-0EA06-0A7 0

6AV6 520-0EB06-0A7 0

• German A• English B• French C• Italian D• Spanish E

Configuration

with SIMATIC ProTool/Lite and ProTool

see Section 4






OP3 manualDescription of OP3 with connec-tion to SIMATIC S7-200/-300• German } 6AV3 591-1AD00-1AA0• English } 6AV3 591-1AD00-1AB0• French } 6AV3 591-1AD00-1AC0• Italian } 6AV3 591-1AD00-1AD0• Spanish } 6AV3 591-1AD00-1AE0

OP7/OP17 manual• German } 6AV3 991-1AE05-1AA0• English } 6AV3 991-1AE05-1AB0• French } 6AV3 991-1AE05-1AC0• Italian } 6AV3 991-1AE05-1AD0• Spanish } 6AV3 991-1AE05-1AE0

Communicationsuser guide 2)

Description for connection of the TD/OP to the controller• German } 6AV3 991-1BC05-1AA0• English } 6AV3 991-1BC05-1AB0• French } 6AV3 991-1BC05-1AC0• Italian } 6AV3 991-1BC05-1AD0• Spanish } 6AV3 991-1BC05-1AE0


Service package 4)

for TD17, OP7 and OP17consisting of:• 1 × TD17 seal• 1 × OP7 seal• 1 × OP17 seal• 5 × packing blocks

} 6AV3 678-1CC10

Plug-in power supply unitfor user-friendly configuration of the OP3• 230 V AC/24 V DC• 115 V AC/24 V DC 3)

}}

6ES7 705-0AA00-1AA0

6ES7 705-0AA00-1BA0


W79084-E1001-B2

PROFIBUS bus connector with axial cable outlet

} 6GK1 500-0EA02




Siemens ST 80 · 2002/2003 2/27

Operator Control and Monitoring DevicesPanels — 170 Series

SIMATIC TP 170A and SIMATIC TP 170B

■ Overview TP 170A: Cost-effective entry-level touch panel for all SIMATIC S7 CPUs and third-party PLCs

TP 170B:Touch panel with extended functionality for more demanding applications

• For use in machine produc-tion and systems develop-ment

• Replacement for existing conventional solutions

• Cost-effective alternative to today’s HMI solutions

■ Area of application With the SIMATIC HMI config-uration tools, Windows CE-based touch panels can be configured quickly and easily.

Buttons, bar graphs, graphics and a message system and many other objects are avail-able to the user. When your system grows or your require-ments increase, you can switch to other SIMATIC HMI panels at any time. From ver-sion 6 of ProTool, porting your existing configuration is made easy by a convenient conver-sion function.

ProTool also contains a stan-dard library of ready-to-use objects, which you can change or add to according to your own requirements.

While the TP 170A is a cost-effective entry-level unit, the TP 170B fulfills the require-ments of more demanding applications. An RS 485 inter-face for SIMATIC S7 and an RS 232 interface for other PLCs and for downloading configurations are already built into the devices.

The RS 485 interface, which can be used both for MPI and for PROFIBUS DP, can also be used for downloading config-urations. Downloads are fur-ther simplified by the panel's automatic transfer detection function. The device memo-ries are designed for small and medium-sized configura-tions. The performance is sufficient for normal jog mode operation.

Siemens ST 80 · 2002/20032/28



Panels — 170 Series

■ Design Z Compact design with a mounting depth of only 45 mm


Z With degree of protection NEMA 4 and, from 06/2002, a protective cover for addi-tional protection from dirt and scratching

Z 5.7″ STN, CCFL1)-backlit display can also be read easily in poor light (MTBF 50,000 h = about 6 years at continuous operation)

Z Resolution 320 x 240 pixels

Z Resistive analog touch screen, suitable for finger (with or without glove) or pen operation

Z 32-bit, 66 MHz RISC proces-sor

Z On-screen alphabetic key-board 2)

Z Numeric system keyboard for decimal, binary and hexadecimal number for-mats

Z RS 485/422 and RS 232 interface

Z 24 V power supply terminals

Z PROFIBUS DP and MPI up to 1.5 Mbit/s

In addition, for TP 170B

Z Serial RS 232 printer port

Z Slot for a compact flash card

Z MPI up to 12 Mbit/s 3)

Z PROFIBUS DP up to 12 Mbit/s

1) Cold Cathode Fluorescence Lamps

2) From ProTool V5.2 SP23) From ProTool V6

■ Communication The TP 170s can be connect-ed to:Z SIMATIC S7-200/-300/-400Z SIMATIC WinAC

from version 3.0Z SIMATIC S5Z SIMATIC 505Z SINUMERIK (only TP 170B)Z SIMOTION (only TP170B)

Z Controllers from other manu-facturers: – Allen Bradley – Mitsubishi– Telemecanique– Modicon– Lucky Goldstar GLOFA– GE-Fanuc– OMRON

For detailed informa-tion about interfacing the TP 170, see “System interfaces”(from page 2/80).

For recommended printers, see page 2/90.

■ Functions TP 170A/TP 170B:

Z Displaying and changing process parameters through input/output fields; process parameters (such as V, M, E, A, T and Z) are displayed and can be changed using a system keyboard, for exam-ple for temperature settings and speeds.

Z Buttons; for controlling input/output and data bits. Bits can be set, reset, tog-gled or dynamically con-trolled. Buttons can be used to switch to other process diagrams, change the con-trast or recalibrate the touch screen.

Z Graphics; can be used instead of text to label buttons or as screen background (wallpaper). All editors with an OLE interface can be used as graphics ed-itors (such as PaintShopPro, Designer or CorelDraw).

Z Bars for graphic display of dynamic values

Z Indicator light for machine and plant status indication

Z Image selection from the PLC

Z Standard directory for graphics and buttons can be used by ProTool

Z Fixed texts; for labeling buttons, process diagrams and process values in any character size

Z Online language; The configuration computer (PC/PG) supports configura-tion in 20 languages. How-ever, only one language can be loaded on the TP 170.

Z Automatic transfer recogni-tion for configuration down-load



Z Loadable firmware and third-party drivers1)

Z Clean screen

Extended functionality of the TP 170B

Z Five online languages1)

Z Password protection with 9 levels

Z Recipe management

Z Recipe data and configura-tions can be saved to the optional compact flash card

Z Trend curve functions


Z Help and information texts for messages, variables and process diagrams. Operat-ing and fault message management with message history

Z Conversion functions

Z Timer

Z Dynamic object shifting

Z Permanent window

1) From ProTool V6

Siemens ST 80 · 2002/2003 2/29



■ Configuration The TP 170 is configured with SIMATIC ProTool/Lite, SIMATIC ProTool or SIMATIC

ProTool/Pro Configuration from version 5.2 1)

(see Section 4).

1) TP 170B configurable from version 5.2 SP2


Type TP 170A TP 170B

Display STN liquid crystal display (LCD) STN liquid crystal display (LCD)

• Resolution (pixels) 320 x 240 320 x 240

• Size 5.7″ 5.7″

• Colors 4 blue levels 4 blue levels; 16 colors (for TP 170B color)


Approx. 50,000 hours Approx. 50,000 hours

Control elements Touch screen Touch screen

• Numeric/alphanumeric input Yes/yes3) Yes/yes3)

Processor RISC RISC

Operating system Windows CE Windows CE

Memory

• Type Flash Flash

• Memory available for user data 320 KB 768 KB

Interfaces

• Serial interface 1 x RS 232, 1 x RS 422/RS 485 2 x RS 232, 1 x RS 422/RS 485

• CF card slot - 1 x CF card slot

Printer No Yes

Interface with PLC S5, S7-200/300/400, 505, WinAC, Allen Bradley (DF1), Mitsubishi (FX), Telemecanique (ADJUST) Modicon (MODBUS), other third-party operators

S5, S7-200/300/400, 505, WinAC, Allen Bradley (DF1), Mitsubishi (FX), Telemecanique (ADJUST) Modicon (MODBUS), other third-party operators

Supply voltage 24 V DC 24 V DC

• Current input, normally 0.24 A 0.25 A; 0.29 A (for TP 170B color)

• Rated voltage 24 V 24 V

• Permitted range +18 to +30 V DC +18 to +30 V DC

Backup battery No No

Clock Software clock, synchronized Software clock, synchronized


• Front IP 65 IP 65

• Rear IP 20 IP 20

Certification CE, UL, CSA, FM CE, UL, CSA, FM

Dimensions

• Front (w x h in mm) 212 x 156 212 x 156


198 x 142 x 45 198 x 142 x 45

Weight 700 g/1.54 lb 700 g/1.54 lb

Ambient conditions



35° 35°

• Temperature- Operation (vertical installation) 0 to +50 °C 0 to +50 °C- Operation (max. inclination) 0 to +40 °C 0 to +40 °C- Transport, storage -20 to +60 °C -20 to +60 °C

• Relative humidity ≤ 85%, no condensation ≤ 85%, no condensation



- 4-byte or encoded

Siemens ST 80 · 2002/20032/30





1) From ProTool V62) Not battery-backed3) Only European characters can be displayed

Type TP 170A TP 170B

Functions

Message system

• Operating messages 1000 1000

• Fault messages 1000 1000


1 x 70 1 x 70


8 8

• Message buffer - Cyclic buffer, 256 entries each2)

Recipes - 100

• Records per recipe - 200

• Entries per record - 200

• Recipe memory - 32 KB integrated flash, expandable

Process diagrams 50 100

• Text objects 1000 text elements 2000 text elements

• Entries per diagram 20 50

• Variables per diagram 20 50

• Graphics objects 200 500

• Dynamic objects Bars Trend curves, bars, buttons

• Vector graphics - Yes

• Directories Yes Yes

Variables 500 1000

Password protection (levels) 2 10

Printer functions - Hardcopy, messages

Online languages 1 5

• Standard languages Chinese, Czech, Danish, Dutch, German, English, Finnish, French, Greek, Hungarian, Italian, Japanese, Korean, Norwegian, Polish, Portuguese, Russian, Spanish, Swedish, Turkish

Chinese, Czech, Danish, Dutch, German, English, Finnish, French, Greek, Hungarian, Italian, Japanese, Korean, Norwegian, Polish, Portuguese, Russian, Spanish, Swedish, Turkish

Character set Tahoma, freely scalable Tahoma, freely scalable

Help text No Yes

Timer No Yes

Configuration From ProTool/Lite from version 5.2 SP1, executable under Windows 98 SE/ME/NT/2000 (must be ordered separately)

From ProTool/Lite from version 5.2 SP2, executable under Windows 98 SE/ME/NT/2000 (must be ordered separately)

• Configuration transfer Serial/MPI/PROFIBUS DP

Serial/MPI/ PROFIBUS DP/CF Card

Siemens ST 80 · 2002/2003 2/31




A) Subject to export provisions AL: N and ECCN: 5D992B2.B) Subject to export provisions AL: N and ECCN: EAR99.

SIMATIC TP 170A A)

with MPI and PROFIBUS DP interface, mounting accessories,with STN Blue Mode LCD, touch screen

} 6AV6 545-0BA15-2AX0

SIMATIC TP 170B A)

with printer, RS 232, MPI and PROFIBUS DP interface,Slot for CF card, mounting accessories• with STN Blue Mode LCD,

touch screen} 6AV6 545-0BB15-2AX0

• with STN color, LCD, touch screen

} 6AV6 545-0BC15-2AX0

TP 170A starter pack A)

consisting of• TP 170A• TP 170/OP 170B product manual• Configuring

Windows-BasedSystems manual

• SIMATIC ProTool/Lite• Communications

User Guide for Windows-Based Systems

• RS 232 cable (5 m)• MPI cable (5 m)• Software Update Service

for 1 year

• German } 6AV6 575-1AD06-0AA0• English } 6AV6 575-1AD06-0AB0• French } 6AV6 575-1AD06-0AC0• Italian } 6AV6 575-1AD06-0AD0• Spanish } 6AV6 575-1AD06-0AE0

TP 170B starter kit A)

consisting of• TP 170B with STN Blue Mode

LCD• TP 170/OP 170B product manual• Configuring

Windows-Based Systems manual

• SIMATIC ProTool/Lite• Communications

User Guide for Windows-Based Systems

• RS 232 cable (5 m)• MPI cable (5 m)• Software Update Service

for 1 year

• German } 6AV6 575-1AG06-0AA0• English } 6AV6 575-1AG06-0AB0• French } 6AV6 575-1AG06-0AC0• Italian } 6AV6 575-1AG06-0AD0• Spanish } 6AV6 575-1AG06-0AE0

Configuration setfor TP 170/OP 170B A)

consisting of• TP 170/OP 170B product manual• Configuring Windows-Based

Systems manual• SIMATIC ProTool/Lite system

configuration software with user guide

• CommunicationsUser Guide for Windows-Based Systems

• RS 232 cable (5 m)• MPI cable (5 m)

• German } 6AV6 573-1FA06-0AA0• English } 6AV6 573-1FA06-0AB0• French } 6AV6 573-1FA06-0AC0• Italian } 6AV6 573-1FA06-0AD0• Spanish } 6AV6 573-1FA06-0AE0


} ex warehouse.



Configuration

with SIMATIC ProTool/Liteand ProTool

see Section 4



TP 170/OP 170Bproduct manual

• German } 6AV6 591-1DC11-2AA0• English } 6AV6 591-1DC11-2AB0• French } 6AV6 591-1DC11-2AC0• Italian } 6AV6 591-1DC11-2AD0• Spanish } 6AV6 591-1DC11-2AE0

CommunicationsUser Guide for Windows-Based Systems

• German } 6AV6 596-1MA06-0AA0• English } 6AV6 596-1MA06-0AB0• French } 6AV6 596-1MA06-0AC0• Italian } 6AV6 596-1MA06-0AD0• Spanish } 6AV6 596-1MA06-0AE0

User guide: Configuring ProTool Windows-Based Systems


Accessories

Memory cards B)

CF card • 16 MB } 6AV6 574-2AC00-2AA0


TP 170/OP 170B service packconsisting of:• Mounting seals• Tensioning clamps• 2-pin plug-in terminal strips

(power supply)

} 6AV6 574-1AA00-4AX0

TP 170 protective membrane(pack of 10)

} 6AV6 574-1AD00-4AX0

TTY-RS 232 converterfor connecting TP 170B with S5 CPUsLength 3.2 mCanon 15-pin to 25-pin

} 6ES5 734-1BD20

RS 232 cable (5 m) } 6ES7 901-1BF00-0XA0


} 6XV1 830-1CH30


} 6GK1 500-0EA02




Siemens ST 80 · 2002/20032/32


SIMATIC OP 170B


■ Overview Cost-effective graphic display operator panel with an excep-tional range of functions

• For use in machine produc-tion and systems develop-ment

• Replacement for existing conventional solutions

• Cost-effective alternative to today’s HMI solutions

■ Area of application The OP 170B is an entry-level device for graphic applica-tions and for situations in which keys are necessary.

While devices in this price class were only able to dis-play text and numbers until now, the OP 170B can also be configured to display graph-ics, digital photos and scanned images. Bar and line graphs can be used, for ex-

ample, to visualize tempera-ture trends. The operator panel also supports Asian pictographic languages. The built-in RS 485/422 interface can be used for both MPI and PROFIBUS DP. Through the RS 232 interface the panel can be connected to other PLCs or a black and white printer.

The panel's automatic transfer recognition function down-load support. The device memory can handle small and medium-sized configurations. The performance is sufficient for jog mode.

■ Design Z Compact design with a mounting depth of only 45 mm


Z 5.7” STN, CCFL1)-backlit display can also be read easily in poor light (MTBF 50,000 h ≈ 6 years at contin-uous operation)


Z 24 user-label keys, some with LEDs

Z Numeric and alphanumeric input

Z 32-bit, 66 MHz RISC proces-sor

Z Interfaces: – RS 485/422 interface for

process linking– RS 232 interface for pro-

cess connections– Serial RS 232 printer port

Z 24 V power supply terminals

Z Slot for compact flash card

Z PROFIBUS DP up to12 Mbit/s

1) Cold Cathode Fluorescence Lamps

Siemens ST 80 · 2002/2003 2/33


SIMATIC OP 170B

■ Communication The OP 170B can be connect-ed to:

Z SIMATIC S7-200/300/400

Z SIMATIC WinAC from version 3.0

Z SIMATIC 505

Z SIMATIC S5Z SINUMERIKZ SIMOTION

Z Controllers from other manu-facturers: – Allen Bradley– Mitsubishi– Telemecanique– Modicon– Lucky Goldstar GLOFA– GE-Fanuc– OMRON

For further informa-tion, see "System interfaces" (from page 2/80).


■ Functions The OP 170B1) provides:

Z Support of the ProTool stan-dard library

Z Input/output fields for dis-playing and editing process parameters. The parameters (e.g. M, E, A, T and Z) are shown on the display and can be edited with the sys-tem keyboard, e.g. for tem-perature settings or speeds.

Z Function keysfor direct control of input/out-put and data bits. All bits can be set, reset, toggled or dynamically con-trolled.

Z The function keys can also be used to switch to other process diagrams, change the contrast or recalibrate the touch screen.

Z Graphicscan be used instead of text to label function keys or as screen background (wall-paper). All editors with an OLE inter-face can be used as graph-ics editor (such as PaintShopPro, Designer or CorelDraw).

Z Dynamic values can be visu-alized with trend curve func-tions and bar charts

Z Fixed texts for labeling func-tion keys, process diagrams and process values in any character size

Z 20 offline languages The configuration computer (PC/PG) supports multilin-gual configuration. Up to five languages can be loaded. Supports Asian pictographic languages.

Z Image selection from the PLC

Z Password protection with nine levels

Z Recipe management

Z Recipe data and configura-tions can be saved to the optional compact flash card (CF card)

Z Help and information texts for process diagrams, messages and variables

Z Management of operating and fault messages with message history

Z Conversion functions

Z Timer

Z Dynamic object shifting

Z Permanent window

Z Simple maintenance and configuration through – Downloadable firmware– Contrast adjustment– Automatic transfer recog-

nition for configuration download

– Batteryless operation

1) From ProTool V6

■ Configuration The OP 170B is configured with SIMATIC ProTool/Lite/ProTool or ProTool/Pro Config-uration from version 5.2 1)

(see Section 4).

1) OP 170B configurable from version 5.2 SP2

2/34 Siemens ST 80 · 2002/2003


SIMATIC OP 170B



1) From ProTool V62) Not battery-backed3) Only European characters can be displayed

Type OP 170B

Display STN liquid crystal display (LCD)

• Resolution (pixels) 320 x 240

• Size 5.7"

• Colors 4 gray levels



Control elements Membrane keyboard

• Function keys, programmable 24 function keys, 18 with LEDs, of which 14 softkeys


Yes

• System keys 34

• Numeric/alphanumeric input Yes/yes3)

Processor RISC

Operating system Windows CE

Memory

• Type Flash

• Memory available for user data 768 KB

Interfaces

• Serial interface 2 x RS 232, 1 x RS 422/RS 485

• CF card slot 1 x CF card slot

Printer Yes


Supply voltage 24 V DC

• Current input, normally 0.25 A

• Rated voltage 24 V

• Permitted range +18 to +30 V DC

Backup battery No

Clock Software clock, synchronized


• Front IP 65

• Rear IP 20


Dimensions

• Front (w x h in mm) 240 x 252


229 x 241 x 45

Weight 0.9 kg

Ambient conditions

• Mounting position- max. permissible angle of incli-

nation without assisted ventila-tion

35°





F1 to F8, K1 to K10


F1 to F14, K1 to K10

Type OP 170B

Functions

Message system

• Operating messages 2000

• Fault messages 2000


1 x 70


8

• Message buffer Cyclic buffer, 256 entries each2)

Recipes 100

• Records per recipe 200

• Entries per record 200

• Recipe memory 32 KB integrated flash, expandable

Process diagrams 100


• Entries per diagram 50


• Graphics objects 500

• Dynamic objects Trend curves, bars, buttons

• Vector graphics Yes

• Directories Yes

Variables 1000

Password protection (levels) 10

Printer functions Hardcopy, messages

Online languages 5

• Standard languages Chinese, Czech, Danish, Dutch, German, English, Finnish, French, Greek, Hungarian, Italian, Japa-nese, Korean, Norwegian, Polish, Portuguese, Russian, Spanish, Swedish, Turkish

Character set Tahoma, pictographic lan-guages; freely scalable

Help text Yes

Timer Yes

Configuration From ProTool/Lite from version 5.2 SP2, executable under Windows 98 SE/ME/NT/2000 (must be ordered separately)

• Configuration transfer Serial/MPI/PROFIBUS DP/CF Card

2/35Siemens ST 80 · 2002/2003


SIMATIC OP 170B


A) Subject to export regulations AL: N and ECCN: 5D992B2.B) Subject to export regulations AL: N and ECCN: EAR99.

Order No.



SIMATIC OP 170B A)

with printer, MPI and PROFIBUS DP interface,512 KB user memory, slot for CF card, mounting accessories,with STN Blue Mode LCD

} 6AV6 542-0BB15-2AX0

Configuration setfor TP 170/OP 170B A)

consisting of• TP 170/OP 170B product manual • Configuring Windows-Based

Systems manual• SIMATIC ProTool/Lite

configuration software with user guide

• Communications user guide • RS 232 cable (5 m)• MPI cable (5 m)

• German } 6AV6 573-1FA06-0AA0• English } 6AV6 573-1FA06-0AB0• French } 6AV6 573-1FA06-0AC0• Italian } 6AV6 573-1FA06-0AD0• Spanish } 6AV6 573-1FA06-0AE0

Configuration

with SIMATIC ProTool/Lite+ProTool

see Section 4



TP 170/OP 170Bproduct manual

• German } 6AV6 591-1DC11-2AA0• English } 6AV6 591-1DC11-2AB0• French } 6AV6 591-1DC11-2AC0• Italian } 6AV6 591-1DC11-2AD0• Spanish } 6AV6 591-1DC11-2AE0

Communications User Guide for Windows-Based Systems


User guide: Configuring ProTool Windows-Based Systems


} ex warehouse.

Accessories

Memory cards B)

CF card • 16 MB } 6AV6 574-2AC00-2AA0


TP 170/OP 170B service packconsisting of:• Mounting seals• Tensioning clamps• 2-pin plug-in terminal strips

(power supply)

} 6AV6 574-1AA00-4AX0

RS 232 cable (5 m) } 6ES7 901-1BF00-0XA0


} 6XV1 830-1CH30


} 6GK1 500-0EA02




Siemens ST 80 · 2002/20032/36


SIMATIC TP 270


■ Overview The TP 270 touch panels meet all requirements made of HMI devices.

• Excellent performance


• Comprehensive functionality for demanding machine visualization applications

• Standard interfaces in hard-ware and software

• Future-proof through the innovative Windows CE® operating system

The SIMATIC TP 270 touch panels are the innovative suc-cessors of the SIMATIC TP27 touch panels.

■ Area of application The SIMATIC TP 270 panels are innovative human ma-chine interface devices for demanding machine visual-ization applications.

They can be used directly at the machine or in an office en-

vironment. Without hard disk and fan, with real-time capa-bility and short boot-up times, Windows CE provides the ideal conditions for use at or near the machine in harsh industrial environments.

The device memories are designed for medium-sized to large-scale configurations.

With their compact construc-tion, the TP 270 touch panels can be used even where space is at a premium.

■ Design The main features are:

Z Compact design with a mounting depth of only 59 mm

Z Degree of protection IP 65 at front (or NEMA 4/NEMA 12)

Z High electromagnetic com-patibility (EMC) and extreme vibration strength.

Z 64-bit RISC processor

Z 2 MB user memory (.fwd)

Z Interfaces: – RS 232/RS 485/RS 422

interface for process links (MPI, PROFIBUS DP, etc.)

– Serial RS 232 interface (printer, download/upload)

– USB for mouse, keyboard, printer and downloading/uploading configurations

Z Slot for compact Flash card

TP 270-6″Z 5.7″ STN color display, 256

colors, MTBF 40,000 hours


Z Rugged plastic housing

TP 270-10″Z 10.4″ STN color display,

256 color, MTBF 60,000 hours


Z Rugged die-cast aluminum housing.

Siemens ST 80 · 2002/2003 2/37


SIMATIC TP 270

■ Functions The TP 270 panels feature comprehensive HMI function-ality:Z Process value indicationZ Reliable process control

through limit value monitor-ing by the panel for inputs/outputs

Z pixels-graphic diagrams, trend curves and bar charts


Z STATUS VAR/CONTROL VAR PG functionality in conjunc-tion with SIMATIC S5 and SIMATIC S7

Z Password protectionZ Multiplex function for vari-

ablesZ Language selection

(5 online languages)Z Additional Help and informa-

tion texts for process dia-grams, messages and variables

Z Function keys for direct input/output and data bit control.

Z Process visualization: – SVGA/VGA resolution with

256 colors for diagram ele-ments and 16 colors for text

– Vector graphics (various line and shape objects)

– Dynamic object position-ing

– User-friendly trend graph-ics with scroll and zoom functions

– Message field for individu-al message display

– Comprehensive libraries (SIMATIC HMI symbol library)

– Diagram objects – slider, gauge, clock

– Cyclic function processing through timer (once, yearly, weekly, daily)

Z Message log and shift log

Z Archiving messages and process values (on CF card, optionally through Ethernet) – Range of archive types:

polling and sequential archive

– Storing of archive data in standard Windows format (CSV)

– Online evaluation of pro-cess value archives using trend curves

– External evaluation with standard Excel and Access tools

Z Recipe management – Additional storage

(on CF card and optionally through Ethernet)

– Online/offline editing on the panel

– External processing with standard Excel and Access tools

Z Visual Basic Script, flexibility through implementation of new functions incl. interfac-ing with ProTool variables (relational operations, loops, etc.)

Z Backing up configuration and system settings with memory card or (optionally) through Ethernet (backup/restore function)

Z Language selection, includ-ing Asian languages

Z Use of standard Windows printers (see "Recommend-ed printers")

Z Simulation of the configura-tion on the PC saves engi-neering time

Z Configuration download through USB/MPI/PROFIBUS DP/RS 232, and (optionally) Ethernet and modem; manual and auto-matic transfer detection

Z Remote configuration down-load through Teleservice MPI/PROFIBUS DP with Teleservice adapter

Extended functionality

With additional trend curve functions, up to 8 trend curves can be viewed in one trend curve field. Scroll and zoom functions provide access to the history and permit flexible selection of the representation period. With a ruler, the cur-rent values can be deter-mined and displayed in a table.

In addition to the message di-agram, message window and message line objects previ-ously used in the graphical OPs, the new panels also offer an expanded message field. The message diagram, mes-sage window and message line are preconfigured and can be easily included in projects.

Windows CE provides stan-dard hardware and software interfaces, for example USB, CF card slot and archive and recipe files in CSV format.

Firmware and configurations can be easily downloaded and uploaded through the integrated RS 232, USB, and MPI/PROFIBUS DP inter-faces, or optionally through Ethernet and by modem.

The data transfer is further simplified by the automatic transfer detection function.

■ Options SIMATIC ProAgent/MP; Specific and fast process fault diagnostics in plants and

machines for SIMATIC S7 and SIMATIC HMI (see Section 4).

■ Communication The TP 270 panels support the following interfacing options:Z SIMATIC S7-200/300/400 Z SIMATIC WinACZ SIMOTIONZ SINUMERIKZ SIMATIC S5 Z SIMATIC 505

Z Controllers from other manu-facturers:– Allen Bradley – Mitsubishi – Telemecanique – Lucky Goldstar GLOFA – Modicon Modbus– GE-Fanuc– OMRON

Z Ethernet (TCP/IP) to the higher-level PC and network printers: optionally through NE2000-compatible network card

For further informa-tion, see “System interfaces” (from page 2/80).

Siemens ST 80 · 2002/20032/38


SIMATIC TP 270


■ Configuration The TP 270 panels are con-figured with SIMATIC ProTool or ProTool/Pro Configuration

from version 6.0 (see Section 4).


Type TP 270-6 TP 270-10



• Size 5.7″ 10.4″

• Colors 256 colors 256 colors


Approx. 40,000 hours Approx. 60,000 hours


• Numeric/alphanumeric input Yes/yes Yes/yes

• External mouse, keyboard, bar code reader

USB USB

Processor RISC RISC


Memory



Interfaces

• Serial interfaces 2 x RS 232, 1 x RS 422/RS 485 2 x RS 232, 1 x RS 422/RS 485

• CF card slot 1 x CF card slot 1 x CF card slot

• USB 1 x USB 1 x USB

Printer Yes Yes




• Current input, normally 0.6 A 0.9 A



Backup battery Optional, 3.6 V Optional, 3.6 V

Clock Hardware clock, synchronized, with back-up Hardware clock, synchronized, with back-up


• Front IP 65, NEMA 4, NEMA 12 IP 65, NEMA 4, NEMA 12


Certification FM Class I Div 2, cULus, hazardous zone 2, hazardous zone 22, CE, C-TICK

FM Class I Div 2, cULus, hazardous zone 2, hazardous zone 22, CE, C-TICK

Dimensions

• Front (w x h in mm) 212 x 156 335 x 275


198 x 142 x 59 310 x 248 x 59

Weight 1 kg 4.5 kg

Ambient conditions

• Mounting position- Max. permissible angle


35° 35°




DP direct control keys (buttons and keys as E peripherals)

4-byte or encoded 5-byte or encoded

Siemens ST 80 · 2002/2003 2/39


SIMATIC TP 270


Type TP 270-6 TP 270-10

Functions

Message system




1 x 70 1 x 70


8 8

• Message buffer Battery-backed cyclic buffer, 512 entries each Battery-backed cyclic buffer, 512 entries each

Recipes 300 300

• Records per recipe 500 500

• Entries per record 1000 1000

• Recipe memory 64 KB integrated flash, expandable 64 KB integrated flash, expandable


• Text objects 10,000 text elements 10,000 text elements




• Dynamic objects Trend curves, bars, buttons Trend curves, bars, buttons

• Vector graphics Yes Yes


Variables 2048 2048

Archiving

• Number of archives per project 20 20

• Number of measuring points per project

20 20

• Entries per archive 10,000 10,000

• Archive types Polling archive, sequential archive, message archive, process value archive

Polling archive, sequential archive, message archive, process value archive

• Storage location CF card, Ethernet CF card, Ethernet

• Data storage format CSV CSV

• Online evaluation Using trend curves Using trend curves

• External evaluation Excel, Access, etc. Excel, Access, etc.


Message log (Shift log)

• Number of logs 10 10

• Number of pages 10 10

Visual Basic Scripts

• Number 50 50

• No. of lines per script 20 20

Printer functions: Hardcopy, messages, shift log Hardcopy, messages, shift log




Character set Tahoma, Arial, pictographic languages; freely scalable

Tahoma, Arial, pictographic languages; freely scalable

Help text Yes Yes

PG functions (STATUS/CONTROL) For SIMATIC S5/S7 For SIMATIC S5/S7

Timer Yes Yes

Configuration ProTool from version 6, executable under Windows 98 SE/ME/NT/2000 (must be ordered separately)

ProTool from version 6, exectable under Windows 98 SE/ME/NT/2000 (must be ordered separately)

• Configuration transfer USB/Ethernet/serial/MPI/PROFIBUS DP USB/Ethernet/serial/MPI/PROFIBUS DP

Siemens ST 80 · 2002/20032/40


SIMATIC TP 270



} ex warehouse.


SIMATIC TP 270 A)

with 4 integrated interfaces, mounting accessories, with capacitor energy storage (optional battery) and electronic fuse

• with 5.7″ STN color display } 6AV6 545-0CA10-0AX0• with 10.4″ STN color display } 6AV6 545-0CC10-0AX0


with SIMATIC ProTool with SIMATIC ProTool/Pro

see Section 4see Section 4

Documentation

TP/OP 270 and MP 270Bproduct manual• German } 6AV6 591-1DC20-0AA0• English } 6AV6 591-1DC20-0AB0• French } 6AV6 591-1DC20-0AC0• Italian } 6AV6 591-1DC20-0AD0• Spanish } 6AV6 591-1DC20-0AE0

CommunicationsUser Guide for Windows-Based Systems• German } 6AV6 596-1MA06-0AA0• English } 6AV6 596-1MA06-0AB0• French } 6AV6 596-1MA06-0AC0• Italian } 6AV6 596-1MA06-0AD0• Spanish } 6AV6 596-1MA06-0AE0

User guide: Configuring ProToolWindows-Based Systems • German } 6AV6 594-1MA06-0AA0• English } 6AV6 594-1MA06-0AB0• French } 6AV6 594-1MA06-0AC0• Italian } 6AV6 594-1MA06-0AD0• Spanish } 6AV6 594-1MA06-0AE0




Accessories

Memory card B)

CF card • 16 MB } 6AV6 574-2AC00-2AA0

Backup battery as for TD17, OP17/27/25/37/35, TP27/37, OP/TP 270, MP 270/270B/3703.6 V DC; 1.7 Ah

W79084-E1001-B2


TP 270 protective membrane (6″)for protection of the touch front against soiling/scratching (pack of 10)

} 6AV6 574-1AD00-4DX0

TP 270 protective membrane (10″),MP 270B Touch and MP 370 Touchfor protection of the touch front against soiling/scratching (pack of 10)

} 6AV6 574-1AD00-4CX0

Service pack for TP 070/TP 170/OP 170B/OP 270 (6″)/TP 270 (6″)consisting of:• 1 × OP 170B mounting seal• 1 × TP 170A/B or TP 270

mounting seal (6″)• 1 × OP 270 mounting seal (6″)• 2 sets of OP 170B labeling strips• 2 sets of OP 270 labeling strips

(6″)• 1 × plug-in terminal strip

(block of two)• 7 × tensioning clamps

} 6AV6 574-1AA00-4AX0

Service pack for TP 270 (10″), MP 270B Touch and MP 370 consisting of:• Protective membrane• 1 × mounting seal • 10 × tensioning clamps• 1 × plug-in terminal strip

(block of two)• Allen key

} 6AV6 574-1AA00-2CX0

PROFIBUSbus connector with axial cable outlet Transmission speed 12 Mbit/s

} 6GK1 500-0EA02

TTY–RS 232 converter for connecting TP/OP with S5 CPUs, length 3.2 mCanon 15-pin to 25-pin

6ES5 734-1BD20

RS 232 cable (5 m)

6ES7 901-1BF00-0XA0




Siemens ST 80 · 2002/2003 2/41


SIMATIC OP 270

■ Overview The OP 270 operator panels meet all demands made on HMI devices.

• Excellent performance


• Comprehensive functionality for demanding machine visualization applications

• Standard interfaces in hard-ware and software

• Future-proof through the innovative Windows CE standard operating system

The SIMATIC OP 270 panels are innovative successors to the SIMATIC OP27 operator panels.

■ Area of application The SIMATIC OP 270 panels are innovative human-machine interface devices for demanding machine visual-ization applications.

They can be used directly at the machine or in an office en-

vironment. Without hard disk and fan, with real-time capa-bility and short boot-up times, Windows CE provides the ideal conditions for use at or near the machine in harsh industrial environments.

The device memories are designed for medium-sized to large-scale configurations.

With their compact construc-tion, the OP 270 operator pan-els can be used even where space is at a premium.

■ Design The main features are:

Z Compact design with a mounting depth of only 55 or 59 mm

Z Degree of protection IP 65 at front (or NEMA 4/NEMA 12)

Z High electromagnetic com-patibility (EMC) and extreme vibration strength.

Z 64-bit RISC processor

Z 2 MB user memory (.fwd)

Z Interfaces: – RS 232/RS 485/RS 422

interface for process links (MPI, PROFIBUS DP, etc.)

– Serial RS 232 interface (printer, download/upload)

– USB for mouse, keyboard, printer and downloading/uploading configurations

Z Slot for compact flash card

OP 270-6″Z 5.7″ STN color display, 256

colors, MTBF 40,000 hours


Z Rugged plastic housing

Z 24 keys with facility for in-scription, some with LEDs, of which 14 as softkeys

OP 270-10″Z 10.4″ STN color display,

256 color, MTBF 60,000 hours


Z Rugged die-cast aluminum housing

Z 36 keys with facility for inscription, some with LEDs, of which 20 as softkeys

Siemens ST 80 · 2002/20032/42


SIMATIC OP 270


■ Functions The OP 270 panels feature comprehensive HMI function-ality:Z Process value indicationZ Reliable process control

through limit value monitor-ing by the panel for inputs/outputs

Z Pixels-graphics diagrams, trend curves and bar charts



Z Password protectionZ Multiplex function for vari-

ablesZ Language selection

(5 online languages)Z Additional help and informa-

tion texts for process dia-grams, messages and variables

Z Function for direct input/output and data bit control.

Z Process visualization: – SVGA/VGA resolution with

256 colors for diagram ele-ments and 16 colors for text





– Comprehensive libraries (SIMATIC HMI symbol li-brary)

– Diagram objects – slider, gauge, clock

– Cyclic function processing through timer (once, yearly, weekly, daily)

Z Message log and shift logZ Archiving messages and

process values (on CF card, optionally through Ethernet) – Range of archive types:



– Online evaluation of pro-cess value archives using trend curves



(on CF card and optionally through Ethernet)

– Online/offline editing on the panel


Z Visual Basic Script, flexibility through implementation of new functions incl. interfac-ing with ProTool variables (relational operations, loops, etc.)

Z Backing up configuration and system settings with memory card or (optionally) through Ethernet (backup/restore function)




Z Configuration download through USB/MPI/PROFIBUS DP/RS 232, and (optionally) Ethernet and modem; manual and auto-matic transfer detection


Extended functionality

Expanded trend curve func-tions permit representation of up to 8 trend curves in one trend curve field. Scroll and zoom functions provide ac-cess to the history and permit flexible selection of the repre-sentation period. With a ruler, the current values can be determined and displayed in a table.

In addition to the message diagram, message window and message line objects pre-viously used in the graphical OPs, the new panels also offer an expanded message field. The message diagram, mes-sage window and message line are preconfigured and can be easily included in projects.

Windows CE provides stan-dard hardware and software interfaces, for example USB, CF card slot and archive and recipe files in CSV format.

Firmware and configurations can be easily downloaded and uploaded through the integrated RS 232, USB, and MPI/PROFIBUS DP inter-faces, or optionally through Ethernet and by modem.

The data transfer is further simplified by the automatic transfer detection function.

■ Options SIMATIC ProAgent/MP; Specific and fast process fault diagnostics in plants and


■ Communication The OP 270 panels support the following interfacing options:Z SIMATIC S7-200/300/400 Z SIMATIC WinACZ SIMOTIONZ SINUMERIKZ SIMATIC S5Z SIMATIC 505

Z Third-party PLCs– Allen Bradley– Mitsubishi– Telemecanique– Lucky Goldstar GLOFA – Modicon– GE-Fanuc– OMRON

Z Ethernet (TCP/IP) to the higher-level PC and network printers: optionally through NE2000-compatible network card

For further informa-tion, see “System interfaces”(from page 2/80).

Siemens ST 80 · 2002/2003 2/43


SIMATIC OP 270

■ Configuration The OP 270 panels are config-ured with SIMATIC ProTool or

ProTool/Pro Configuration from version 6.0 (see Section 4).


Type OP 270-6 OP 270-10

Display STN liquid crystal display (LCD) STN liquid crystal display (LCD)• Resolution (pixels) 320 x 240 640 x 480• Size 5.7″ 10.4″• Colors 256 colors 256 colors• MTBF of display and

background lighting at 25 °CApprox. 40,000 hours Approx. 60,000 hours

Control elements Membrane keyboard Membrane keyboard• Function keys, programmable 24 function keys, 18 with LEDs, of which 14 softkeys 36 function keys, 28 with LEDs, of which 20 softkeys• Facility for user inscription by user Yes Yes• System keys 36 38• Numeric/alphanumeric input Yes/yes Yes/yes• External mouse, keyboard,

bar code readerUSB USB

Processor RISC RISC


Memory• Type Flash Flash • Memory available for user data 2048 KB 2048 KB

Interfaces• Serial interface 2 x RS 232, 1 x RS 422/RS 485 2 x RS 232, 1 x RS 422/RS 485• CF card slot 1 x CF card slot 1 x CF card slot• USB 1 x USB 1 x USB

Printer Yes Yes



Supply voltage 24 V DC 24 V DC• Current input, normally 0.6 A 0.9 A • Rated voltage 24 V 24 V• Permitted range +18 to +30 V DC +18 to +30 V DC


Clock Hardware clock, synchronized, with back-up Hardware clock, synchronized, with back-up

Degree of protection• Front IP 65, NEMA 4, NEMA 12 IP 65, NEMA 4, NEMA 12• Rear IP 20 IP 20

Certification FM Class I Div 2, cULus, hazardous zone 2, hazardous zone 22, CE, C-TICK

FM Class I Div 2, cULus, hazardous zone 2, hazardous zone 22, CE, C-TICK

Dimensions• Front (w x h in mm) 308 x 204 483 x 310• Mounting cutout/depth

(w x h x d in mm) 282 x 178 x 59 436 x 295 x 55

Weight 1 kg 6 kg

Ambient conditions• Mounting position• max. permissible angle


35° 35°



Expansion for process operation • DP direct control keys

(LEDs as A peripherals)F1 to F8, K1 to K10 F1 to F12, K1 to K16


F1 to F14, K1 to K10 F1 to F20, K1 to K16

Siemens ST 80 · 2002/20032/44


SIMATIC OP 270



Typ OP 270-6 OP 270-10

Functions

Message system




1 x 70 1 x 70


8 8


Recipes 300 300












Variables 2048 2048

Archiving



20 20

• Number of sequential archives 40 40




• Storage location CF card, Ethernet CF card, Ethernet









• Number 50 50


Printer functions: Hardcopy, messages, shift log Hardcopy, messages, shift log






Help text Yes Yes


Timer Yes Yes


ProTool from version 6, executable under Windows 98 SE/ME/NT/2000 (must be ordered separately)

• Configuration transfer USB/Ethernet/serial/MPI/ PROFIBUS DP USB/Ethernet/serial/MPI/ PROFIBUS DP

Siemens ST 80 · 2002/2003 2/45


SIMATIC OP 270


} ex warehouse.


SIMATIC OP 270 A)


• with 5.7″ STN color display } 6AV6 542-0CA10-0AX0• with 10.4″ STN color display } 6AV6 542-0CC10-0AX0


with SIMATIC ProTool with SIMATIC ProTool/Pro



TP/OP 270 and MP 270Bproduct manual• German } 6AV6 591-1DC20-0AA0• English } 6AV6 591-1DC20-0AB0• French } 6AV6 591-1DC20-0AC0• Italian } 6AV6 591-1DC20-0AD0• Spanish } 6AV6 591-1DC20-0AE0

CommunicationsUser Guide forWindows-Based Systems• German } 6AV6 596-1MA06-0AA0• English } 6AV6 596-1MA06-0AB0• French } 6AV6 596-1MA06-0AC0• Italian } 6AV6 596-1MA06-0AD0• Spanish } 6AV6 596-1MA06-0AE0

User guide: Configuring ProToolWindows-Based Systems • German } 6AV6 594-1MA06-0AA0• English } 6AV6 594-1MA06-0AB0• French } 6AV6 594-1MA06-0AC0• Italian } 6AV6 594-1MA06-0AD0• Spanish } 6AV6 594-1MA06-0AE0




Accessories

Memory cardCF card B)

• 16 MB } 6AV6 574-2AC00-2AA0

Backup battery as for TD17, OP17/27/25/37/35, TP27/37, OP/TP 270, MP 270/270B/3703.6 V DC; 1.7 Ah

W79084-E1001-B2


Service pack for TP 070/TP 170/OP 170B/OP 270 (6″)/TP 270 (6″)consisting of:• 1 × OP 170B mounting seal• 1 × TP 170A/B or TP 270

mounting seal (6″)• 1 × OP 270 mounting seal (6″)• 2 sets of OP 170B labeling strips• 2 sets of OP 270 labeling strips

(6″)• 1 × plug-in terminal strip

(block of two)• 7 × tensioning clamps

} 6AV6 574-1AA00-4AX0

Service pack for OP 270 (10″), MP 270B Touch consisting of:• 1 × mounting seal • 2 sets of labeling strips OP 270

(10″) or MP 270B Keys

• 10 × tensioning clamps• 1 × plug-in terminal strip


} 6AV6 574-1AA00-2DX0


} 6GK1 500-0EA02

TTY-RS 232 converter for connecting TP/OP with S5 CPUs, length 3.2 mCanon 15-pin to 25-pin

6ES5 734-1BD20

RS 232 cable (5 m)

6ES7 901-1BF00-0XA0




Siemens ST 80 · 2002/20032/46


SIMATIC TP27


■ Overview • The TP27 touch panel is designed for user-friendly, machine control and moni-toring.

• It allows a realistic graphical representation of the moni-tored machine or plant.

The TP27 touch panels will be replaced by the innovative Windows CE-based SIMATIC TP 270 panels.

■ Area of application The rugged TP27 touch pan-els are designed for user-friendly, intuitive machine control and monitoring. They support realistic graphical representation of the moni-tored machine or plant.

The application area is not restricted to machine, plant or apparatus construction.

The functionality of the OP27 graphics units has been car-ried over to the new range of touch panels, which, with their special touch functions, represent an intuitive human machine interfaces.

■ Design The TP27 is suitable for use ei-ther locally at the machine or in an office environment.


Z Degree of protection IP 65 (at the front)

Z Metal housing with plastic-coated aluminum front

Various versions of the touch panels are available, all based on the OP27.

TP27-6

Z 5.7" STN display, color or monochrome (8 colors or 8 gray levels, flashing)


Z Matrix touch resistive; approx. 1.5 million opera-tions

Z 33 MHz 486 processor

Z User memory, 1 MB, inte-grated for configurations

Z CCFL backlighting

Z All interfaces already inte-grated

TP27-10

Z 10.43" STN color display (8 colors)


Z Analog resistive touch screen; approx. 35 million operations

Z 33 MHz 486 processor

Z User memory, 1 MB, inte-grated for configurations

Z CCFL backlighting

Z All interfaces already inte-grated

Siemens ST 80 · 2002/2003 2/47


SIMATIC TP27

■ Functions Operating functions

Special touch features

Z Prefabricated buttons for – Texts– Text lists– Graphics– Graphics lists

Z Hidden buttons for your own bitmaps, graphics, etc.

Message functions


Z Dynamic fields (character graphics, pixel graphics):

Z Process diagrams with static diagram elements, trend curves, graphics and bar charts


Z Definition of message priorities and differentiation between first and last mes-sages

Z Additional help and infor-mation texts for process diagrams, messages and variables

Other functions

Z Import/export of all texts in-cluding messages in CSV format for translation with standard word processors

Z Limit value monitoring for process variable fields

Z Conversion functions to relieve the PLC

Z Multiplexer function for fields


Z Recipe management

Z Storage of recipe data and configurations on a memory card or Prosave

Z Language selection (3 online languages), includ-ing Chinese and Korean


Z Loadable firmware

In addition, the TP provides the following possibilities for time-critical operator actions (see also "Possibilities for time-critical operator actions", page 2/70):

Z 24 V DC direct control keys (optional)

Z DP direct control keys, TP buttons as I/O peripher-als through PROFIBUS DP (hotkeys)

Z Control Panel Interface (CPI) (optional)for connecting external keys or LEDs as I/O peripherals through the TP on PROFI-BUS DP (for SIMATIC S7)

■ Options SIMATIC ProAgent for OP. Specific and fast process fault diagnostics in plants and


■ Communication Integral interfaces enable quick and simple connection to the following PLCs

Z SIMATIC S7

Z SIMATIC WinAC

Z SIMATIC S5

Z SIMATIC 505

Z SIMATIC S5/S7, through PROFIBUS DP at up to 12 Mbit/s

Z Third-party PLCs – Allen Bradley– Mitsubishi– Telemecanique– Modicon– OMRON– GE-Fanuc

For further information, see “System interfaces” from page 2/72.For recommended printers, see page 2/90.

■ Configuration The OP 270 panels are config-ured with SIMATIC ProTool or ProTool/Pro Configuration from version 6.0 (see Section 4).


IF 1A TTY (active/passive), RS 232-C

PLC(either on IF 1A or on IF 1B)

IF 2 TTY (active/passive), RS 232-C

Printer (serial) or PG/PC for configuration

IF 1B RS 422, RS 485 (MPI/PPI/DP-12)

PLC(either on IF 1A or on IF 1B)

Module slot (at rear) PC card, type 2

Digital outputs (optional) 24 V DC

e.g. for direct control of 24 V DC switching elements through TP buttons TP27-6: 8DA;TP27-10: 16DA

Control Panel Interface module (optional)

For connecting 16 or 32 external keys/LEDs as I/O peripherals to PROFIBUS DP through the TP (with SIMATIC S7)

Siemens ST 80 · 2002/20032/48


SIMATIC TP27



Type TP27-6 TP27-10



• Size 5.7" 10.3"

• Colors 8 gray levels or 8 colors 8 colors

• MTBF of backlighting at 25 °C Monochrome: approx. 50,000 hours Color: approx. 40,000 hours



• Numeric/alphanumeric input Yes/yes Yes/yes

Operating system RMOS RMOS

Memory



Interfaces

• Serial interface 2 x RS 232, 1 x RS 422, 1 x RS 485 2 x RS 232, 1 x RS 422, 1 x RS 485

• PC card slot 1 x PC card slot 1 x PC card slot

Printer Yes Yes


S5, S7-200/300/400, 505, Mitsubishi (FX), Telemecanique (ADJUST) Modicon (MODBUS), other third-party operators






Clock Hardware clock, with back-up Hardware clock, with back-up


• Front IP 65 IP 65


Certification CE, UL, CSA, FM CE, UL, CSA, FM

Dimensions

• Front (w x h in mm) 212 x 156 335 x 275


203 x 147 x 65 310 x 248 x 73

• Mounting depth with optional direct key module and cable (in mm)

115 120

• Mounting depth with optional control panel interface and cable (in mm)

100 105

Weight 1.5 kg 5 kg

Ambient conditions



35° 35°


• Relative humidity ≤ 85% ≤ 85%


• CPI module for connection of 16 keys/indicator lights 32 keys/indicator lights


3-byte or encoded 3-byte or encoded

Siemens ST 80 · 2002/2003 2/49


SIMATIC TP27


Type TP27-6 TP27-10

Functions

Message system



• System messages approx. 150 150


2 x 35 1 x 70


8 8


Recipes 255 255







• Graphics objects Bitmaps, icons, background images Bitmaps, icons, background images

• Dynamic objects Graphs, bars, hidden buttons Graphs, bars, hidden buttons

Variables 2048 2048


Printer functions Hardcopy, messages Hardcopy, messages


• Standard languages Chinese, Czech, Danish, Dutch, German, English, Finnish, French, Greek, Hungarian, Italian, Korean, Norwegian, Polish, Portuguese, Russian, Spanish, Swedish, Turkish

Chinese, Czech, Danish, Dutch, German, English, Finnish, French, Greek, Hungarian, Italian, Korean, Norwegian, Polish, Portuguese, Russian, Spanish, Swedish, Turkish

Character set 4 4

Help text Yes Yes


Configuration From ProTool, executable under Windows 98 SE/ME/NT/2000 (must be ordered separately)

From ProTool, executable under Windows 98 SE/ME/NT/2000 (must be ordered separately)

• Configuration transfer Serial/MPI/ PROFIBUS DP Serial/MPI/ PROFIBUS DP

Siemens ST 80 · 2002/20032/50


SIMATIC TP27



} ex warehouse.

1) Cannot be used together.A) Subject to export provisions AL: N and ECCN: EAR99.B) Subject to export provisions AL: N and ECCN: 5D992B2.

SIMATIC TP27-6 A)

with 3 integrated interfaces,1),mounting accessories, backup battery

with STN monochrome LCD touch screen

} 6AV3 627-1NK00-2AX0

with STN color LCD touch screen

} 6AV3 627-1QK00-2AX0

SIMATIC TP27-10with 3 integrated interfaces,1),mounting accessories, backup battery

with STN color LCD touch screen A)

} 6AV3 627-1QL01-0AX0

Configuration setfor TP27-6 and TP27-10 B)

consisting of• TP27-6,

TP27-10 and TP37 manual• Communications user guide• SIMATIC ProTool configuration

software with user guide• Standard function blocks for

SIMATIC S5• PG/PC-OP connecting cable

(9-pin, RS 232C) TP27/37, 3.2 m long(6XV1 440-2KH32)

• German } 6AV6 573-1CA06-0AA0• English } 6AV6 573-1CA06-0AB0• French } 6AV6 573-1CA06-0AC0• Italian } 6AV6 573-1CA06-0AD0• Spanish } 6AV6 573-1CA06-0AE0

Configurationwith SIMATIC ProToolwith SIMATIC ProTool/Pro Standard function blocksSIMATIC ProAgentConnecting cablesSystem interfaces

see Section 4see Section 4see Section 4see Section 4see page 2/88see page 2/72


TP27/TP37 manual• German } 6AV3 991-1AJ02-1AA0• English } 6AV3 991-1AJ02-1AB0• French } 6AV3 991-1AJ02-1AC0• Italian } 6AV3 991-1AJ02-1AD0• Spanish } 6AV3 991-1AJ02-1AE0

Communications user guideDescription for connection of the TD/OP/TP to the PLC• German } 6AV3 991-1BC05-1AA0• English } 6AV3 991-1BC05-1AB0• French } 6AV3 991-1BC05-1AC0• Italian } 6AV3 991-1BC05-1AD0• Spanish } 6AV3 991-1BC05-1AE0




Options/expansion components

Control Panel Interface (CPI)Interface module for connection of external keys/LEDs as I/O peripherals for the OP/TP to PROFIBUS DP (with SIMATIC S7), incl. mounting accessories• with 16 DO and 16 DI

for OP27 and TP27-6} 6AV3 672-1CA11

• with 16 DO and 16 DI for TP27-10

} 6AV3 673-1CA11

• with 32 DO and 32 DI for OP27 and TP27-10

} 6AV3 673-1CA31

24 V DC direct control key moduleModule with 24 V DC outputs that can be triggered using the OP softkeys or TP buttons, incl. mounting accessories• for OP27, TP27-6

with 8 digital outputs} 6AV3 672-1CA01

• for TP27-10with 16 digital outputs

} 6AV3 673-1CA01


Protective membrane for TP27for protection of the touch front against soiling/scratching(pack of 10)• for TP27-6 } 6AV3 672-2CS00• for TP27-10, 10.3″ } 6AV3 672-2CS11• for TP27-10, 10.4″ } 6AV3 673-2CS10


} 6GK1 500-0EA02

Memory cards(PC card)Flash EPROM• 2 MB } 6ES7 952-1KL00-0AA0• 4 MB } 6ES7 952-1KM00-0AA0• 8 MB } 6ES7 952-1KP00-0AA0• 16 MB } 6ES7 952-1KS00-0AA0

Service packages for TP27-6 and TP27-10consisting of:• 1 × mounting seal TP27-6• 1 × mounting seal TP27-10• 6 × tensioning clamps• 1 × M 2.5 Allen key• 1 × plug-in terminal strip

(block of four)• 1 × plug-in terminal strip

(block of two)• 4 × plug-in terminal strips

(block of nine)• 2 × plug-in terminal strips

(block of five)• 1 × set of tensioners for TP27

} 6AV3 673-1CC20


W79084-E1001-B2


Siemens ST 80 · 2002/2003 2/51


SIMATIC OP27

■ Overview • The OP27 operator panel is designed for user-friendly, machine control and moni-toring.

• It allows a realistic graphical representation of the moni-tored machine or plant.

• The OP27 operator panels will be replaced by the inno-vative Windows CE-based SIMATIC OP 270 panels.

■ Area of application The OP27 operator panels can be used both in machine and instrument production and in the electrical and pack-aging industry.

The OP27 panels display op-erating and fault messages as well as process variables.

Variables can be displayed as numeric values, bars, trend curves or as a status display, for example a symbol. Inputs can be made in entry fields or using symbolic values.

Process diagrams can con-tain static diagram elements in character graphics or pixel graphics. Static pixel graph-

ics diagram elements are created with any MS Windows graphics editor and incorpo-rated into the diagram.

The operator controls are soft-keys and function keys. Each function can be password-protected against unautho-rized access.

■ Design The OP27 is suitable for use directly at the machine or in an office environment.




Z Rugged die-cast aluminum housing with membrane front

Z Membrane keyboard resis-tant to various oils, greases and standard detergents.

OP27

Z LCD, passive, 320 x 240, monochrome (8 gray levels)

Z 1 MB flash EPROM for user data and firmware

Z 24 system keys, 24 user-label function keys of which 14 as softkeys

or

Z LCD, passive, 320 x 240, color (8 colors)

Z 2 MB flash EPROM for user data and firmware

Z 24 system keys, 24 user-label function keys of which 14 as softkeys

Siemens ST 80 · 2002/20032/52


SIMATIC OP27


■ Functions Operating functions

Z Process operation using softkeys (diagram-depen-dent assignment of the F keys), function keys (fixed assignment of the K keys) and system keys (cannot be configured)

Message functions


Z Dynamic fields (text- and pixel-graphics): for example input/output fields, moving figures, bars, trend curves

Z Process diagrams with static diagram elements (charac-ter graphics, pixel graphics)

Z Evaluation of machine status (hiding of dynamic fields, diagrams, etc. depending on a variable or on a change in display mode, such as color inversion or flashing)

Z Management and editing of operating and fault messag-es with message history

Z Definition of message priorities and differentiation between first and last mes-sages

Z Additional help and infor-mation texts for process diagrams, messages and variables

Other functions

Z Safe process control using limit value monitoring from the OP for inputs/outputs

Z Relieving the PLC using con-version functions in the OP



Z Printing functions: hardcopy, message printouts, shift log (through diagram list print-out)

Z Language selection (3 online languages), includ-ing Chinese and Korean

Z Recipe management

Z Storage of recipe data and configurations on a memory card (type 2 PC card) or Prosave

Z Password protection against unauthorized inputs (9 levels)

Z Current control and screen-saver to extend the lifespan of the CCFL backlighting

Z Many linking possibilities for various PLCs using integrat-ed interfaces:

In addition, the OP provides the following possibilities for time-critical operator actions (see also “Possibilities for time-critical operator actions”, see page 2/70):

Z 24 V DC direct control keys (optional)

Z DP direct control keys OP keys as I/O peripherals through PROFIBUS DP (hotkeys)

Z Control Panel Interface (CPI) (optional)for connecting external keys or LEDs as I/O peripherals through the OP on PROFIBUS DP (for SIMATIC S7)

■ Options SIMATIC ProAgent for OPSpecific and fast process fault diagnostics in plants and machines for SIMATIC S7 and SIMATIC HMI (see Section 4).

Siemens ST 80 · 2002/2003 2/53


SIMATIC OP27

■ Communication Integral interfaces enable quick and simple connection to the following PLCs:

Z SIMATIC S7

Z SIMATIC WinAC

Z SIMATIC S5

Z SIMATIC 505

Z Through PROFIBUS DP on SIMATIC S5/S7

Z Third-party PLCs – Allen Bradley– Telemecanique– Modicon– Mitsubishi– Omron– GE Fanuc

For further information, see “System interfaces” from page 2/72.For recommended printers, see page 2/90.

■ Configuration The operator panels are configured with the Windows-based SIMATIC ProTool and SIMATIC ProTool/Pro Configu-ration tools (see Section 4).


IF 1/A TTY (active/passive), RS 232-C

PLC(either on IF 1/A or on IF 1/B)

IF 2 TTY (active/passive), RS 232-C

PLC or PG/PC for configuration, printer

IF 1/B RS 422, RS 485 (MPI/PPI/DP-12)

PLC(either on IF 1/A or on IF 1/B)

Module slot (at rear) PC card, type 2

Direct control key module (optional) 24 V DC digital outputs

e.g. for the direct control of 24 V DC switching elements max. 16DA;only as an alternative to CPI module

Control panel interface module (optional)

For connection of 16 or 32 exter-nal display and operator elements using the OP on PROFIBUS DP (for S7), only as an alternative to the 24 V DC direct control key module

2/54 Siemens ST 80 · 2002/2003


SIMATIC OP27



Type OP27

Display STN liquid crystal display (LCD)• Resolution (pixels) 320 x 240• Size 5.7"• Colors 8 gray levels/8 colors• MTBF of display and

background lighting at 25 °CMonochrome: approx. 50,000 hours Color: approx. 40,000 hours

Control elements Membrane keyboard• Function keys, programmable 24 function keys, 18 with LEDs,

of which 14 softkeys• Facility for user inscription by user Yes• System keys 24• Numeric/alphanumeric input Yes/yes

Operating system RMOS

Memory• Type Flash • Memory available for user data 1024 KB

Interfaces

• Serial interface 2 x RS 232, 1 x RS 422, 1 x RS 485

• PC card slot 1 x PC card slot

Printer Yes


Supply voltage 24 V DC• Current input, normally 0.3 A • Rated voltage 24 V• Permitted range +18 to +30 V DC

Backup battery Optional, 3.6 V

Clock Hardware clock, with back-up

Degree of protection• Front IP 65 • Rear IP 20


Dimensions• Front (w x h in mm) 296 x 192• Mounting cutout/depth

(w x h x d in mm) 282 x 178 x 59

• Mounting depth with optional direct key module and cable (in mm)

107

• Mounting depth with optional control panel interface and cable (in mm)

92

Weight 2 kg

Ambient conditions• Mounting position

- max. permissible angle of inclination without assisted ventilation

35°


• Relative humidity ≤ 95%

Expansion for process operation • CPI module for connection of 16 or 32 keys

and 16 or 32 indicator lights• DP direct control keys

(LEDs as A peripherals)F1 to F8, K1 to K10


F1 to F14, K1 to K10

Type OP27

Functions

Message system

• Operating messages 2000

• Fault messages 2000

• System messages approx. 150


2 x 35


8

• Message buffer Battery-backed cyclic buffer, 512 entries each

Recipes 255

• Records per recipe 500

• Entries per record 500

• Recipe memory 448 KB integrated flash, expandable

Process diagrams 300



• Graphics objects Bitmaps, icons, background images, character graphics

• Dynamic objects Graphs, bars

Variables 2048

Password protection (levels) 9

Printer functions Hardcopy, messages, shift log

Online languages 3

• Standard languages Chinese, Czech, Danish, Dutch, German, English, Finnish, French, Greek, Hungarian, Italian, Korean, Norwegian, Polish, Portuguese, Russian, Spanish, Swedish, Turkish

Character set 4

Help text Yes

PG functions (STATUS/CONTROL) For SIMATIC S5/S7

Configuration From ProTool, executable under Windows 98 SE/ME/NT/2000 (must be ordered separately)

• Configuration transfer Serial/MPI/PROFIBUS DP

Siemens ST 80 · 2002/2003 2/55


SIMATIC OP27


} ex warehouse.

1) Cannot be used together.A) Subject to export provisions AL: N and ECCN: EAR99.B) Subject to export provisions AL: N and ECCN: 5D992B2.

SIMATIC OP27 with 3 integrated interfaces,1),mounting accessories, backup battery

with STN monochrome LCD touch screen A)

} 6AV3 627-1JK00-0AX0

with STN color LCD A) } 6AV3 627-1LK00-1AX0

Configuration setfor OP27 B)

consisting of• OP27/OP37 manual• Communications user guide

"Configuring ProTool graphics units"

• SIMATIC ProTool/Lite configura-tion softwarewith user guide

• Standard function blocks forSIMATIC S5

• PG/PC-OP connecting cable(9-pin, RS 232C), 3.2 m long(6XV1 440-2KH32)

• German } 6AV6 573-1BA06-0AA0• English } 6AV6 573-1BA06-0AB0• French } 6AV6 573-1BA06-0AC0• Italian } 6AV6 573-1BA06-0AD0• Spanish } 6AV6 573-1BA06-0AE0

Configuration

with SIMATIC ProToolwith SIMATIC ProTool/Pro CSStandard function blocksSIMATIC ProAgent

see Section 4see Section 4see Section 4see Section 4


OP27/OP37 manual• German } 6AV3 991-1AK01-0AA0• English } 6AV3 991-1AK01-0AB0• French } 6AV3 991-1AK01-0AC0• Italian } 6AV3 991-1AK01-0AD0• Spanish } 6AV3 991-1AK01-0AE0

Communications user guideDescription for connection of the TD/OP/TP to the PLC• German } 6AV3 991-1BC05-1AA0• English } 6AV3 991-1BC05-1AB0• French } 6AV3 991-1BC05-1AC0• Italian } 6AV3 991-1BC05-1AD0• Spanish } 6AV3 991-1BC05-1AE0




Options/expansion components

Control Panel Interface (CPI)Interface module for connecting external keys/LEDs as I/O periph-erals for the OP/TP to PROFIBUS DP (with SIMATIC S7), incl. mounting accessories, can be plugged in at rear


} 6AV3 672-1CA11


} 6AV3 673-1CA31

24 V DC direct control key moduleModule with 24 V DC outputs that can be triggered using OP softkeys or TP buttons, incl. mounting accessories, can be plugged in at rear

• for OP27, TP27-6with 8 digital outputs

} 6AV3 672-1CA01

Accessories for re-orders

Key labeling stripsUnlabeled, 2 sets each(plastic), for softkeys and function keys

6AV3 672-1CB00

• for OP27

Service package for OP27consisting of:• 1 × mounting seal for OP27• 6 × tensioning clamps• 1 × M 2.5 Allen key• 1 × plug-in terminal strip

(block of four)• 2 × plug-in terminal strips

(block of five)• 4 × plug-in terminal strips

(block of nine)• 1 set of OP27 key labels• 2 × braces with screws

for additional tensioning clamps

} 6AV3 672-1CC00

Memory cards(PCMCIA/Jeida)

Flash EPROM• 2 MB } 6ES7 952-1KL00-0AA0• 4 MB } 6ES7 952-1KM00-0AA0• 8 MB } 6ES7 952-1KP00-0AA0• 16 MB } 6ES7 952-1KS00-0AA0


} 6GK1 500-0EA02




W79084-E1001-B2


Siemens ST 80 · 2002/20032/56


SIMATIC MP 270B

Multi Panels — 270 Series

■ Overview • Using Windows CE, these multi-functional platforms combine the ruggedness of operator panels with the flexibility of PCs.

• SIMATIC Multi Panels (MPs) can be used just like opera-tor panels for operating and monitoring machines locally.

• In addition to their visualiza-tion capabilities, the MPs can be expanded to include other software functional-ities. Any software execut-able under Windows CE, such as the MS Pocket Internet Explorer, can be installed on them.

• The multi panels can be fully integrated with the remain-ing range of graphics-capable operator panels.

■ Area of application Windows CE the basic pre-conditions for use in harsh industrial environments. Because they have no hard disk and no fan, the SIMATIC

multi panels can also be used for visualization in places where the need for high vibra-tion strength or resistance to dust restricts the use of a PC.

With their short boot times, the multi panels are ready for use shortly after being switched on.

■ Design The MP 270B multi panels are powerful multifunction plat-forms for solving visualization tasks locally, at the machine, on an industrial Windows CE platform.

Two slots (PC card and CF card) provide scope for expansion, for example for archiving and recipes.

An external printer, keyboard, mouse or bar code reader can be connected through the integrated USB interface.

In addition, all multi panels have an Ethernet interface (TCP/IP) for exchanging data with the higher-level PC and for connecting a network printer.


Z Low mounting depth: only 55 mm or 59 mm

Z Degree of protection IP 65/Nema 4/Nema 12 (front)

Z 10" TFT displays with a resolution of 640 x 480 at 256 colors

Z Touch and key versions available

Z CCFL1) backlighting with a service life of up to 50,000 h

1) Cold Cathode Flourescence Lamps

Siemens ST 80 · 2002/2003 2/57

Operator Control and Monitoring DevicesMulti Panels — 270 Series

SIMATIC MP 270B

■ Functions The multi panels add extra functions to today's range of graphical OPs.

The basic functionality of the graphical operator panels is already built-in, including:


Z Safe process control through input/output limit value monitoring by the panel

Z Pixel graphics, trend curves and bar charts

Z Operating and fault mes-sage management with message history



Z Multiplex function for vari-ables

Z Language selection (5 online languages)

Z Help and information texts for process diagrams, messages and variables

Z Process visualization: – VGA resolution with 256

colors for graphic ele-ments, 16 colors for text





– Use of subsequently in-stallable Windows fonts

– Comprehensive libraries– Graphic objects – slider,

gauge, clock– Cyclic function processing

through timer (once, yearly, weekly, daily)

Z Message log (shift log)

Z Archiving messages and process values (on PC/CF card, network drive through Ethernet) – Range of archive types:



– Online evaluation of pro-cess value archives through trend curves



(on PC/CF card or network drive through Ethernet)

– Online/offline editing with the multi panel


Z Visual Basic Script, flexibility through implementation of new functions incl. inter-facing to ProTool variables (relational operations, loops, etc.)

Z Backing up configuration and system settings with memory card, through USB or Ethernet


Z Representation of HTML documents through MS Pocket Internet Explorer



Z Configuration download through Ethernet/USB/MPI/PROFIBUS DP/serial, manual/automatic transfer detection


Z Import/export of all texts in-cluding messages in CSV format for translation with standard word processors

Expanded trend curve func-tions permit representation of up to eight trend curves in one trend curve field. Scroll and zoom functions provide ac-cess to the history and permit flexible selection of the repre-sentation period. With a ruler, the current values can be determined and viewed in a table.

In addition to the message diagram, message window and message line objects pre-viously used in the graphical OPs, the MPs also offer an expanded message field. The message diagram, message window and message line are preconfigured and can be easily configured.

■ Options SIMATIC ProAgent/MP; Specific and fast process fault diagnostics in plants and machines for SIMATIC S7 and SIMATIC HMI (see Section 4).

Siemens ST 80 · 2002/20032/58


SIMATIC MP 270B


■ Communication The multi panels support the following interfacing options:

Z SIMATIC S7-200/300/400 (except S7-210 and 212)

Z SIMATIC WinAC

Z SIMOTION

Z SINUMERIK

Z SIMATIC S5

Z SIMATIC 505

Z Controllers from other manu-facturers: – Allen Bradley – Mitsubishi – Telemecanique– Lucky Goldstar GLOFA– Modicon– GE-Fanuc– OMRON

Z Ethernet (TCP/IP) to the higher-level PC, network printer

For further information see "System interfaces" (from page 2/80).


■ Configuration The multi panels are con-figured with SIMATIC ProTool or SIMATIC ProTool/Pro Configuration (see Section 4).

Siemens ST 80 · 2002/2003 2/59


SIMATIC MP 270B


Type MP 270B Touch MP 270B keys

Display TFT liquid crystal display (LCD) TFT liquid crystal display (LCD)• Resolution (pixels) 640 x 480 640 x 480• Size (w x h in mm) 10.4" 10.4"• Colors 256 colors 256 colors• MTBF of display and


Control elements• Function keys, programmable - 36 function keys, 28 with LEDs, of which 20 softkeys


- Yes

• System keys - 38• Numeric/alphanumeric input Yes/yes Yes/yes• External mouse, keyboard,


Processor RISC RISC


Memory• Type Flash Flash • Memory available for user data 5 MB (of which 4 MB for ProTool configuration) 5 MB (of which 4 MB for ProTool configuration)

Interfaces• Serial interface 2 x RS 232, 1 x RS 422/RS 485 2 x RS 232, 1 x RS 422/RS 485• Ethernet 10/100 Mbit, RJ45 10/100 Mbit, RJ45• PC card slot 1 x PC card slot 1 x PC card slot• CF card slot 1 x CF card slot 1 x CF card slot• USB 1 x USB 1 x USB

Printer Yes Yes

Interface with PLC S5, S7-200/300/400, 505, Allen Bradley (DF1), Mitsubishi (FX), Telemecanique (ADJUST) Modicon (MODBUS), other third-party operators

S5, S7-200/300/400, 505, Allen Bradley (DF1), Mitsubishi (FX), Telemecanique (ADJUST) Modicon (MODBUS), other third-party operators

Supply voltage 24 V DC 24 V DC• Current input, normally 0.9 A 0.9 A • Rated voltage 24 V 24 V• Permitted range 18 to 30 V 18 to 30 V



Degree of protection• Front IP 65, NEMA 4, NEMA 12 IP 65, NEMA 4, NEMA 12 • Rear IP 20 IP 20

Certification FM Class I Div2, cULus, hazardous zone 2, hazardous zone 22, CE, C-TICK

FM Class I Div2, cULus, hazardous zone 2, hazardous zone 22, CE, C-TICK

Dimensions• Front (w x h in mm) 335 x 275 483 x 310 • Mounting cutout/depth

(w x h x d in mm) 310 x 248 x 59 436 x 295 x 55

Weight 4.5 kg 6 kg

Ambient conditions• Mounting position

- Max. permissible angle of inclination without assisted ventilation

35° 35°





- F1 to F12, K1 to K16


4-byte or encoded F1 to F20, K1 to K16

Siemens ST 80 · 2002/20032/60


SIMATIC MP 270B



Type MP 270B Touch MP 270B keys

Functions

Message system




1 x 70 1 x 70


8 8

• Message buffer 512 inputs 512 inputs

Recipes 300 300












Variables 2048 2048

Archiving



20 20





• Storage location CF card, PC card, Ethernet CF card, PC card, Ethernet









• Number 50 50


Printer functions Hardcopy, messages, shift log Hardcopy, messages, shift log






• Number of additionally loadable character sets

2 2

Help text Yes Yes


Timer Yes Yes


ProTool from version 6, executable under Windows 98 SE/ME/NT/2000 (must be ordered separately)


Siemens ST 80 · 2002/2003 2/61


SIMATIC MP 270B


} ex warehouse.

A) Subject to export provisions AL: N and ECCN: 5D992B2.B) Subject to export provisions AL: N and ECCN: EAR99.

SIMATIC MP 270B A)

with 5 integrated interfaces, with mounting accessories, with capacitor backup (optional battery and electronic fuse)

• with 10″ TFT, touch screen color display

} 6AV6 545-0AG10-0AX0

• with 10″ TFT color display and keyboard

} 6AV6 542-0AG10-0AX0

Configuration

with SIMATIC ProTool and SIMATIC ProTool/ProSIMATIC ProAgent



OP/TP 270 and MP 270Bproduct manual• German } 6AV6591-1DC20-0AA0• English } 6AV6591-1DC20-0AB0• French } 6AV6591-1DC20-0AC0• Italian } 6AV6591-1DC20-0AD0• Spanish } 6AV6591-1DC20-0AE0

Communications User Guide for Windows-Based Systems• German } 6AV6 596-1MA06-0AA0• English } 6AV6 596-1MA06-0AB0• French } 6AV6 596-1MA06-0AC0• Italian } 6AV6 596-1MA06-0AD0• Spanish } 6AV6 596-1MA06-0AE0

User guide: Configuring ProTool Windows-Based Systems • German } 6AV6 594-1MA06-0AA0• English } 6AV6 594-1MA06-0AB0• French } 6AV6 594-1MA06-0AC0• Italian } 6AV6 594-1MA06-0AD0• Spanish } 6AV6 594-1MA06-0AE0



http://www.siemens.com/mp



W79084-E1001-B2

Memory cardsCF card B)

• 16 MB } 6AV6 574-2AC00-2AA0

PC card (ATA flash) B)

• 64 MB } 6AV6 574-2AC00-2AF0

TP 270 10" protective mem-brane, MP 270B Touch and MP 370 Touchfor protection of the touch front against soiling/scratching (pack of 10 )

} 6AV6 574-1AD00-4CX0

Service pack for TP 270 10″, MP 270B Touch and MP 370consisting of:• 1 × mounting seal • 10 × tensioning clamps• 1 × plug-in terminal strip


} 6AV6 574-1AA00-2CX0

Service pack for OP 270 10″ and MP 270B Keysconsisting of:• 1 x mounting seal• 2 sets of OP 270 10″ or

MP 270B Keys labeling strips• 10 x tensioning clamps• 1 x plug-in terminal strip


} 6AV6 574-1AA00-2DX0

TTY-RS 232 converterfor connecting OP/TP 270 and MP 270B to S5 CPUsLength 3.2 m Canon 15-pin to 25-pin

} 6ES5734-1BD20




Siemens ST 80 · 2002/20032/62


SIMATIC MP 370


■ Overview • Using Windows CE, these multi-functional platforms combine the ruggedness of the operator panels with the flexibility of the PC.

• SIMATIC multi panels (MPs) can be used just like the operator panels for operating and monitoring machines locally.

• In addition to visualization, the MPs can be expanded with further software func-tions, for example to add control functionality. Any software executable under Windows CE – such as the MS Pocket Internet Explorer, the soft PLC WinAC MP for MP 370, etc. can be installed on them.

• The multi panels can be fully integrated with the range of graphics-capable operator panels. The innovative key and touch versions of MP 370 replace the OP37 and TP37 panels.

■ Area of application Windows CE provides the basic preconditions for use in harsh industrial environments. Because they have no hard disk and no fan, the SIMATIC

multi panels can also be used for visualization in places where the need for high vibra-tion strength or resistance to dust limits the use of a PC.

With their short boot times, the multi panels are ready for use in just a short space of time.

Siemens ST 80 · 2002/2003 2/63


SIMATIC MP 370

■ Design The MP 370 multi panels are powerful multifunction plat-forms for solving visualization tasks locally, at the machine, on an industrial Windows CE platform.

Two slots (PC card and CF card) provide scope for expansion if required, for example for archiving and for recipes.

Through the integrated USB interface, an external printer, keyboard, mouse or bar code reader can be connected.

In addition, all multi panels have an Ethernet interface (TCP/IP) for exchanging data with the higher-level PC and for connecting a network printer.


Z Low mounting depth: only 55 mm or 65 mm

Z Degree of protection IP 65/Nema 4/Nema 12 (front)

Z 12” TFT displays with a resolution of 800 x 600 at 256 colors

Z Touch and key versions available

Z CCFL1) backlighting with a service life of up to 50,000 h

1) Cold Cathode Flourescence Lamps

■ Functions The multi panels add extra functionality to today's range of graphical OPs.

The basic functions of the graphical operator panels are already built in. They include:


Z Safe process control using limit value monitoring from the MP for inputs/outputs

Z Pixels-graphics diagrams, trend curves and bar charts




Z Multiplex function for vari-ables

Z Language selection (five online languages)

Z Additional Help and infor-mation texts for process diagrams, messages and variables

Z Process visualization: – SVGA resolution with

256 colors for diagram elements, 16 colors for text





– Use of subsequently installable Windows fonts

– Comprehensive libraries– Image objects – slider,

gauge, clock– Cyclic function processing

by means of timer (once, yearly, weekly, daily)

Z Message log (Shift log)

Z Archiving messages and process values (on PC/CF card, network drive through Ethernet) – Range of archive types:



– Online evaluation of process value archives through trend curves

– External evaluation with standard Excel and Ac-cess tools


(on PC/CF card, network drive through Ethernet)

– Online/off-line editing on the multi panel


Z Visual Basic Script, flexibility through implementation of new functions incl. interfac-ing to ProTool variables (relational operations, loops, etc.)

Z Backing up configuration and system settings with memory card, through USB or Ethernet


Z Representation of HTML documents through MS Pocket Internet Explorer

Z Use of standard Windows printers (see “Recommend-ed printers”)


Z Configuration download through Ethernet/USB/MPI/PROFIBUS DP/serial, manual/automatic transfer detection


Z Import/export of all texts including messages in CSV format for translation with standard word processors

Siemens ST 80 · 2002/20032/64


SIMATIC MP 370


■ Functions (continued) Expanded trend curve func-tions permit representation of up to eight trend curves in one trend curve field.

Scroll and zoom functions provide access to the history and permit flexible selection of the representation period. With a ruler, the current values can be determined and viewed in a table.

In addition to the message di-agram, message window and message line objects previ-ously used in the graphical OPs, the MPs also offer an ex-panded message field. The message diagram, message window and message line are preconfigured and can be easily included in projects.

■ Options SIMATIC ProAgent/MP; Specific and fast process fault diagnostics in plants and machines for SIMATIC S7 and SIMATIC HMI (see Section 4).

SIMATIC WinAC MP; Soft PLC under Windows CE, executable on the multifunc-tion SIMATIC MP 370 platform (see page 2/68).

■ Communication The multi panels support the following interfacing options:

Z SIMATIC S7-200/300/400

Z SIMATIC WinAC

Z SIMOTION

Z SINUMERIK

Z SIMATIC S5

Z SIMATIC 505

Z Third-party PLCs – Allen Bradley – Mitsubishi – Telemecanique– Lucky Goldstar GLOFA– Modicon– GE-Fanuc– OMRON

Z Ethernet (TCP/IP) to the higher-level PC, network printer

For further information see "System interfac-es" (from page 2/80).


■ Configuration The multi panels are con-figured with SIMATIC ProTool or SIMATIC ProTool/Pro Configuration (see Section 4).

Siemens ST 80 · 2002/2003 2/65


SIMATIC MP 370


Type MP 370 Touch MP 370 keys

Display TFT liquid crystal display (LCD) TFT liquid crystal display (LCD)• Resolution (pixels) 600 x 800 600 x 800• Size 12.1" 12.1"• Colors 256 colors 256 colors• MTBF of display and


Control elements Touch screen Membrane keyboard• Function keys, programmable - 36 function keys, 36 with LEDs, of which 36 softkeys


- Yes

• System keys - 38• Numeric/alphanumeric input Yes/yes Yes/yes• External mouse, keyboard,


Processor RISC RISC


Memory


• Memory available for user data 12 MB (of which up to 7 MB for ProTool configuration 12 MB (of which up to 7 MB for ProTool configuration

Interfaces• Serial interfaces 1 x TTY/RS232, 1 x RS232, 1 x RS422/RS485 1 x TTY/RS232, 1 x RS232, 1 x RS422/RS485• Ethernet 10/100 Mbit, RJ45 10/100 Mbit, RJ45• PC card slot 1 x PC card slot 1 x PC card slot• CF card slot 1 x CF card slot 1 x CF card slot• USB 1 x USB 1 x USB

Printer Yes Yes

Interface with PLC S5, S7-200/300/400, 505, PC (Ethernet), Allen Bradley (DF1), Mitsubishi (FX), Telemecanique (ADJUST) Modicon (Modbus), other third-party operators

S5, S7-200/300/400, 505, PC (Ethernet), Allen Brad-ley (DF1), Mitsubishi (FX), Telemecanique (ADJUST) Modicon (Modbus), other third-party operators




• Permitted range 18 to 30 V 18 to 30 V




• Front IP 65, NEMA 4, NEMA 12 IP 65, NEMA 4, NEMA 12


Certification FM Class I Div 2, UL, CSA, hazardous zone 2, hazardous zone 22, CE

FM Class I Div 2, UL, CSA, hazardous zone 2, hazardous zone 22, CE

Dimensions

• Front (w x h in mm) 335 x 275 483 x 310


310 x 248 x 59 450 x 290 x 65

Weight 7 kg 9 kg

Ambient conditions



35° 35°





- F1 to F20 S1 to S16


5-byte or encoded F1 to F20 S1 to S16

Siemens ST 80 · 2002/20032/66


SIMATIC MP 370



Type MP 370 Touch MP 370 keys

Functions

Message system




1 x 70 1 x 70


8 8

• Message buffer 1024 entries 1024 entries

Recipes 500 500












Variables 2048 2048

Archiving



50 50



• Archive types Polling archive, sequential archives, message archive, process value archive

Polling archive, sequential archives, message archive, process value archive

• Storage location CF card, PC card, Ethernet CF card, PC card, Ethernet


• Online evaluation Through trend curves Through trend curves



Message log (Shift log)• Number of logs 10 10• Number of pages 10 10

Visual Basic Scripts• Number 50 50• No. of lines per script 100 100

Printer functions Hardcopy, messages, shift log Hardcopy, messages, shift log

Online languages 5 5• Standard languages Chinese, Czech, Danish, Dutch, German, English,

Finnish, French, Greek, Hungarian, Italian, Japanese, Korean, Norwegian, Polish, Portuguese, Russian, Spanish, Swedish, Turkish




• Number of additionally loadable character sets

4 4

Help text Yes Yes


Timer Yes Yes

Configuration ProTool from version 5.2 SP3, executable under Windows 98 SE/ME/NT/2000 (must be ordered separately)

ProTool from version 5.2 SP3, executable under Windows 98 SE/ME/NT/2000 (must be ordered separately)


Siemens ST 80 · 2002/2003 2/67


SIMATIC MP 370


} ex warehouse.

A) Subject to export provisions AL: N and ECCN: 5D992B2.B) Subject to export regulations AL: N and ECCN: 5D002ENC3.C) Subject to export regulations AL: N and ECCN: EAR99.

SIMATIC MP 370 B)


• with 12″ TFT, touch screen color display

} 6AV6 545-0DA10-0AX0

• with 12″ TFT color display and keyboard

} 6AV6 542-0DA10-0AX0

Configuration set A)

for MP 370 Keys or Touchconsisting of

- ProTool configuration software, version 5 with user guide,

- Manual - Communications User Guide

for Windows-Based Systems- Configuration cable between

PG/PC and MP 370, 5.0 m long

• German } 6AV6 573-1EB06-0AA0• English } 6AV6 573-1EB06-0AB0• French } 6AV6 573-1EB06-0AC0• Italian } 6AV6 573-1EB06-0AD0• Spanish } 6AV6 573-1EB06-0AE0

Configuration

with SIMATIC ProTool and SIMATIC ProTool/Pro see Section 4

SIMATIC ProAgent see Section 4


MP 370 manual• German } 6AV6 591-1DB10-0AA0• English } 6AV6 591-1DB10-0AB0• French } 6AV6 591-1DB10-0AC0• Italian } 6AV6 591-1DB10-0AD0• Spanish } 6AV6 591-1DB10-0AE0

Communications User Guide for Windows-Based Systems• German } 6AV6 596-1MA06-0AA0• English } 6AV6 596-1MA06-0AB0• French } 6AV6 596-1MA06-0AC0• Italian } 6AV6 596-1MA06-0AD0• Spanish } 6AV6 596-1MA06-0AE0

User guide: Configuring ProTool Windows-Based Systems • German } 6AV6 594-1MA06-0AA0• English } 6AV6 594-1MA06-0AB0• French } 6AV6 594-1MA06-0AC0• Italian } 6AV6 594-1MA06-0AD0• Spanish } 6AV6 594-1MA06-0AE0



http://www.siemens.com/mp


Configuration cablesbetween PG/PC and MPstandard length: 5 m

} 6ES7 901-1BF00-0XA0


W79084-E1001-B2

Memory cardsCF card C)

• 16 MB } 6AV6 574-2AC00-2AA0PC card (ATA flash) C)

• 64 MB } 6AV6 574-2AC00-2AF0

Key labeling stripsMP 370 KeysUnlabeled, 2 sets each(plastic), for function keys

} 6AV6 574-1AB00-2BA0

MP 370 Touch protective membranefor protection of the touch front against soiling/scratching (pack of 10)

} 6AV6 574-1AD00-4CX0

Service pack for MP 370 Keys consisting of:• 6 × tensioning clamps• 1 × plug-in terminal strip

(block of two)• 2 sets of key labels for MP 370• Allen key

} 6AV6 574-1AA00-2BX0

Service pack for MP 370 Touch consisting of:• Protective membrane• 1 × mounting seal • 10 × tensioning clamps• 1 × plug-in terminal strip


} 6AV6 574-1AA00-2CX0


} 6GK1 500-0EA02




Siemens ST 80 · 2002/20032/68


SIMATIC WinAC MP

Options for Multi Panels

■ Overview SIMATIC WinAC MP is the soft PLC for Windows CE and is executable on the multi-func-tion SIMATIC MP 370 platform.

WinAC MP is the efficient solution for automation tasks with high data volumes and deterministic requirements

and can optionally be in-stalled on the rugged, disk-less and fanless SIMATIC MP 370.

Cost reduction through compact design

The combination of control and visualization in a single platform reduces the number of required automation com-ponents and therefore the costs.

The space requirement in the control cabinet and the time needed for installation and ca-bling are also significantly re-duced. This in turn leads to a simplified the plant structure, i.e. clearer construction draw-ings, circuit diagrams and faster commissioning. Since troubleshooting and spare parts are limited to just one device, servicing is also made easier.

Standardized S7 range

Because SIMATIC WinAC MP is code-compatible with SIMATIC S7, it offers a high degree of protection of your investment in engineering. It is programmed throughout with the SIMATIC programming tools in STEP 7. The created WinAC MP programs can also be used for SIMATIC S7 and other WinAC products.

The use of a single program-ming environment for all con-trol platforms result in clear savings in engineering time and costs.

Visualization with ProTool

Visualizations on the MP 370 are created with the powerful SIMATIC ProTool configura-tion tool. WinAC MP can be simply added to existing ap-plications. For direct opera-tion and status indication of the PLC on the MP 370, additional WinAC MP func-tions, such as RUN, STOP and MRES, are available in ProTool.

On-board PROFIBUS interface

Communications with the I/O level takes place through the integrated PROFIBUS DP master, making the complicat-ed installation of additional interface cards superfluous.

2/69Siemens ST 80 · 2002/2003

Operator Control and Monitoring DevicesOptions for Multi Panels

SIMATIC WinAC MP

■ Overview (continued) Optimum support for servic-ing and commissioning

Through the integrated Ethernet interface, ProTool and STEP 7 projects can be downloaded with the TCP/IP protocol. For servicing, a proven backup and restore concept ensures a fast repair.

Flexible expansion

Tailored expansions of the visualization functionality can be implemented in ProTool, for example with ActiveX compo-nents, which are created with the Software Development Kit (SDK).


Version WinAC MP V3.0

Platform MP 370 touch or MP 370 keys

• Operating system Windows CE 3.0

• Real-time Yes

• No hard disk Yes

• No fan Yes

User memory

• Flash memory 3 MB

• RAM (built in) 1 MB

• Loading memory (built in) 1 MB

Peripherals

• Peripherals address area Inputs/outputs 16 KB each

• Number of inputs/outputs Inputs/outputs 16 KB each

• Peripherals connection PROFIBUS DP, up to 12 Mbit/s (MP 370 on-board)

• Number of PROFIBUS DP slaves 32

Bit memories

Counters 512

Timers 512

Non-volatile data Yes, with UPS

Execution times

• Bit operations (typically) 0.4 µs

• Mathematical operations (typically)

0.3 µs

System requirements

• Hardware MP 370 touch or MP 370 keys

• PLC programming software STEP 7 from version 5.1 SP2


} ex warehouse.


http://www.siemens.de/mp

SIMATIC WinAC MP V3.0 Single license for 1 installation R-SW, SW and documentation on CD, license key on FD, Class A 3 languages (Ger., Eng., Fr.) executable under Win CE Reference HW: SIMATIC MP 370

} 6ES7671-0EC01-0YX0


2/70 Siemens ST 80 · 2002/2003


Options for handling time-critical operator actions

■ Overview

Fig. 2/1 Options for handling time-critical operator actions

• DP direct control keys: 1)

OP keys and TP buttons as I/O peripherals through PROFIBUS DP

With the DP direct control keys, time-critical operator actions can be performed with response times of 100 ms or less without additional hardware in combination with the OP7, OP17, OP27, OP37, TP27 or TP37 and the Windows CE-based panels and multi panels (from TP 170/OP 170B).

All OP softkeys and function keys can be used as DP direct control keys. The touch panels allow configuration of up to 24 buttons (TP27-6, TP27-10) or 40 buttons (TP37) as DP direct control keys (further buttons possible using coding).The DP direct control keys are connected to a SIMATIC S7 PLC as PROFIBUS DP input peripherals. This means a configurable input in the PLC can be set/reset with every keystroke (jog mode). The LEDs on the keys can be actuated by the PLC (not with touch units.)

Only one shared bus address for the operator panel and the I/O peripheral modules is required for connecting the operator panel to the SIMATIC S7 through PROFIBUS DP .

In parallel with the DP direct control keys, the CPI module can also be used with the operator panels (but not Windows CE-based operator panels).

• 24 V DC direct control key module

The 24 V DC direct control keys option provides the OP/TP with digital outputs that can be controlled either using OP keys, TP buttons or by the software. The module is connected to the rear of the OP/TP and provides eight outputs for the OP27, TP27-6 and TP37, and 16 outputs for the OP37, TP27-10 and TP37. Because 24 V DC outputs can be directly actuated with the soft-keys next to the display or with configurable TP buttons, these outputs allow time-critical operator actions to be carried out.

• Control Panel Interface (CPI) 1)

for connecting external display and control elements through PROFIBUS DP

The optional control panel interface module provides the OP/TP with digital inputs and outputs for connecting external actuators and sensors. The CPI module is plugged into the rear of the OP/TP and, depending on the module, provides 16 or 32 inputs (24 V DC) and 16 or 32 outputs (24 V DC) that can be wired directly to the operator panels. The external elements are connected as I/O peripherals (DP slaves) through the OP/TP to PROFIBUS DP. Information ex-change between the PLC and the CPI module is organized au-tomatically. Connection to the SIMATIC S7 through PROFIBUS DP is required, but only one shared bus address for the operator panel and as the external inputs and outputs are necessary.

On the operator panels, the DP direct control keys can also be used in parallel to the CPI module.

1) Function only possible on S7 PLCs through PROFIBUS.

Direct control key module

TP37

SIMATICS7-300/-400

as I/O peripherals

as I/Operipherals

as I/O peripherals

SIMATICS7-300/-400

Control Panel Interface

external control elements

Siemens ST 80 · 2002/2003 2/71


Options for handling time-critical operator actions

■ Overview Can be used with 24 V DCdirect control key

DP direct control key

CPI module

Operator panels

• OP7/DP, OP7/DP-12 – • –

• OP17/DP, OP17/DP-12 – • –

• OP 170B/OP 270 – • –

• OP27/OP37 • • •

Touch panels

• TP 170B/TP 270 – • –

• TP27/TP37 • • •

Multi panels

• MP 270/MP 270B/MP 370 – • –

Can be used with PLCs

• SIMATIC S5/S7/505, third-party PLC

• – –

• SIMATIC S7 with PROFIBUS DP • • •

Standard No (optional extra) Yes No (optional extra)

No. of digital inputs/outputs

• Digital inputs/outputs OP27 8 outputs –

• Digital inputs/outputs OP37 16 outputs – 16 or 32 inputs, 16 or 32 outputs

• Digital inputs/outputs TP27-6 8 outputs – 16 inputs, 16 outputs

• Digital inputs/outputs TP27-10 16 outputs – 16 or 32 inputs, 16 or 32 outputs

• Digital inputs/outputs TP37 8/16 outputs – 16 or 32 inputs, 16 or 32 outputs

Process control and querying the

OP softkeys/function and special keys

• OP7 – F1 to F4, K1 to K4 –

• OP17 – F1 to F8, K1 to K16 –

• OP 170B/OP 270 (6") – F1 to F14, K1 to K10 –

• OP 270 (10")/MP 270/MP 270B (keys)

– F1 to F20, K1 to K16 –

• OP27 F1 to F8 F1 to F14, K1 to K10 –

• OP37 F1 to F12 F1 to F20, K1 to K16 –

• MP 370 (keys) – F1 to F20, S1 to S16 –

TP buttons

• TP 170B/TP 270 (6")/MP 270B (touch)

– 4-byte or encoded –

• TP 270 (10")/MP 370 (touch)

– 5-byte or encoded –

• TP27-6 8 3-byte or encoded –

• TP27-10 16 3-byte or encoded –

• TP37 8/16 5-byte or encoded –

Actuating the key LEDs

OP softkeys/function and special keys

• OP7 – K1 to K4 –

• OP17 – K1 to K16 –

• OP 170B/OP 270 (6") – F1 to F8, K1 to K10 –

• OP 270 (10")/MP 270/MP 270B (keys)

– F1 to F12, K1 to K16 –

• OP27 – F1 to F8, K1 to K10 –

• OP37 – F1 to F12, K1 to K16 –

• MP 370 (keys) – F1 to F20, S1 to S16 –

You can either install the direct key module or the CPI module.

Siemens ST 80 · 2002/20032/72


for text-based Panels and OP27/TP27

System interfaces

■ Overview The SIMATIC text displays (TD), operator panels (OP) and touch panels (TP) 1)

TD17, OP3, OP7, OP17, OP27 and TP27, provide HMI func-tionality in conjunction with

Z SIMATIC S5

Z SIMATIC S7

Z SIMATIC 505

Z SINUMERIK 2)

Z Allen Bradley SLC 500/00, 01, 02, 03, 04, 05 and Mi-croLogix (DH485 protocol)

Z Allen Bradley SLC 500/03, 04, 05 (DF1 protocol)

Z Allen Bradley PLC5/-11, 20, 30, 40, 60, 80 (DF1 protocol)

Z GE Fanuc 90-30 + 90-70 (SNP/SNPX protocol)

Z Mitsubishi FX (FX protocol)

Z Modicon 984-120,130, 131,141,145, 380, 381, 385, 480, 485, 680, 685, 780, 785 (MODBUS protocol)

Z Modicon TSX Quantum CPU113,213,424,434,534 (MODBUS protocol)

Z Omron SYSMAC C, SYSMAC α, SYSMAC CV (LINK protocol)

Z Telemecanique TSX 17 + TSX 47/67/87/107 (ADJUST + UNI-TELWAY protocols)

Z Telemecanique TSX 37 + TSX 57 (ADJUST + UNI-TEL-WAY protocols)

The main features of the various interfaces are briefly described below.

You can find more detailed in-formation in the ProTool user guide, in the Communications guide and in the online Help.

1) In the following text, the abbre-viation “OP” is used to include TDs, OPs and TPs. This does not represent a restriction of features to one particular product group: where certain devices do not perform certain functions, this is explicitly stated in the text.

2) For further information see Catalog NC 60

■ SIMATIC S5 A range of interfaces of vary-ing types and capacities are available for connecting SIMATIC OP (not OP3) to SIMATIC S5 (not S5-150U).

They all have in common that, for the connected OP, the link is always a logical point-to-point connection, i.e. one OP is always permanently as-signed to one programmablecontroller. The PLC must be provided with a standard function block, which must be invoked for each OP connect-ed (the standard FB must be ordered separately).

AS511 interface (not OP3)

S5-90 to -135U (except CPU 945, except CPU 922 < release 9, except CPU 928 [6ES5 928-3UA11])

The AS511 interface operates through the PG interface of the SIMATIC S5 and uses the respective CPU resources, i.e. the performance of the OP depends on the performance of the used SIMATIC CPU.

FAP interface (not OP3)

S5-115,-135U through 2.CPU-SS (CPU 943B, CPU 944A/B, CPU 945, CPU 928B) S5-95U, -100U through CP 521 (except CPU 100, except CPU 102)S5-115U, -135U, -155U through CP 523 (except CPU 945, except CPU 922 < release 9, except CPU 928 [6ES5 928-3UA11])

The FAP interface uses either the free ASCII interface of a SIMATIC CPU or interface modules CP 521 and CP 523 (OP27 and TP27 not through CP 521). In ET200, OPs must not be connected through CP 521.

Communication between the OPs and SIMATIC S5 is based on a special "FAP protocol", which is handled by the corre-sponding standard FB in the PLC. Several OPs can be connected to one PLC. Their performance depends on the cycle time of the SIMATIC PLC.

PROFIBUS DP interface(not OP3)

S5-115U, -135U, -155U through IM 308C or CP 5431 FMS/DP (except CPU 922 < release 9, except CPU 928 [6ES5 928-3UA11], except CPU 946/947 [6ES5 94•-3UA11], except CPU 946/947 [6ES5 94•-3UA21], except CPU 946/947 [6ES5 94•-3UA22] < release 5)

The following can be connect-ed to the PROFIBUS DP inter-face:

Z up to 2 OPs as slaves through a PROFIBUS net-work to one SIMATIC S5-95U with integrated PROFIBUS DP/master interface [6ES5 095-8ME01];

Z up to 30 OPs can be con-nected as slaves through a PROFIBUS network to a SIMATIC S5 with separate PROFIBUS DP/IM 308C master interface, or CP 5431 FMS/DP.

The OP (DP slave) and SIMATIC S5 (DP master) com-municate through PROFIBUS DP messages according to EN 50170 with superimposed “FAP protocol”, which is pro-cessed in the programmable controller by the correspond-ing standard function block.

Siemens ST 80 · 2002/2003 2/73

Operator Control and Monitoring DevicesSystem interfaces


■ SIMATIC S7 Three different types of inter-face are used for communica-tion between SIMATIC OP and SIMATIC S7:

Z PPI interface to S7-200

Z MPI interface to S7 (using PG/OP communications)

Z PROFIBUS interfaceto S7 (using PG/OP commu-nications)

PPI interface describes the connection of a SIMATIC OP to a SIMATIC S7-200 through its PPI interface; MPI interface describes the connection of a SIMATIC OP to a SIMATIC S7 through MPI or PROFIBUS. The SIMATIC OPs use the SIMATIC S7 "PG/OP commu-nication" services. A standard FB, as required by the SIMATIC S5, is not necessary.

PROFIBUS interfaces are connections between a SIMATIC OP and a SIMATIC S7 through the integrated PROFIBUS interface of the CPU or through the PROFIBUS interface of a separate inter-face module and the back-plane bus to the SIMATIC S7 CPU. In terms of their func-tion, the PROFIBUS interface and the MPI interface are identical (SIMATIC OPs are "active nodes" and not, for example, "DP slaves" as is the case with the PROFIBUS inter-face to SIMATIC S5).

The maximum permitted num-ber of S7 connections of a CPU depends on the power of the CPU (see Catalog ST 70); for the SIMATIC OPs, the fol-lowing restrictions apply:

Z OP3 max. 2 connections

Z TD17, OP7/17 max. 4 connections

Z OP27/TP27max. 4 connections

PPI Interface

The PPI interface is basically a point-to-point connection between one OP (PPI master), or alternatively one PG (PPI master), and one S7-200 (PPI slave).

However, it is also possible to connect

Z one OP to several S7-200 PLCs(logical point-to-point-con-nection from the viewpoint of each S7-200).

Z several OPs and/or PGs to one S7-200(sequential logic point-to-point relationship; i.e. for each S7-200, only one con-nection is active at any one time).

MPI Interface/PROFIBUS Interface (restrictions on OP3)

The MPI or PROFIBUS inter-face operates over the multi-point communications interfaces of SIMATIC OP and SIMATIC S7 through "PG/OP communication"; you can connect

Z one OP (MPI master) to one or more S7-300/400(s) (MPI master).

Z one OP (MPI master) to one or more S7-300/400(s) (MPI master).

Z one OP (MPI master) to one or more S7-200(s) (MPI slave).1)

Z several OPs (MPI master) to one or more S7-200(s) (MPI slave).1)

In contrast to the PPI connec-tions, the MPI connections are static connections set up during startup and then moni-tored.

In addition to the original master–master relationship, this produces a master–slave relationship that allows S7-200s (except S7-212) to be in-tegrated in MPI or PROFIBUS networks.1)

The method of exchanging information between SIMATIC OP and SIMATIC S7 is irre-spective of whether an MPI or PROFIBUS network is used:

The SIMATIC OPs are S7 clients and the SIMATIC S7 CPUs are S7 servers.

The OP3 is only released for connection to SIMATIC S7-300/400 through MPI (Master–Master), i.e. it cannot communicate with FM 353, FM 354, FM 453, etc..

1) For transmission rate limitations for the S7-200, see Catalog ST 70.

■ SIMATIC 505 (not OP3) Communication between SIMATIC OP and SIMATIC 505 is based on the NITP protocol. The direct connection of an OP to the PG interface of a SIMATIC 505 (logic point-to-point relationship) has been tested and approved.

Siemens ST 80 · 2002/20032/74



System interfaces

■ Allen Bradley Two communication protocols are available for connecting SIMATIC OPs (not OP3) to Allen Bradley.

F1 interface (not OP3)

This communication method between SIMATIC OPs and Allen Bradley is based on the DF1 protocol (logical point-to-point relationship); the follow-ing have been tested and approved:

Z Direct connection of an OP to the PG interface of an Allen Bradley PLC5.

Z Direct connection of an OP to the DF1 interface of an Allen Bradley SLC 500.

SIMATIC OPs are not ap-proved for integration into the Allen Bradley DH+ or DH485 network using Allen Bradley "communication adaptors" (which are actually gateways).

DH485 interface (not OP3)

This communication method between SIMATIC OPs and Allen Bradley is based on the DH485 protocol; the following have been tested and approved:

Z Direct connection of an OP to the PG interface of an Allen Bradley SLC 500 or MicroLogix (point-to-point relationship)

Z Integration of OPs in an Allen Bradley DH485 network and communication between OPs and one or more SLC 500 or MicroLogix in the net-work (multipoint relationship from the viewpoint of the OP).Regarding the maximum number of OP connections, the same values as for the SIMATIC S7/M7 apply.

■ GE-Fanuc (not OP3) Communication between SIMATIC OPs and GE-Fanuc is based on the SNP/SNPX protocol; the following have been tested and approved:

Z Direct connection of an OP to the PG interface of a GE-Fanuc 90-30 or 90-70 (logical point-to-point rela-tionship)

Z Integration of OPs in a GE-Fanuc network and com-munication between OPs (SNP/master) and one or more GE-Fanuc 90-30 or 90-70(s) (SNP slave) in the network (multipoint relation-ship as seen from the OP).Regarding the maximum number of OP connections, the same values as for the SIMATIC S7/M7 apply.

■ Mitsubishi (not OP3) Communication between SIMATIC OP and Mitsubishi is based on the FX protocol. The direct connection of an OP to the PG interface of a Mitsubishi FX or FX0 (logical point-to-point relationship) has been tested and approved.

Siemens ST 80 · 2002/2003 2/75



■ Modicon (not OP3) Communication between SIMATIC OPs and Modicon is based on the MODBUS proto-col; the following have been tested and approved:

Z Direct connection of an OP to the MODBUS interface of a Modicon 984 or a TSX Quantum. (logical point-to-point relationship)

Z Connection of an OP (MODBUS master) to a Modicon 984 or TSX Quan-tum (MODBUS slave) through MODBUS with both parties using the Modicon MODBUS J878 modem with a maximum distance of 4,000 m (logical point-to-point relationship)

Z Integration of an OP through Modicon MODBUS PLUS bridge BM85-000 in a MODBUS PLUS network and communication be-tween the OP (MODBUS master) and a Modicon 984 or TSX Quantum (MODBUS slave) in the network (logical point-to-point relationship)

Z Integration of an OP through the bridge function of a Modicon 984-145 or TSX Quantum in a MODBUS PLUS network and commu-nication between the OP (MODBUS master) and a Modicon 984 or TSX Quan-tum (MODBUS slave) in the network (logical point-to-point relationship)

■ Omron (not OP3) The SIMATIC OP communi-cates with Omron using the LINK protocol. The direct con-nection of an OP to the PG in-terface of an Omron SYSMAC

C (except CQM1-CPU11), Omron SYSMAC α or Omron SYSMAC CV (logic point-to-point relationship) has been tested and approved.

■ Telemecanique Two communication protocols are available for connecting SIMATIC OPs (not OP3) to Telemecanique.

ADJUST interface (not OP3)

This communication method between SIMATIC OP and Telemecanique is based on the ADJUST protocol; the direct connection of an OP to the PG interface of a Telemecanique TSX 17 or TSX 47/67/87/107 (logical point-to-point relationship) has been tested and approved.

UNI-TELWAY interface (not OP3)

This communication type be-tween SIMATIC OPs and Tele-mecanique is based on the UNI-TELWAY protocol; the fol-lowing have been tested and approved

Z Connection of an OP (UNI-T slave) through a Telemeca-nique TSX SCA62 connec-tion socket to a Telemecanique TSX 17 or TSX 47/67/87/107 (UNI-T master) (logic point-to-point relationship)

Z Connection of an OP (UNI-T slave) through Tele-mecanique TSX SCA62 and ACC01 connection sockets to a Telemecanique TSX 37 or TSX57 (UNI-T master) (logical point-to-point rela-tionship)

Z Integration of an OP through a Telemecanique TSX SCA62 connection socket in a UNI-TELWAY network and communication be-tween OP (UNI-T slave) to a TSX 17, TSX 37, TSX 57 or TSX 47/67/87/107 (UNI-T master or slave) in the net-work (logical point-to-point relationship).

Siemens ST 80 · 2002/20032/76



System interfaces

1) Up to 12 Mbit/s; OP7/DP and OP17/DP up to 1.5 Mbit/s.2) Bus connector for OP: 6GK1 500-0EA02.

For connecting cable standard lengths, see page 2/88.For length key, see page 9/6.

PLC SIMATIC HMI


TD17 OP3 OP7OP17

all versions

OP27TP27

Order No.(max. length)of connecting cable

/PP /DP /DP-12

SIMATIC S5 (AS511)

S5-90U to -135U (1st/2nd PG interface) except CPU 945,except CPU 922 < Release 9,except CPU 928 [6ES5 928-3UA11](15-pin female/TTY)

6XV1 440-2A...(up to 1,000 m)

SIMATIC S5 (FAP)

S5-115U/CPU 943B, CPU 944A/B (2nd interface) (15-pin female/TTY)

6XV1 440-2A...(up to 1,000 m)

S5-115U/CPU 945, -135U/CPU 928B (2nd interface) (25-pin female/TTY)

6XV1 440-2J...(up to 1,000 m)

S5-115U/CPU 945, -135U/CPU 928B (2nd interface) (25-pin female/RS 232)

6XV1 440-2J...(up to 16 m)

S5-95U, -100U/CPU 103 with CP 521SI (25-pin female/TTY)

6XV1 440-2G...(up to 1,000 m)

S5-95U, -100U/CPU 103 with CP 521SI (25-pin female/RS 232)

6XV1 418-0C...(up to 16 m)+6XV1 440-2DE32(0.32 m)

S5-115U, -135U, -155U with CP 523 except CPU 945,except CPU 922 < Release 9,except CPU 928 [6ES5 928-3UA11](25-pin female/TTY)

6XV1 440-2F...(up to 1,000 m)

SIMATIC S5 (PROFIBUS DP and FAP)

through PROFIBUS DP toS5-95U/L2-DP/Master (6ES5 095-8ME02)

PROFIBUS 1) 2)


through PROFIBUS DP with IM 308B/IM 308C toS5-115U, -135U, -155Uexcept CPU 922 < Release 9,except CPU 928 [6ES5 928-3UA11]except CPU 946/947 (6ES5 94.-3UA11, 6ES5 94.-3UA21, 6ES5 94.-3UA22 < Release 5)

PROFIBUS 1) 2)


through PROFIBUS DP with CP 5430/CP 5431® toS5-115U, -135U, -155U except CPU 922 < Release 9,except CPU 928 [6ES5 928-3UA11]except CPU 946/947 (6ES5 94.-3UA11, 6ES5 94.-3UA21, 6ES5 94.-3UA22 < Release 5)

PROFIBUS 1) 2)



Siemens ST 80 · 2002/2003 2/77



1) Supplied with the OP32) Supplied with the PG3) Bus connector for OP: 6GK1 500-0EA02.4) Up to 12 Mbit/s; OP7/DP and OP17/DP max.1.5 Mbit/s.


PLC SIMATIC HMI


TD17 OP3 OP7OP17

all versions

OP27TP27


/PP /DP /DP-12

SIMATIC S7 (PPI/MPI)

S7-200 through PPI,S7-300/400 through MPI (PG/OP communication)(9-pin female/RS 485)

6ES7 705-0AA00-7BA0 1)

(2.5 m)

PPI network through 6ES7 connecting cable, 705-0AA00-7BA0(bus connector with PG-SS)to up to 2 × S7-200

PPI network(see Catalog ST 70)

MPI network through 6ES7705-0AA00-7BA0 connecting cable(bus connector with PG-SS)to up to 2 × S7-300/400

MPI network(see Catalog ST 70)

S7-200 through PPI, S7-200 through MPI (PG/OP communication)S7-300, -400 through MPI (PG/OP communication),S7-300, -400 through PROFIBUS (PG/OP communication)(9-pin female/RS 485)

6ES7 901-0BF00-0AA0 2)

(5 m)

through PPI network to up to 2 × S7-200

PPI network 3)

(see Catalog ST 70)

through MPI network (PG/OP communication) to up to 4 × S7-200, -300, -400, WinAC

MPI network 3)

(see Catalog ST 70)

through PROFIBUS network (PG/OP communication)to up to 4 × S7-300, -400, WinAC

PROFIBUS 3) 4)


SIMATIC 505 (NITP)

PLC 525, 535, 565T(25-pin female/RS 232)

6XV1 440-2L...(up to 15 m)

PLC 545, 555(9-pin male/RS 232)

6XV1 440-2K...(up to 15 m)

PLC 535, 545/CPU 1101, 565T(9-pin female/RS 422)

6XV1 440-2M...(max. 300 m)

PLC 545/CPU 1102, 555(9-pin female/RS 422)

6XV1 440-1M...(max. 300 m)


NEW!

NEW!

Siemens ST 80 · 2002/20032/78



System interfaces


PLC SIMATIC HMI


TD17 OP3 OP7OP17

all versions

OP27TP27


/PP /DP /DP-12

Allen Bradley (DF1)

SLC 500/03,04,05(9-pin male/RS 232)

6XV1 440-2K...(up to 15 m)

PLC 5/11,20,30,40,60,80(25-pin female/RS 232)

6XV1 440-2L...(up to 15 m)

PLC 5/ 11,20,30,40,60,80(25-pin female/RS 422)

6XV1 440-2V...(max. 60 m)

Allen Bradley (DH485)

SLC 500/03,04,05 or MicroLogix(9-pin male/RS 232)

6XV1 440-2K...(up to 15 m)

through DH485 network to up to 4 ×SLC 500/00,01,02,03,04, or MicroLogix

DH485 network(see online help)

Mitsubishi (FX)

through Mitsubishi PG cable SC-07 to FX0(9-pin female/RS 232)

6XV1 440-2UE32(0.32 m)

through Mitsubishi PG cable SC-08 to FX(9-pin female/RS 232)

6XV1 440-2UE32(0.32 m)

FX0(mini DIN 8-pin female/RS 422)

6XV1 440-2P...(max. 500 m)

FX(mini DIN 25-pin female/RS 422)

6XV1 440-2R...(max. 500 m)

GE-Fanuc (SNP/SNPX)

through SNP network to up to 4 × GEF 90-30,70

SNP network(see online help)


Siemens ST 80 · 2002/2003 2/79




PLC SIMATIC HMI


TD17 OP3 OP7OP17

all versions

OP27TP27


/PP /DP /DP-12

Modicon (MODBUS)

984-120,130,131,141,145,380,381,185,480,485,680,685,780,785or TSX Quantum - CPU 113,213,424,434,534(9-pin female/RS 232)

6XV1 440-1K...(up to 15 m)

through J878/MODBUS modemto 984-120, etc. or TSX Quantum - CPU 113, etc.(25-pin female/RS 232)

6XV1 440-1L...(up to 15 m)

through BM85-000 bridge or PLC with bridge functions/ MODBUS PLUS network to 1 × 984-120, etc. or TSX Quantum - CPU 113, etc.(9-pin female/RS 232)

6XV1 440-1K...(up to 15 m)

Omron (LINK)

• SYSMAC C (except CPU CQM1 -CPU 11/21) • SYSMAC α• SYSMAC CV (9-pin female/RS 232)

6XV1 440-2X...(up to 15 m)

Telemecanique (ADJUST)

TSX 17(15-pin female/RS 485)

6XV1 440-1E...(max. 20 m)

TSX 47/67/87/107(9-pin female/TTY)

6XV1 440-1F...(up to 1,000 m)

Telemecanique (UNI-TELWAY)

through TSX SCA62 connection socket to TSX 17or TSX 47/67/87/107(15-pin female/RS 485)

6XV1 440-1E...(max. 20 m)

through TSX SCA62 and ACC01 connection socketsto TSX 37/57(15-pin female/RS 485)

6XV1 440-1E...(max. 20 m)

through TSX SCA62 connection socket and UNI-TELWAY network to 1 × TSX 17 or TSX 37/57 or TSX 47/67/87/107(15-pin female/RS 485)

6XV1 440-1E...(max. 20 m)


Siemens ST 80 · 2002/20032/80


for Micro Panels 170/270/370 series and ProTool/Pro Runtime

System interfaces

■ Overview The SIMATIC TP 070, TP 170A, TP 170B and TP 270 touch panels, OP 170B and OP 270 operator panels, MP 270B and MP 370 multi-function platforms1) and the SIMATIC HMI software for PC ProTool/Pro Runtime provide HMI functionality in combina-tion with:

Z SIMATIC S5

Z SIMATIC S7

Z SIMATIC 505

Z SINUMERIK 3)

Z SIMOTION 3)

Z Allen Bradley PLC5/-11, 20, 30, 40, 60 and 80 (DF1 pro-tocol) or through KF2 mod-ule/DH+ network with PLC5 and SLC 500/03, 04 or 05

Z Allen Bradley SLC 500/03, 04 and 05 (DF1 protocol) or through KF-3 module/DH485 network with SLC 500 and MicroLogix

Z Allen Bradley SLC 500/00, 01, 02, 03 or 04 and Mi-croLogix (DH485 protocol)2)

Z GE Fanuc 90-Micro, 90-30 and 90-70 (SNP/SNPX proto-col)

Z Lucky Goldstar GLOFA GM with Cnet card (protocol-dedicated)

Z Mitsubishi FX (FX protocol)

Z Mitsubishi FX, series A and series Q (MP4 protocol)

Z Modicon 984-120, 130, 131, 141, 145, 380, 381, 385, 480, 485, 680, 685, 780 and 785 (MODBUS protocol)

Z Modicon TSX Quantum CPU 113, 213, 424, 434, 534 and TSX Compact (MODBUS protocol)

Z Omron SYSMAC C, SYSMAC α, SYSMAC CV (Link/MultiLink protocol)

Z Telemecanique TSX 17 + TSX 47/67/87/107 (ADJUST + UNI-TELWAY protocols)

Z Telemecanique TSX 37, TSX 57 (UNI-TELWAY proto-col)

The main features of the vari-ous interfaces are described in brief below.

You will find more detailed in-formation in the ProTool user guide, the Windows-Based Systems Communications Guide and the online Help.

1) For simplicity, the abbreviation "MP" is used in the text below. This is not meant to represent a restriction, but applies gen-erally to all of the Windows-based systems mentioned above. If there are any restric-tions, this is stated explicitly in the text.

2) Available soon3) For further information see

Catalog NC 60 or PM 10.

■ SIMATIC S5 A range of interfaces of vary-ing types and capacities are available for connecting SIMATIC MP (not TP 070) to SIMATIC S5 (not S5-150U). The one common feature is that, as far as the connected MP is concerned, the link is always a logical point-to-point connection, i.e. an MP is always permanently assigned to one programmable control-ler.

AS511 interface S5-90U to -135U, -155U (except CPU 922 < release 9, except CPU928 [6ES5 928-3UA11], except CPU 946/947 [6ES5 94-3UA11], except CPU 946/947 [6ES5 94-3UA21], except CPU 946/947 [6ES5 94-3UA22] < release 5)

The AS511 interface operates through die PG interface of the SIMATIC S5 and uses the respective CPU resources, i.e. the performance of the MP depends on the performance of the used SIMATIC CPU.

PROFIBUS DP interface(not TP 170A) S5-115U, -135U, -155U through IM 308C or CP 5431 FMS/DP (except CPU 922 < release 9, except CPU928 [6ES5 928-3UA11], except CPU 946/947 [6ES5 94-3UA11], except CPU 946/947 [6ES5 94-3UA21], except CPU 946/947 [6ES5 94-3UA22] < release 5)

The following can be connect-ed to the PROFIBUS DP inter-face:

Z Up to two MPs as slaves through a PROFIBUS net-work to SIMATIC S5-95U with integrated PROFIBUS DP master interface [6ES5 095-8ME01];

Z Up to 30 MPs can be con-nected as slaves through one PROFIBUS network to one SIMATIC S5 with sepa-rate PROFIBUS DP/IM 308C master interface, or CP 5431 FMS/DP.

Communication between MP (DP–slave) and SIMATIC (DP–master) takes place through PROFIBUS DP frames according to EN 50170 with a superposed HMI profile. The programmable controller must be equipped with a func-tion block which is called up once for each connected MP (this FB is included with ProTool).

Siemens ST 80 · 2002/2003 2/81


for Micro Panels 170/270/370 seriesand ProTool/Pro Runtime

■ SIMATIC S7 Three different types of inter-face are used for communica-tion between SIMATIC MP and SIMATIC S7:

Z PPI interface to S7-200

Z MPI interface to S7 (using PG/OP communications)

Z PROFIBUS interface to S7 (using PG/OP communica-tions)

The maximum permitted num-ber of S7 connections of a CPU depends on the power of the CPU (see Catalog ST70); for the SIMATIC MPs, the following restrictions apply:

Z TP 070 and TP 170A: one connection1)

Z TP 170B and OP 170B: up to four connections

Z TP 270, OP 270, MP 270B and MP 370: up to four connections2)

Z PC with ProTool/Pro Runtime: up to eight connections

PPI interface (not TP 070)

PPI interfaces are connec-tions of SIMATIC MPs to SIMATIC S7-200s through their PPI interface.

PPI interfaces are basically point-to-point connections be-tween one MP (PPI master) or one PG (PPI master), and one S7-200 (PPI slave).

The following connections can, however, also be made:

Z one MP and/or PG to one S7-200 (sequential logic point-to-point relationship, i.e. for each S7-200, only one con-nection is active at any one time).

MPI Interface/PROFIBUS Interface

MPI interfaces are connec-tions between a SIMATIC MP and a SIMATIC S7 through an MPI or PROFIBUS. The SIMATIC OPs use the SIMATIC S7 “PG/OP commu-nication” services; in contrast to the SIMATIC S5, a standard FB is not required.

PROFIBUS interfaces are connections between a SIMATIC MP and a SIMATIC S7 through the integrated PROFIBUS interface of the CPU or through the PROFIBUS interface of a sep-arate interface module and the backplane bus to the SIMATIC S7 CPU. In terms of their function, the PROFIBUS interface and the MPI inter-face are identical (SIMATIC MPs are “active nodes” and not, for example, “DP slaves” as is the case with the PROFIBUS interface to SIMATIC S5).

The MPI or PROFIBUS inter-face operates over the multi-point communications interfaces of SIMATIC MP and SIMATIC S7 through “PG/OP communication”; you can connect

Z one MP (MPI master) to one or more S7-300/400(s) (MPI master).

Z one MP (MPI master) to one or more S7-300/400(s) (MPI master).

Z one MP (MPI master) to one or more S7-200(s) (MPI slave).3)

Z several MPs (MPI master) to one or more S7-200(s) (MPI slave).3)

In contrast to the PPI connec-tions, the MPI connections are static and are set up during startup and then monitored. In addition to the original master–master relationship, this produces a master–slave relationship that allows S7-200s (except S7-212) to be integrated in MPI or PROFIBUS networks.3)

The method of information ex-change between SIMATIC MP and SIMATIC S7 is not depen-dent on whether MPI or PROFIBUS is used as the network: the SIMATIC MPs are the S7 clients and the SIMATIC S7 CPUs are the S7 servers.

1) TP 070 connection to S7-200 only point-to-point ; network operation (parallel PG, etc.) possible.

2) For the TP 270, OP 270, MP 270B and MP 370 and depending on the scope of configuration, up to eight S7 connections are possible with MPI or PROFIBUS interface (reduced communication volume).

3) For transmission rate limitations for the S7-200, see Catalog ST 70.

Siemens ST 80 · 2002/20032/82



System interfaces

■ SIMATIC 505 A range of interfaces of vary-ing types and capacities are available for connecting SIMATIC MPs (not TP 070) to SIMATIC 505. The one com-mon feature is that, as far as the connected MP is con-cerned, the link is always a logic point-to-point connec-tion, i.e. an MP is always per-manently assigned to one programmable controller.

NITP interface

The NITP interface operates through die PG interface of the SIMATIC 505 and uses the respective CPU resources, i.e. the performance of the MP depends on the performance of the used SIMATIC CPU.

PROFIBUS DP interface (not TP 170A)

SIMATIC 505 PLC or SIMATIC 545, SIMATIC 555 with CP 5434

When PROFIBUS DP is used as interface, up to 30 MPs can be connected through a PROFIBUS network as slaves to one SIMATIC 545 or 555 with a CP 5434 plug-in PROFIBUS DP master inter-face.

The MP (DP slave) and SIMATIC 505 (DP master) communicate with PROFIBUS DP messages according to EN 50170 with superimposed “HMI profile”. The program-mable controller must contain an Application Ladder, which is called up for each connect-ed MP (An Application Ladder example is included with ProTool).

■ Allen Bradley Two communication protocols are available for connecting SIMATIC MPs (not MP 070) to Allen Bradley.

DF1 interface

Communication between SIMATIC MPs and Allen Bradley is based on the DF1 protocol. The following have been tested and approved:

Z Direct connection of an MP to the PG interface of an Allen Bradley PLC5 or to the DF1 interface of an Allen Bradley SLC 500 (point-to-point connection)

Z The integration of an MP through Allen Bradley Gateway KF2 into an Allen Bradley DH+ network. An MP can communicate with up to four SLC 500 or PLC5 programmable controllers (one-to-many relationship

from MP perspective; with the TP 170A, only one con-nection is possible).

Z The integration of an MP through Allen Bradley Gateway KF3 into an Allen Bradley DH485 network. An MP can communicate with up to four SLC 500 or MicroLogix PLCs (one-to-many relationship from MP perspective; with the TP 170A, only one connec-tion is possible).

DH485 interface1)

Communication between SIMATIC MPs and Allen Brad-ley is based on the DH486 protocol. The following have been tested and approved:

Z Direct connection of an MP to an Allen Bradley SLC 500 or MicroLogix (point-to-point relationship)

Z The integration of an MP through Allen Bradley AIC adapter into an Allen Brad-ley DH485 network. An MP can communicate with up to four SLC 500 or MicroLogix programmable controllers (one-to-many relationship from MP perspective; with the TP 170A, only one con-nection is possible).

Z The integration of an MP (not PC with ProTool/Pro Runtime) into an Allen Bradley DH485 network. An MP can communicate with up to four SLC 500 or MicroLogix programmable controllers (one-to-many re-lationship from MP perspec-tive; with the TP 170A, only one connection is possible).

1) Available soon

■ Lucky Goldstar SIMATIC MPs (not TP 070) and Lucky Goldstar GLOFA GM use the Dedicated proto-col to communicate with each other. The following have been tested and approved:

Z Connection of an MP to a GLOFA GM with Cnet card (point-to-point relationship)

Z The Integration of an MP through a Lucky Goldstar Cnet card in an RS 422 net-work. An MP (not PC with ProTool/Pro Runtime) can communicate with up to four GLOFA GM PLCs in the net-work (one-to-many relation-ship from MP perspective; with the TP 170A, only one connection is possible).

Siemens ST 80 · 2002/2003 2/83



■ Mitsubishi Two communication protocols are available for connecting SIMATIC MPs (not MP 070) to Mitsubishi.

FX protocol

Communication between SIMATIC MP and Mitsubishi is based on the FX protocol. Direct connection of an MP to the PG interface of a Mitsubishi FX or FX0 (logical point-to-point connection) has been tested and approved.

MP4 protocol

Communication between SIMATIC MPs and Mitsubishi is based on the MP4 protocol. The following have been test-ed and approved:

Z Direct connection of an MP to a Mitsubishi FX, A or Q series (point-to-point rela-tionship)

Z The Integration of an MP through a Mitsubishi FX-48SC-IF converter in an RS 422 network. An MP can communicate with up to four

FX, A or Q series PLCs (one-to-many relationship from MP perspective; with the TP 170A, only one connection is possible).

Z The integration of an MP (not PC with ProTool/Pro Runt-ime) into an RS 422 network. An MP can communicate with up to four FX, A or Q se-ries PLCs (one-to-many rela-tionship from MP perspective; with the TP 170A, only one connection is possible).

■ Modicon Communication between SIMATIC MPs (not TP 070) and Modicon is based on the MODBUS protocol. The fol-lowing have been tested and approved:

Z Direct connection of an MP to the MODBUS interface of a Modicon 984, a TSX Quantum or a TSX Compact (logical point-to-point rela-tionship).

Z The integration of an MP through Modicon MODBUS PLUS BM85-000 bridge or the bridge function of a MODICON 984-145 or TSX

Quantum in a MODBUS PLUS network and commu-nication between MP (MODBUS master) and up to four Modicon 984 or TSX Quantum PLCs (MODBUS slaves) within the network (one-to-many relationship from the MP's perspective. With the TP 170A, only one connection is possible).

■ Omron Communication between SIMATIC MPs (not TP 070) and Omron is based on the Link/MultiLink protocol. The following have been test-ed and approved:

Z Direct connection of an MP to an Omron Sysmac C, Sysmac α or Sysmac CV (point-to-point relationship)

Z The Integration of an MP through an Omron NT-AL001 converter in an RS 422 net-work. An MP can communi-cate with up to four Sysmac C, Sysmac α or Sysmac CV PLCs (one-to-many relation-ship from MP perspective; with the TP 170A, only one connection is possible).

Z The integration of an MP (not PC with ProTool/Pro Runt-ime) into an RS 422 network. An MP can communicate with up to four Sysmac C, Sysmac α or Sysmac CV PLCs (one-to-many relation-ship from MP perspective; with the TP 170A, only one connection is possible).

■ Telemecanique Data exchange between SIMATIC MPs (not TP 070) and Telemecanique is based on the UNI-TELWAY protocol. The following have been test-ed and approved:

Z Connection of an MP (UNI-T slave) through Telemecanique connection socket TSX SCA62 to a Telemecanique TSX 17 or TSX47/67/87/107 (UNI-T master) (logical point-to-point connection)

Z Connection of an MP (UNI-T slave) through Telemeca-nique connection sockets TSX SCA62 + ACC01 to a Telemecanique TSX 37 or TSX57 (UNI-T master) (logical point-to-point con-nection)

Z Integration of an MP through the Telemecanique TSX SCA62 port in a UNI-TELWAY network and com-munication between MP (UNI-T slave) and up to four TSX 17, TSX 37, TSX 57 or TSX 47/67/87/107 (UNI-T master or slave) in the net-work (one-to-many relation-ship from the MP 170's perspective).

Siemens ST 80 · 2002/20032/84



System interfaces

1) PC cable with integrated RS 232/TTY level shifter.2) Bus connector: 6GK1 500-0EA02.3) MPI cable 6ES7 901-1BF00-0XA0 (up to 187.5 kbit/s) supplied with the PG.4) Connection through integrated MPI/PROFIBUS interface; the CP 5611 should be implemented if using a standard PC.5) Up to 19.2 kbit/s, only point-to-point connection to S7-200 available; no network operation (parallel PG etc.) possible.6) Up to 1.5 Mbit/s, can be connected only to 1 × S7-200, S7-300/-400 or WinAC.7) Up to 8 connections, depending on the scope of the configuration (communication).8) Up to 187.5 kbit/s; cable supplied.


PLC SIMATIC HMI

Target hardware (PROTOCOL)(interface)

TD 200 TP 070 TP 170A TP 170BOP 170BTP 270OP 270

MP 270B

MP 370 ProTool/Pro-

Runtime


SIMATIC S5 (AS511)

S5-90U to -155Uexcept CPU 922 < Release 9,except CPU 928 [6ES5 928-3UA11]except CPU 946/947 (6ES5 94.-3UA11, 6ES5 94.-3UA21, 6ES5 94.-3UA22 < Release 5)(TTY)

6ES5 734-1BD20 1)

(3.2 m)

6XV1 440-2A...(up to 1,000 m)

SIMATIC S5 (PROFIBUS DP and HMI)

through PROFIBUS DP to 1 ×S5-95U/L2-DP/master [6ES5 095-8ME02]

4) PROFIBUS 2)


through PROFIBUS DP with IM 308C toS5-115U, -135U, -155Uexcept CPU 922 < Release 9,except CPU 928 [6ES5 928-3UA11]except CPU 946/947 (6ES5 94.-3UA11, 6ES5 94.-3UA21, 6ES5 94.-3UA22 < Release 5)

4) PROFIBUS 2)


through PROFIBUS DP with CP 5431 FMS/DP to S5-115U, -135U, -155Uexcept CPU 922 < Release 9,except CPU 928 [6ES5 928-3UA11]except CPU 946/947 (6ES5 94.-3UA11, 6ES5 94.-3UA21, 6ES5 94.-3UA22 < Release 5)

4) PROFIBUS 2)


SIMATIC S7 (PPI/MPI)

S7-200 through PPI 8) 4) 6XV1 830-1CH30 3)

(3.2 m)

S7-200 through MPI (PG/OP communication) 5) 6) 4) 6XV1 830-1CH30 3)

(3.2 m)

S7-300, -400 through MPI (PG/OP communication)

6) 4) 6XV1 830-1CH30 3)

(3.2 m)

through PPI network to up to 1 × S7-200

4) PPI network 2)

(see Catalog ST 70)

through MPI network (PG/OP communication) to up to 4 × S7-200, -300, -400, WinAC

6) 7) 4) 7) MPI network 2)

(see Catalog ST 70)

through PROFIBUS network (PG/OP communication)to up to 4 × S7-300, -400, WinAC

6) 7) 4) 7) PROFIBUS 2)



Siemens ST 80 · 2002/2003 2/85



1) The PLC requires a 9/25-pin standard adapter.2) Bus connector: 6GK1 500-0EA02.3) Allen Bradley PC cable.4) Cable for connection to KF2/KF3 gateway;

the gateway requires a 25-pin female/25-pin female gender changer.5) The PC requires a conventional RS 232/RS 422 level shifter.6) Connection through built-in MPI/PROFIBUS interface; the CP 5611

should be implemented if using a standard PC7) TP 170A can be interfaced with only one PLC.


PLC SIMATIC HMI



MP 270B

MP 370 ProTool/Pro-

Runtime


SIMATIC 505 (NITP)

PLC 525, 535, 565T(RS 232)

PPX:2601 094-8001 1)

6XV1 440-2L...(up to 15 m)

PLC 545, 555(RS 232)

PPX:2601 094-8001 1)

6XV1 440-2K...(up to 15 m)

PLC 535, 545/CPU 1101, 565T(RS 422)

5) 6XV1 440-2M...(max. 300 m)

PLC 545/CPU 1102, 555(RS 422)

5) 6XV1 440-1M...(max. 300 m)

SIMATIC 505 (PROFIBUS DP and HMI)

through PROFIBUS DP to 1 × PLC 545, 555 with CP 5434

6) PROFIBUS 2)


Allen Bradley (DF1)

SLC 500/03,04,05 or MicroLogix(RS 232)

1747 CP3 3)

6XV1 440-2K...(up to 15 m)

PLC 5/11,20,30,40,60,80(RS 232)

1784 CP10 3)

6XV1 440-2L...(up to 15 m)

PLC 5/11,20,30,40,60,80(RS 422)

6XV1 440-2V...(max. 60 m)

through KF2 gateway and DH+ network to up to 4 × SLC 500/03,04,05 or PLC 5/11,20,30,40,60,80(RS 232)

7) 1784 CP10 3) 4)

6XV1 440-2L... 4)

(up to 15 m)

through KF3 gateway and DH485 network to up to 4 × SLC 500 or Micro Logix(RS 232)

7) 1784 CP10 3) 4)

6XV1 440-2L... 4)

(up to 15 m)


Siemens ST 80 · 2002/20032/86



System interfaces

1) For detailed information (cable assignment), see the ProTool online help or the Communications User Guide for Windows-Based Systems 6AV6 596-1MA06-0A*0.

2) Mitsubishi PC cable with integrated level shifter RS 232/RS 422;A 15-pin male/9-pin male adapter 6XV1 440-2UE32 is required for connection to an MP 270.

3) TP 170A can be interfaced with only one PLC.4) Available soon.

PLC SIMATIC HMI



MP 270B

MP 370 ProTool/Pro-

Runtime


Allen Bradley (DH485) 4)

SLC 500/00,01,02,03,04 or MicroLogix(RS 232)

see online help 1)

through AIC adapter and DH485 network to up to 4 × SLC 500 or MicroLogix(RS 232)

3) see online help 1)

through DH485 network to up to 4 × SLC 500 or Micro Logix(RS 485)


GE-Fanuc (SNP/SNPX)

GEF 90-Micro, 90-30, 90-70(RS 232)

see online help 1)

through adapter to up to four × GEF 90-Micro, 90-30, 90-70(RS 232)


to up to four × GEF 90-Micro, 90-30, 90-70(RS 422)


Lucky Goldstar GLOFA (dedicated)

GLOFA-GM with Cnet card(RS 232)

see online help 1)

to up to four × GLOFA-GM with Cnet card (RS 422)


Mitsubishi (FX)

FX0(RS 422)

SC-07 2)

6XV1 440-2P...(max. 500 m)

FX(RS 422)

SC-08 2)

6XV1 440-2R...(max. 500 m)

Mitsubishi (MP4)

– FX series with communications card– A series (AnN, AnA, AnU, AnS)

with interface submodule– Q series (QnA, QnAS) with interface submodule

(RS 232)

see online help 1)

through FX-48SC-IF converterto up to four PLCs– FX series with communications card– A series (AnN, AnA, AnU, AnS)


(RS 232)


to up to four PLCs– FX series with communications card– A series (AnN, AnA, AnU, AnS)


(RS 422)


For connecting cable standard lengths see page 2/88.For length key, see page 9/6.


Siemens ST 80 · 2002/2003 2/87



1) For detailed information (cable assignment), see the ProTool online help or the Communications User Guide for Windows-Based Systems 6AV6 596-1MA06-0A*0.

2) Mitsubishi PC cable with integrated level shifter RS 232/RS 422;A 15-pin male/9-pin male adapter 6XV1 440-2UE32 is required for connection to an MP 270.

3) The PC must be fitted with an RS 485 interface card and a customized cable. For detailed information (tested board, cable assignment) see the ProTool online help or the user guide.

4) TP 170A can be interfaced with only one PLC.

PLC SIMATIC HMI



MP 270B

MP 370 ProTool/Pro-

Runtime


Modicon (MODBUS)

984-120,130,131,141,145,380,381,385,480,485,580,585,780,785or TSX Quantum - CPU 113,213,424,434,534(RS 232)

see online help 1)

through BM85-000 bridge or PLC with bridge functionalityMODBUS PLUS network to up to 4 × 984-120, etc. or TSX Quantum-CPU 113, etc.(RS 232)


TSX Compact(RS 232)

see online help 1)

OMRON (Link/Multi Link)

– SYSMAC C (except CPU CQM1-CPU 11/21)– SYSMAC α– SYSMAC CV(RS 232)

see online help 1)

through NT-AL001 converter to up to four PLCs– SYSMAC C (except CPU CQM1-CPU 11/21)– SYSMAC α– SYSMAC CV(RS 232)


to up to four PLCs– SYSMAC C (except CPU CQM1-CPU 11/21)– SYSMAC α– SYSMAC CV(RS 422)


Telemecanique (UNI-TELWAY)

through TSX SCA62 connection socket to TSX 17or TSX 47/67/87/107(RS 485)

3) 6XV1 440-1E...(max. 20 m)

through TSX SCA62 and ACC01 connection socketsto TSX 37/57(RS 485)

3) 6XV1 440-1E...(max. 20 m)

through TSX SCA62 connection socket and UNI-TELWAY network to 4 × TSX 17or TSX 37/57 or TSX 47/67/87/107(RS 485)

4) 3) 6XV1 440-1E...(max. 20 m)

For connecting cable standard lengths see page 2/88.For length key, see page 9/6.


Siemens ST 80 · 2002/20032/88

Operator Control and Monitoring DevicesConnecting cables


} ex warehouse.

6ES... connecting cables

• Standard lengths: 5 m } 6ES5 731-1BF0010 m } 6ES5 731-1CB00

Special lengths: up to 1,000 mThe 6ES5 731-6AG00 adapter is also required to attach the6ES5 731-1 0connecting cable to the 6PUxx programming device.

} 6ES5 731-17 7 7 0

• Standard length: } 6ES5 731-6AG00

• Standard length: 3.2 m } 6ES5 734-1BD20

• Standard lengths: 10 m } 6ES5 734-2CB00Special lengths: up to 1,000 m } 6ES5 734-27 7 7 0

• Standard length: 1) 2.5 m } 6ES7 705-0AA00-7BA0

• Standard length: 2) 5.0 m } 6ES7 901-0BF00-0AA0

6XV... connecting cables

• Standard lengths: 3.2 m } 6XV1 418-0CH3210 m 6XV1 418-0CN10

Special lengths: up to 16 m 6XV1 418-0C7 7 7

• Standard length: 5 m } 6XV1 440-1EH50Special lengths: up to 20 m 6XV1 440-1E7 7 7

• Standard length: 5 m 6XV1 440-1FH50Special lengths: up to 1,000 m 6XV1 440-1F7 7 7

• Standard length: 3.2 m 6XV1 440-1KH32Special lengths: up to 15 m 6XV1 440-1K7 7 7

• Special lengths: up to 16 m 6XV1 440-1L 7 7 7

• Standard length: 5 m } 6XV1 440-1MH50Special lengths: up to 300 m 6XV1 440-1M7 7 7

• Standard lengths: 3.2 m } 6XV1 440-2AH325 m } 6XV1 440-2AH50

10 m } 6XV1 440-2AN10Special lengths: up to 1,000 m 6XV1 440-2A7 7 7

• Standard lengths: 3.2 m } 6XV1 440-2BH3210 m } 6XV1 440-2BN10

Special lengths: up to 1,000 m 6XV1 440-2B7 7 7

• Standard lengths: 3.2 m } 6XV1 440-2CH3210 m } 6XV1 440-2CN10

Special lengths: up to 16 m 6XV1 440-2C7 7 7

• Standard lengths: 3.2 m } 6XV1 440-2FH3210 m } 6XV1 440-2FN10

Special lengths: up to 1,000 m 6XV1 440-2F7 7 7

• Standard lengths: 3.2 m } 6XV1 440-2GH3210 m } 6XV1 440-2GN10

Special lengths: up to 1,000 m 6XV1 440-2G7 7 7

• Standard lengths: 3.2 m } 6XV1 440-2JH3210 m } 6XV1 440-2JN10

Special lengths: up to 1,000 m 6XV1 440-2J7 7 7

• Standard length: 3.2 m } 6XV1 440-2KH32Special lengths: up to 16 m 6XV1 440-2K7 7 7

• Standard length: 3.2 m } 6XV1 440-2LH32Special lengths: up to 16 m 6XV1 440-2L7 7 7

• Standard length: 5 m } 6XV1 440-2MH50Special lengths: up to 300 m 6XV1 440-2M7 7 7

• Special lengths: up to 500 m 6XV1 440-2P 7 7 7 • Special lengths: up to 500 m 6XV1 440-2R 7 7 7

• Standard length: 5 m 6XV1 440-2VH50Special lengths: up to 60 m 6XV1 440-2V7 7 7

Length codesee page 9/6


1) Supplied with the OP32) Supplied with the PG3) Not OP3 and OP7/DP4) Not OP3

For possible configurations and maximum cable lengths,see “System interfaces” from page 2/72.

Configuration cables

To PC/PG 7xx (serial)9-pin male/RS 232) for OP3 1)

To PC/PG 7xx with CP 5611• for OP3 1) } 6ES7 705-0AA00-7BA0• for OP27, TP27 2) } 6ES7 901-0BF00-0AA0

To PG 7xx (serial)(25-pin female/TTY)3)

• Standard lengths: 5.0 m } 6ES5 734-2BF0010 m } 6ES5 734-2CB00

Special lengths: up to 1,000 m 6ES5 734-27 7 7 0 or

• Standard lengths: 5.0 m } 6ES5 731-1BF0010 m } 6ES5 731-1CB00

Special lengths: up to 200 m 6ES5 731-17 7 7 0

• Interface adapter } 6ES5 731-6AG00

To PC (serial) 4)

(9-pin male/RS 232) • Standard lengths: 3.2 m } 6XV1 440-2KH32

Special lengths: up to 16 m 6XV1 440-2K 7 7 7

To PC (serial) 4)

(25-pin female/RS 232) • Standard lengths: 3.2 m } 6XV1 440-2LH32

Special lengths: up to 16 m 6XV1 440-2L 7 7 7

Connecting cable 5 mbetween PG/PC and panel(9-pin female/RS 232)• for MP 270/TP 170A/TP 170B/

OP 170B

} 6ES7 901-1BF00-0XA0

Configuration cable, 3 m for MPI 2)

• MP 270/TP 170A/TP 170B/OP 170B

} 6XV1 830-1CH30

Length codesee page 9/6


2/89Siemens ST 80 · 2002/2003

Operator Control and Monitoring DevicesConnecting cables

■ Ordering data Order No. Preis €

} ex warehouse.

For possible configurations and maximum cable lengths,see “System interfaces” from page 2/72.

Printer cable

To printer(25-pin female/TTY)• for OP17/27/37, TP27/37

Standard lengths: 3.2 m } 6XV1 440-2BH3210 m } 6XV1 440-2BN10

Special lengths: up to 1,000 m 6XV1 440-2B 7 7 7

To printer(25-pin female/RS 232)• for OP7/17/27/37, TP27/37

Standard lengths: 3.2 m } 6XV1 440-2CH3210 m } 6XV1 440-2CN10

Special lengths: up to 16 m 6XV1 440-2C 7 7 7Length codesee page 9/6


RS 485 bus connectorfor PROFIBUS with axial cable outlet (to OP/TP)max. transmission speed 12 Mbit/s

} 6GK1 500-0EA02

SIMATIC S7bus connector RS 485with 90° cable outletmax. transmission speed12 Mbit/s with PG interface

} 6ES7 972-0BB12-0XA0

For further bus connector/bus terminals see Catalog IK PI

Y-cable (adapter) 0.20 m long } 6XV1 440-2HE20

Adapter cable 0.32 m longbetween TD/OP and the 6ES5735-... connecting cable

} 6XV1 440-2DE32

Adapter cable 0.32 m longbetween TD/OP and PC cable (third-party)

6XV1 440-2UE32


Siemens ST 80 · 2002/20032/90


for Micro Panels and Panels

Recommended printers

1) Device has no printer port.2) Printout of diagram list.

1) Optional: serial; plug-in card and CA-50-24/9p data cable required.

Printer functions

Hardcopy List print-ing 2)

Protocol Print

Listing On/Off

Print Fault Message

Buffer

Operat-ing Mes-

sage Buffer

Print mes-sages

with filter

Print All Diagrams

Diagram Directory

Print Data Record

Print All Data

Records

Recipe directory

Headers/Footers

TD17 1) – – – – – – – – – – – – –

OP3 1) – – – – – – – – – – – – –

OP7 – – –

OP17 – – –

OP 170B – – – – – – – – – – –

OP27 – – – – – – –

OP37 – – – – – – –

TP 070 1) – – – – – – – – – – – – –

TP 170A 1) – – – – – – – – – – – – –

TP 170B – – – – – – – – – – –

TP27 – – – – – – –

TP37 – – – – – – –

Functionality possible with printers from the “Approved printers” table

Approved printers HL1250 LQ580

LQ300+ STC980 IPP 144-40 DR2030 DR7070T7070

Networkprinters

OP7 Serial1) Serial Serial Serial Serial Serial –


OP 170B Serial1) Serial Serial Serial Serial Serial –


OP37 Serial1)

or parallelSerial

or parallelSerial

or parallel Serial Serialor parallel

Serialor parallel –

TP 170B Serial1) Serial Serial Serial Serial Serial –

TP27 Serial1) Serial Serial Serial Serial Serial –

TP37 Serial1)

or parallelSerial

or parallelSerial

or parallel Serial Serialor parallel

Serialor parallel –

Siemens ST 80 · 2002/2003 2/91

Operator Control and Monitoring DevicesRecommended printers

for Micro Panels and Panels

1) An optionally available model is available for serial printing.2) A serial plug-in card CA-50-24/9p from Brother

and a 15-pin/9-pin converter (6XV1 440-2UE32) are required for connection to an OP.

Sources

Manufacturer Printer name Printer type Interface Application Source addressfor printers

Brother HL1250 Laser (monochrome) Serial2)/ parallel / USB Workstation printer Specialist dealer or:Brother International GmbHIm Rosengarten 14D-61118 Bad VilbelGermanyTel.: +49 61 01 80 50Fax: +49 61 01 80 53 33e-mail: [email protected] on the Internet at: http://www.brother.de

EPSON LQ580 Wire matrix 24 (mono-chrome)

Serial1)/parallel Workstation printer Specialist dealer

EPSON LQ300+ Wire matrix 24 (mono-chrome)

Serial/parallel Workstation printer Specialist dealer

EPSON STC 980 Ink. Color Serial1)/parallel Workstation printer Specialist dealer

ITT IPP 144-40 Thermal (monochrome) Serial Built-in printer Specialist dealer

(Tally) T 7070 Ink. (monochrome)(color optional)


Siemens DR 7070 Ink. (monochrome)(color optional)

Serial1)/parallel Workstation printer Siemens

Siemens DR2030/9DR2030/24

Wire matrix 9 or 24 Serial1)/parallel Workstation printer Siemens

Siemens ST 80 · 2002/20032/92


for Multi Panels

Recommended printers

1) Optional: serial; plug-in card and data cable CA-50-24/9p required.2) Network printers can be accessed only through one server. Whether you can use a network printer depends on your Windows installation.

1) An optionally available model is available for serial printing.2) A serial plug-in card CA-50-24/9p from Brother

and a 15-pin/9-pin converter (6XV1440-2UE32) are required for connection to an OP.

Printingfunctions

Hardcopy List Print Protocol Print

Listing On/Off

Print Fault Message

Buffer

Operat-ing Mes-

sage Buffer

Print mes-sages

with filter

Print All Diagrams

Diagram Directory

Print Data Record

Print All Data

Records

Recipe directory

Headers/Footers

MP 270/MP 270B – – – – – – – – – –

MP 370 – – – – – – – – – –

Functionality possible with printers from the "Approved Printers“ table

Approved printers HL1250 LQ580

LQ300+ STC 980 DR 2030 T 7070DR 7070

640C980CXI

Networkprinters

MP 270/MP 270B Serial1)/USB Serial Serial Serial Serial USB –

MP 370 Serial1)/USB Serial Serial Serial Serial USB Ethernet 2)

Sources

Manufacturer Printer name Printer type Interface Application Source addressfor printers

Brother HL1250 Laser (monochrome) Serial2)/ parallel / USB Workstation printer Specialist dealer or:Brother International GmbHIm Rosengarten 14D-61118 Bad VilbelGermanyTel.: +49 61 01 80 50Fax: +49 61 01 80 53 33 e-mail: [email protected] on the Internet at: http://www.brother.de

EPSON LQ580 Wire matrix 24 (mono-chrome)


EPSON LQ300+ Wire matrix 24 (mono-chrome)

Serial/parallel Workstation printer Specialist dealer

EPSON STC 980 Ink. Color Serial1)/parallel Workstation printer Specialist dealer

Hewlett Packard

640 C/980 CXI

Ink. Color/b&w USB/parallel Workstation printer Specialist dealer

ITT IP 144-40 Thermal (monochrome) Serial Built-in printer Specialist dealer

Tally T 7070 Ink. (monochrome)(color optional)


Siemens DR 7070 Ink. (monochrome)(color optional)

Serial1)/parallel Workstation printer Siemens

Siemens DR 2030/9DR 2030/24

Wire matrix 9 or 24 Serial1)/parallel Workstation printer Siemens

Siemens ST 80 · 2002/2003 3/1

3Panel PC

SIMATIC Panel PC Overview ................................. 3/2

SIMATIC Panel PC IL 70 ......... 3/8

SIMATIC Panel PC 670 .......... 3/11

SIMATIC Panel PC 870 ........... 3/17

SIMATIC PC FI45 V2 .............. 3/22

Siemens ST 80 · 2002/20033/2

SIMATIC Panel PC

Overview

■ Common industrial functionality

• Degree of protection at the front: IP 65

• High EMC: CE marking for industrial operation

• Designed for 24-hour conti-nuous operation

• MTBF of backlighting: 50,000 h or 60,000 h

• Ethernet on-board

• Ambient temperature during operation: 45 °C (when fully equipped)

■ SIMATIC Panel PCIndustrial Lite 70

Basic suitability for industrial conditionsZ Oscillation load (vibration)

in operation: 0.25 gZ Shock load (impact)

in operation: 1 g

Basic guarantee of return on investmentZ Warranty period 12 monthsZ Guaranteed spare parts

availability at least 3 years

Latest PC technologyZ High component innovation

rateZ Top-level processor perfor-

manceZ PCI Slots

Low budgetZ Cost effective

■ SIMATIC Panel PC670 and 870

High suitability for industrial conditionsZ Oscillation load (vibration)

in operation: 1 gZ Shock load (impact)

in operation: 5 g

High guarantee of return on investmentZ Warranty period 24 monthsZ Guaranteed spare parts

availability at least 5 years Z High continuity in compon-

entsZ Equipment designed for ma-

ximum ease of servicing

High industrial functionalityZ PROFIBUS DP/MPI interface

integratedZ ISA and PCI slots Z Shallow installation depth

(Panel PC 670)Z Maximum upgradability

(Panel PC 870)Z Remote configuration Z Direct control key module

(optional)

SIMATIC Panel PC

All the SIMATICPanel PCsat a glance

3/3

Panel PC Industrial Lite 70Basic suitability for industrial conditionsHigh performanceLow budget

Form factor:- Standard configuration- Remote configuration

DisplaySizeResolution (pixels)MTBF for back-lighting

Operating elementsMembrane keyboardFunction keysTouchscreenMouse on the frontAlphanumeric keypadDirect control key module

General featuresProcessorMain memoryFree slots for upgradesOperating systemPower supplyWarranty

DrivesHard diskCD-ROMDVD/CD-R/WDiskette drive

InterfacesPROFIBUS/MPIEthernetUSB (Universal Serial Bus)Serial interfaceParallel interfaceKeyboard/MouseMultimediaGraphics interface

Monitoring functionsTemperature and watchdogStatus LEDs

Ambient conditionsDegree of protectionVibration load during operationImpact load during operationEMCAmbient temperature during operationRelative humidity

Approvals

Packages

● ●

— —

12.1" TFT TOUCH 15.1" TFT TOUCH800 x 600 1024 x 768

Typically 50,000 h (at 24h continuous operation, dependent on temperature)

— —— —

analog resistive analog resistive— —— —— —

Celeron 800 MHz, Pentium III 933 MHz128 MByte to 256 MByte

3 x PCI, 1 x AGP (slots with card retainer)MS Windows 2000 Professional MUI, Windows ME, Windows NT 4.0, without operating system

110 V / 230 V AC (wide range) 50/60 Hz12 month hardware warranty

2.5" hard-disk drive � 20 GByteat the back, can be operated from the side

—at the back, can be operated from the side

using plug-in cardonboard, 10/100 Mbit, RJ45, no plug-in card required

2 x on the backCOM1: 1 x V.24 (RS 232C)

LPT1 (EPP/ECP)PS/2 (external keyboard)/PS/2 (external mouse)

Audio In/Out, microphone In, joystick portNo (only as alternative to integral TFT display)

onboard—

IP 65 (at the front) in accordance with EN 60529Tested to DIN IEC 68-2-6: 20 to 58 Hz: 0.0185 mm, 58 to 200 Hz: 2.5 m/s2 (0.25g)

Tested to DIN IEC 68-2-29: 9.8 m/s2 (1g), 30 ms, 100 impactsCE, EN 55011, EN 55022, EN 50081-1, EN 550081-2, EN 50082-1, EN 50082-2

+5 °C to +45 °C when fully equippedTested to DIN IEC 68-2-3, DIN IEC 68-2-30, DIN IEC 68-2-56: 5% to 80% at 25 °C (no condensation)

CE, UL 508 C-UL US LISTED

Choice of SIMATIC ProTool/Pro or SIMATIC WinCC

1) Touch versions also availablewithout USB interface on the front

●● ●●

●● ●●

15.1" TFT TOUCH 15.1" TFT1024 x 768 1024 x 768

Typically 60,000 h (at 24h continuous operation, dependent on temp.)

—— ●●

—— 36 with LEDsAnalog resistive ——

—— ●●

—— ●●

—— optional

Celeron 500 MHz; Intel Pent. III 500 MHz (until approx. 3rd qtr/2002); add. from 05/2002: Celeron 1.2 GHz; Intel Pent. III 1.26 GHz64 MByte to 256 MByte; additionally from 05/2002: to 512 MByte

1x PCI, 1x ISA/PCI shared (slots with card retainer), 1 x Cardbus Slot type III (PCMCIA)MS Win Prof. 2000 MUI, Win 98 SE, Win NT 4.0, Win XP Prof. MUI (avail. soon), w/o oper. system

110 V / 230 V AC (autorange) 50/60 Hz, optional 24 V DC24 month hardware warranty

3.5" hard-disk drive � 20 GByte, vibration-absorbing mountingoptional, at the back (standard configuration) /in computing unit (remote conf.)

optional (available soon)1.44 MByte; at the back (standard conf.) /in computing unit (remote conf.)

onboard, isolated, max. 12 Mbit/s, no plug-in card requiredonboard, 10/100 Mbit, RJ45, no plug-in card required

1 x at the front 1), 2 x on the back (stand. conf.) / Front: 1 x at the front 1), 1 x on the back; comput. unit: 2 x (remote conf.)COM1: 1 x V.24 (RS 232), COM2: 1 x V24 (RS 232C)/TTY for S5-communication

LPT1 (EPP/ECP)PS/2 (external keyboard)/PS/2 (external mouse)

—Analog VGA, resolution as for integral display, color depth 16 bit

onboardPower, temperature (at the front)

IP 65 (at the front) to EN 60529 2), IP 20 (computing unit) to EN 60529Tested to DIN IEC 68-2-6: 10 to 58 Hz: 0.075 mm, 58 to 200 Hz: 9.8 m/s2 (1g)

Tested to DIN IEC 68-2-29: 50 m/s2 (5g), 30 ms, 100 impactsCE, EN 55011, EN 50081-2, EN 50082-2

+5 °C to +45 °C when fully equippedTested to DIN IEC 68-2-3, DIN IEC 68-2-30, DIN IEC 68-2-56: 5% to 80% at 25 °C (no condensation)

CE, UL 508/CSA

Choice of SIMATIC ProTool/Pro or SIMATIC WinCC

3/5

Panel PC 870FlexibleRobustPowerful

— ●

● ●

12" TFT TOUCH 12.1" TFT800 x 600 800 x 600

Typically 60,000 h (at

— ●

— 36 with LEDsAnalog resistive —

— ●

— ●

— optional

Celeron 566 MHz, Intel Pentium III 866

2x PCI, 2x ISAMicrosoft Windows Professional 2000 MUI, Windows 98

110 V / 230 V

3.5" hard-disk doptional, at the back (stand

1.44 MByte; at the back (stan

onboard, isolaonboard, 1

1 x at the front 1), 2 x on the back (standard configuratioCOM1: 1 x V.24 (RS 232

PS/2 (ex

Analog VGA, res

P

IP 65 (at the front) in accordance witTested in accordance with DIN

Tested in accordance wCE,

+5Tested in accordance with DIN IEC 68-2-3,

Choice of

Siemens ST 80 · 2002/2003 3/7

SIMATIC Panel PC

Overview

■ SIMATIC Panel PC IL70 – high performance, low bud-get and basic suitability got industrial conditions

A SIMATIC Panel PC IL 70 is your first choice for applica-tions that require a high-per-formance IPC platform and at the same time the industrial PC has low requirements involving impacts or vibration.

The IL 70 range of panel PCs includes 12″ and 15″ display sizes, and the touchscreens make for extremely intuitive operation.

Performance

The performance of the IL 70 panel PC is equal to that of the standard PCs. With its innova-tive design, this range of PCs offers outstanding perfor-mance with fast processors for your industrial applica-tions.

Integrated interfaces

Z Ethernet interface for com-municating with the office world and the management level

Z USB interfaces on device rear for connecting PC peripherals.

Z PCI slots for installation of PC expansion cards (e.g. communication cards for interfacing with the pro-cess).

SIMATIC Panel PC 670/870 – compact, rugged and powerful

The SIMATIC Panel PCs 670 and 870 offer high suitability for industrial conditions.

With a choice of 10″, 12″ or 15″ display sizes, and opera-tion by means of membrane keyboard or touchscreen, they meet the varied demands placed on the operating con-cept.

Rugged design

Z The rugged design ensures a high degree of resistance to vibration and impact loads.

Z A special vibration-absorb-ing mounting for the hard disk makes for absolutely re-liable operation, even when exposed to high mechanical loads.

Continuity

Z As a result of ongoing avail-ability of identical compo-nents, the SIMATIC Panel PC 670/870 offer a very high return on investment.

Integrated interfaces

Z PROFIBUS DP/MPI

Z Ethernet interface for con-nection to the management level or to the Internet

Z Standard USB (Universal Serial Bus) port at front and rear for connecting PC peripherals.

Easy-to-service equipment

Z For rapid replacement of components, the computer case and the front unit can be simply swung apart.

Options

Z In the remote configuration, the computer case and the front unit can be operated separately from one another.

Z With the optional direct con-trol key module, the process can be operated directly through PROFIBUS DP, with-out time delay and indepen-dently of the operating system.

Z The touch versions of the Panel PC 670 and 870 are optionally available without USB port on the device front. This device versions fulfill the requirements according to NEMA 4.

The compact one – Panel PC 670

Z With its maximum mounting depth of 100 or 130 mm, the SIMATIC Panel PC 670 is also ideal where installation space is at a premium.

The flexible one – Panel PC 870

Z With its five free PC slots, the SIMATIC Panel PC 870 provides plenty of scope for expansion.

SIMATIC Panel PC

Siemens ST 80 · 2002/20033/8

Panel PC

SIMATIC Panel PC IL 70

■ Overview • The SIMATIC Panel PC Industrial Lite 70 (IL 70) fulfill the basic requirements for industrial applications.

• With their fast processors, they offer maximum perfor-mance, while being excep-tionally cost-effective.

■ Area of application Z The SIMATIC Panel PCs are used both in production and in process automation.

Z They are suitable for use in standard control cabinets and in control panels.

Z The SIMATIC panel PCs are the ideal platform for PC-based automation: – PC-based, local machine

visualization with SIMATIC ProTool/Pro®,

– complex solutions with SIMATIC WinCC® process visualization,

– PC-based control with SIMATIC WinAC®, either as software PLC or as hardware slot PLC.

Z Siemens provides a com-plete range of automation components, which are perfectly matched to each other.

Panel PC

3/9Siemens ST 80 · 2002/2003

Panel PC


■ Design Front panel equipment:

The front panels are available in the following designs:

12″ TOUCH

Z 12.1" TFT color display, 800 x 600 pixels (SVGA)

Z Touch screen, analog resis-tive

15″ TOUCH

Z 15" TFT color display, 1024 x 768 pixels (XGA)



1) Multi-language includes: Ger./Eng./Fr./It./Sp./Chin traditional/Chin simplified/Korean/Japanese

Type 12'' TOUCH 15'' TOUCH

General features

• Processor 800 MHz Celeron, 933 MHz Intel Pentium III

• RAM 128 MB to 256 MB

• Free slots for expansion 3x PCI, 1x AGP (slots with card retainer)

• Operating system Windows 2000 Prof. (Multi Language1)), Windows ME (Ger., Eng.), Windows NT4.0 (Ger., Eng.), opt. without operating system

• Power supply 110/230 V AC, 50/60 Hz

• Guarantee 12 months warranty on hardware

• MTBF of backlighting Typically 50,000 h (at 24 h continuous operation, depending on temperature)

Drives

• Hard disk 2.5" hard disk drive ≥ 20 GB

• CD-ROM On rear, operation from side

• Diskette drive 1.44 MB, on rear, operation from side

Front panel 12" TFT touch display 15" TFT touch display

Display

• Size 12.1" TFT touch 15.1" TFT touch

• Resolution (pixels) 800 x 600 pixels 1024 x 768 pixels

Control elements

• Touch screen Yes Yes

Interfaces

• PROFIBUS/MPI Can be implemented through plug-in card

• Ethernet On-board, 10/100 Mbit/s, RJ45, no plug-in card required

• USB (Universal Serial Bus) 2 x on rear

• Serial interface COM1: 1x V.24 (RS 232C)

• Parallel interface LPT1 (EPP/ECP)

• Keyboard, mouse PS/2 (external keyboard); PS/2 (external mouse)

• Multimedia Audio in/out, microphone in, joystick port

• Graphics interface No (only as alternative to integrated TFT display)

Monitoring functions

• Temperature and watchdog Onboard

3/10 Siemens ST 80 · 2002/2003

Panel PC



Type 12'' TOUCH 15'' TOUCH

Ambient conditions

• Degree of protection IP 65 (on the front) according to EN 60529

• Shock resistance in operation Tested according to DIN IEC 68-2-6: 20 to 58 Hz: 0.0185 mm, 58 to 200 Hz: 2.5 m/s2 (0.25 g)

• Shock resistance in operation Tested according to DIN IEC 68-2-29: 10 m/s2 (1 g), 30 ms, 100 impacts

• EMC CE, EN 55011, EN55022, EN50081-1, EN 50081-2, EN 50082-1, EN 50082-2

• Ambient temperature in operation +5 °C to +45 °C when fully developed

• Relative humidity Tested according to DIN IEC 68-2-3, DIN IEC 68-2-30, DIN IEC 68-2-56: 5% to 80% at 25°C (no condensation)

Approvals CE, UL 508 C-UL US LISTED

Packages Optional with SIMATIC ProTool/Pro or with SIMATIC WinCC

Dimensions

• Operator unit (w x h) in mm 391 x 330 449 x 373

• Mounting section of central model (w x h x d, without CD-ROM) in mm

367 x 305 x 213 425 x 349 x 213

Weights

• Central design panel PCs Approx. 13 kg Approx. 15 kg

Expansion components SIMATIC NET communication modules

■

} ex warehouse.


Panel PC configuration

SIMATIC Panel PC IL 70 6AV7 507-77A00-0A70

Front panel• 12″ TFT Touch 0• 15″ TFT Touch 1

RAM• 128 MB SDRAM 0• 256 MB SDRAM 1

Processor• 800 MHz Celeron A• 933 MHz Intel Pentium III B

Operating system• Without operating system C) A• Windows ME, German B) B• Windows ME, English B) C• Windows NT4.0, German D• Windows NT4.0, English E• Windows 2000, multi-language B) F

Siemens ST 80 · 2002/2003 3/11

Panel PC

SIMATIC Panel PC 670

■ Overview • With their solid construction, the SIMATIC Panel PCs 670 can withstand even extreme mechanical abuse

• They are reliable in any environment

• They protect your invest-ment and can be easily inte-grated into systems

■ Area of application Z The SIMATIC panel PCs are used both in production and in process automation.

Z The devices are suitable for installation in standard con-trol cabinets, consoles and control panels.

Z The SIMATIC panel PCs are the ideal platform for PC-based automation: – PC-based, local machine





Siemens ST 80 · 2002/20033/12

Panel PC




10"

Z 10.4" TFT color display, 640 x 480 pixels (VGA)

Z Membrane keyboard with international PC character set and 36 additional function keys with LEDs and an integrated mouse

12"



12" TOUCH



Remote configuration:

The remote configuration (operator station and proces-sor unit spatially separated) expand the existing SIMATIC Panel PC 670 range of central units (combined operator station and processor unit).

Because remote configuration allows the base station and the input and viewing devices to be placed in different loca-tions, it opens up the use of the panel PCs in an even wider range of applications:

Z Because the remote opera-tor unit can be fitted at angles of inclination of up to 70° from vertical, it can easily installed in operator consoles.

Z Space-saving installation of the remote operator unit into the control cabinet door or on a movable boom.

15"



15" TOUCH



Siemens ST 80 · 2002/2003 3/13

Panel PC



1) Multilanguage includes: Ger./Eng./Fr./It./Sp./Chin traditional/Chin simplified/Korean/Japanese

Type Panel PC 670 – centralized configuration Panel PC 670 – remote configuration

General features

• Processor 500 MHz Celeron, 500 MHz Intel Pentium III (until about July-Sept. 2002)

In addition from about 05/2002: 1.2 GHz Intel Celeron, 1.26 GHz Intel Pentium III

• RAM 64 MB to 256 MB (until about July-Sept. 2002)

In addition from about 05/2002 up to 512 MB (at least 128 MB; including 8 to 32 MB shared graphics memory)

• Free slots for expansion 1 x PCI, 1 x PCI/ISA shared, (slots with card holder) 1 x type III Cardbus slot (PCMCIA)

• Operating system Windows 2000 Prof. (multi-language1)), Windows 98 SE (Ger., Eng.), Windows NT4.0 (Ger., Eng.), Windows XP Prof. (multi-language1)) available soon, optional without operating system

• Power supply 110/230 V AC (autorange) 50/60 Hz; optionally 24 V DC

110 V/230 V AC (autorange) 50/60 Hz; optional 24 V DC (any combination for front and processor unit)



Drives

• Hard disk 3.5" hard disk drive ≥ 20 GB, with isolation mounts against vibration

• CD-ROM Optional, on rear Optional, in processor unit

• DVD/CD-R/RW Optional, on rear (available soon) Optional, in processor unit (available soon)

• Diskette drive 1.44 MB, on rear, operation from side 1.44 MB in processor unit

Interfaces

• PROFIBUS/MPI On-board, isolated, max. 12 Mbit/s, no plug-in card required


• USB (Universal Serial Bus) 1 x on front, 2 x on rear, touch versions optional without USB on front

Front: 1 x front, 1 x on rear, touch versions optional without USB on front, processor unit: 2 x

• Serial interface COM1: 1x V.24 (RS 232), COM2: 1x V.24 (RS 232C)/TTY for S5 communication



• Multimedia -

• Graphics interface Analog VGA, resolution similar to integrated display, 16-bit colour depth


• Temperature and watchdog On-board

• Status LEDs Power, temperature (on front)

Ambient conditions

• Degree of protection IP 65 (on front) according to EN 60529, and NEMA 4 (version without USB interface on front)

IP 65 (operator unit, on front) according to EN 60529, IP 20 (processor unit) according to EN 60529 and NEMA 4 (version without USB interface on front)

• Vibration resistance in operation Tested according to DIN IEC 68-2-6: 10 to 58 Hz: 0.075 mm, 58 to 200 Hz: 9.8 m/s2 (1 g)


• EMC CE, EN 55011, EN 50081-2, EN 50082-2

• Ambient temperature in operation +5 °C to +45 °C when fully equipped

• Relative humidity Tested according to DIN IEC 68-2-3, DIN IEC 68-2-30, DIN IEC 68-2-56: 5% to 80% at 25°C (no condensation)

Approvals CE, UL 508/CSA


Expansion components Uninterruptible power supply (UPS), SIMATIC NET communication modules

Siemens ST 80 · 2002/20033/14

Panel PC


■ Technical specifications (continued)0

Front panels 10" 12" Touch 12" 15" Touch 15"

Design

• Central design Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes

• Distributed Design No Yes Yes Yes Yes

Display

• Size 10.4" TFT 12.1" TFT touch 12.1" TFT 15.1" TFT touch 15.1" TFT

• Resolution (pixels) 640 x 480 800 x 600 800 x 600 1024 x 768 1024 x 768

Control elements

• Membrane keyboard Yes No Yes No Yes

• Function keys 36 with LEDs No 36 with LEDs No 36 with LEDs

• Touch screen No Yes No Yes No

• Mouse at the front Yes No Yes No Yes

• Numeric/Alphanumeric input Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes

Dimensions

• Operator unit (w x h) in mm 483 x 310 (19", 7 HU)

400 x 310 (19", 7 HU)

483 x 310 (19", 7 HU)

483 x 310 (19", 7 HU)

483 x 355 (19", 8 HU)


450 x 296 x 100

368 x 296 x 125

450 x 296 x 100

450 x 296 x 130 450 x 327 x 130

• Mounting section of remote model operator unit (w x h x d) in mm

- 368 x 296 x 85

450 x 296 x 69

450 x 296 x 91 450 x 327 x 91

• Mounting section of distributed model processor unit (w x h x d) in mm

- 298 x 305 x 104 298 x 305 x 104 298 x 305 x 104 298 x 305 x 104

• Additional mounting depth (versions with CD-ROM)

+25 mm +25 mm +25 mm +25 mm +25 mm

Weights

• Central design panel PCs Approx. 12 kg Approx. 12 kg Approx. 12 kg Approx. 13 kg Approx. 13 kg

• Remote model operator unit - Approx. 8.5 kg Approx. 8.5 kg Approx. 8.5 kg Approx. 8.5 kg

• Remote model processor unit - Approx. 7.5 kg Approx. 7.5 kg Approx. 7.5 kg Approx. 7.5 kg

Accessories Keyboard insertion strip, direct key module

Touch-screen protective mem-brane

Keyboard insertion strip, direct key module

Touch-screen protective mem-brane


Siemens ST 80 · 2002/2003 3/15

Panel PC



} ex warehouse.


SIMATIC Panel PC 670 6AV7 677-0A777 -7770

Design:• Centralized configuration 1• Distributed configuration 2

Front panels:• 10" TFT 1 1• 12" TFT Touch 2• 12" TFT 3• 15" TFT Touch 4• 15" TFT 5• 12" TFT Touch

without USB port on front6

• 15" TFT Touchwithout USB port on front

7

Drives:• 20 GB hard disk A• 20 GB hard disk plus CD-ROM B• 40 GB hard disk E• 40 GB hard disk and CD-ROM F

RAM:• 64 MB 1• 128 MB 2• 256 MB 3

Processor:• 500 MHz Celeron 3• 500 MHz Intel Pentium III 2

Distance between base unit andoperator control unit/cable length:• 0 m (centralized configuration) 1 0• 2 m 2 1• 5 m 2 2• 10 m 2 3• 20 m 2 4

Country-specificversion/power supply:• Base unit and operator control unit

24 V DCA

• Base unit and operator control unit 110 V/230 V US

B

• Base unit and operator control unit 110 V/230 V Europe

C

• Base unit 110 V/230 V US,operator control unit 24 V DC

2 D

• Base unit 110 V/230 V Europe,operator control unit 24 V DC

2 E

• Base unit 24 V DC, operator control unit 110 V/230 V US

2 F

• Base unit 24 V DC,operator control unit 110 V/230 V Europe

2 G

Operating system:• Windows 98, German E• Windows 98, English F• Windows 2000 multi-language G• Windows NT 4.0 German H• Windows NT 4.0 English J

Available until 3rd quarter of 2002


1) Centralized configuration versions

Available versions (ex warehouse) 1)

Panel PC 670, 10" TFT display • 500 MHz Celeron, 20 GB hard disk

and CD-ROM, 64 MB RAM, 110 V/230 V Europe– Windows 98, German } 6AV7 611-0AB13-0CE0– Windows 98, English } 6AV7 611-0AB13-0CF0

• 500 MHz Pentium III, 20 GB hard disk and CD-ROM, 128 MB RAM, 110 V/230 V Europe– Windows 2000 multi-lang. } 6AV7 611-0AB22-0CG0

Panel PC 670, 12" TFT display • 500 MHz Pentium III, 20 GB hard

disk + CD-ROM, 128 MB RAM, 110 V/230 V Europe– Windows 98, German } 6AV7 613-0AB12-0CE0– Windows 98, English } 6AV7 613-0AB12-0CF0– Windows NT4.0, German } 6AV7 613-0AB12-0CH0– Windows NT4.0, English } 6AV7 613-0AB12-0CJ0

• 500 MHz Pentium III, 20 GB hard disk and CD-ROM, 64 MB RAM, 110 V/230 V Europe,– Windows 2000, multi-lang. } 6AV7 613-0AB22-0CG0

Panel PC 670, 12" TFT touch display • 500 MHz Pentium III,

20 GB hard disk, 64 MB RAM, 110 V/230 V Europe– Windows 98, German } 6AV7 612-0AA12-0CE0– Windows 98, English } 6AV7 612-0AA12-0CF0

• 500 MHz Pentium III, 20 GB hard disk and CD-ROM, 64 MB RAM, 110 V/230 V Europe,– Windows NT 4.0 German } 6AV7 612-0AB12-0CH0– Windows NT 4.0 English } 6AV7 612-0AB12-0CJ0

• 500 MHz Pentium III, 20 GB hard disk and CD-ROM, 128 MB RAM, 110 V/230 V Europe,– Windows 2000, multi-lang. } 6AV7 612-0AB22-0CG0

Panel PC 670, 15" TFT display • 500 MHz Pentium III, 20 GB hard

disk and CD-ROM, 128 MB RAM, 110 V/230 V Europe

– Windows 2000 multi-lang. } 6AV7 615-0AB22-0CG0– Windows NT4.0, German } 6AV7 615-0AB22-0CH0– Windows NT4.0, English } 6AV7 615-0AB22-0CJ0

Panel PC 670, 15" TFT touch display • 500 MHz Pentium III, 20 GB hard

disk and CD-ROM, 64 MB RAM, 110 V/230 V Europe– Windows 98, German } 6AV7 614-0AB12-0CE0– Windows 98, English } 6AV7 614-0AB12-0CF0– Windows NT4.0, German } 6AV7 614-0AB12-0CH0– Windows NT4.0, English } 6AV7 614-0AB12-0CJ0

• 500 MHz Pentium III, 20 GB hard disk and CD-ROM, 128 MB RAM, 110 V/230 V Europe– Windows 2000 multi-lang. } 6AV7 614-0AB22-0CG0

Available until 3rd quarter of 2002

Siemens ST 80 · 2002/20033/16

Panel PC



} ex warehouse.


SIMATIC Panel PC 670 6AV7 777-77777-0A70





7

RAM:• 128 MB 1• 256 MB 2• 512 MB 3

Processor:• 1.2 GHz Celeron A• 1.26 GHz Intel Pentium III B


24 V DC (available soon)A


B


C


3 D


3 E

• Base unit 24 V DC,operator control unit 110 V/230 V US (available soon)

3 F

• Base unit 24 V DC,operator control unit 110 V/230 V Europe (available soon)

3 G

Drives:• 20 GB hard disk 0• 20 GB hard disk plus CD-ROM 1• 40 GB hard disk 2• 40 GB hard disk and CD-ROM 3• 40 GB hard disk and

CD-R/W/DVD (available soon)4


Operating system:• without operating system A• Windows NT 4.0 German B• Windows NT 4.0 English C• Windows 2000 multi-language D• Windows 98 German

(available soon)E

• Windows 98 English (available soon)

F

• Windows XP Professionalmulti-language (available soon)

G

In addition, from about 5/2002


1) Centralized configuration versions

Available versions1)

Panel PC 670, 10" TFT display • 1.2 GHz Celeron, 20 GB hard disk

and CD-ROM, 128 MB RAM, 110 V/230 V Europe– without operating system } 6AV7 721-1AC10-0AA0– Windows NT4.0, German } 6AV7 721-1AC10-0AB0– Windows NT4.0, English } 6AV7 721-1AC10-0AC0

Panel PC 670, 12" TFT display • 1.26 GHz Pentium III, 20 GB hard

disk and CD-ROM, 128 MB RAM, 110 V/230 V Europe– without operating system } 6AV7 723-1BC10-0AA0– Windows NT4.0, German } 6AV7 723-1BC10-0AB0– Windows NT4.0, English } 6AV7 723-1BC10-0AC0– Windows 2000, multi-lang. } 6AV7 723-1BC10-0AD0

Panel PC 670, 12" TFT touch display • 1.26 GHz Pentium III, 20 GB hard


Panel PC 670, 15" TFT display • 1.26 GHz Pentium III, 20 GB hard


Panel PC 670, 15" TFT touch display • 1.26 GHz Pentium III, 20 GB hard


Additional components

Direct key module forPanel PC 670/870

} 6AV7 671-7DA00-0AA0

Protective membrane for Panel PC 670/870for protection of the touch front against soiling/scratching (pack of 10)• For 12" Touch } 6AV7 671-2BA00-0AA0• For 15" Touch } 6AV7 671-4BA00-0AA0

Key labeling strips forPanel PC 670/870Unlabeled, 3 sets each (plastic), for labeling softkeys and function keys• 10" Panel } 6AV7 671-0CA00-0AA0• 12" Panel } 6AV7 671-3CA00-0AA0• 15" Panel } 6AV7 671-5CA00-0AA0


Siemens ST 80 · 2002/2003 3/17

Panel PC


■ Overview • With their solid construction, the SIMATIC 870 panel PCs can withstand even extreme mechanical abuse

• They are reliable in any environment

• They protect your invest-ment and can be easily inte-grated into systems

■ Area of application Z The SIMATIC panel PCs are used both in production and in process automation.

Z The devices are suitable for installation in standard con-trol cabinets, consoles and control panels.

Z The SIMATIC Panel PCs are the ideal platform for PC-based automation: – PC-based, local machine





Siemens ST 80 · 2002/20033/18

Panel PC




12"

Z 12.1” TFT color display, 800 x 600 pixels (SVGA)


12" TOUCH (only remote design)



15"

Z 15” TFT color display, 1024 x 768 pixels (XGA)


Remote configuration:

The Remote configuration (operator station and proces-sor unit spatially separated) expand the existing SIMATIC Panel PC 870 range of centralized configuration (combined operator station and processor unit).

Since remote configurataion allows the base station and the input and viewing devices to be placed in different loca-tions, it opens up the use of the panel PCs in an even wider range of applications:

Z Because the remote opera-tor unit can be fitted at angles of inclination of up to 70° from vertical, it can easily be installed in opera-tor consoles.

Z Space-saving installation of the remote operator unit into the control cabinet door or on a movable boom.

15" TOUCH



Siemens ST 80 · 2002/2003 3/19

Panel PC



1) Multi-language includes: Ger./Eng./Fr./It./Sp./Chin traditional/Chin simplified/Korean/Japanese

Type Panel PC 870 – centralized configuration Panel PC 870 – remote configuration

General features

• Processor 566 MHz Celeron, 866 MHz Intel Pentium III

From about 07/2002: 1.2 GHz Intel Celeron, 1.26 GHz Intel Pentium III

• RAM 128 MB to 512 MB

• Free slots for expansion 2 x PCI, 2x PCI/ISA shared, 1 x ISA (slots with card holder)

• Operating system Windows 2000 Prof. (multi-language1)), Windows NT4.0 (Ger., Eng.), Windows XP Prof. (multi-language1)), available soon, optional without operating system

• Power supply 110 V/230 V AC (autorange) 50/60 Hz; optional 24 V DC

110 V/230 V AC (autorange) 50/60 Hz; optional 24 V DC (any combination for front and processor unit)



Drives

• Hard disk 3.5" hard disk drive ≥ 20 GB, with isolation mounts against vibration

• DVD/CD-R/RW Optional, on rear (available soon) Optional, in processor unit (available soon)

• CD-ROM Optional, on rear Optional, in processor unit

• Diskette drive 1.44 MB, on rear, operation from side 1.44 MB in processor unit

Interfaces

• PROFIBUS/MPI On-board, isolated, max. 12 Mbit/s, no plug-in card required


• USB (Universal Serial Bus) 1 x on front, 2 x on rear, touch versions optional without USB on front

Front: 1 x front, 1 x on rear, touch versions optional without USB on front, processor unit: 2 x

• Serial interface COM1: 1 x V.24 (RS232), COM2: 1x V.24 (RS232C)/TTY for S5 communication



• Multimedia -

• Graphics interface Analog VGA, resolution as for integrated display, 16-bit color depth


• Temperature and watchdog Onboard

• Status LEDs Power, temperature (on front)

Ambient conditions

• Degree of protection IP 65 (on front) according to EN 60529, and NEMA 4 (version without USB interface on front)

IP 65 (operator unit, on front) according to EN 60529, IP 20 (processor unit) according to EN 60529 and NEMA 4 (version without USB interface on front)

• Shock resistance in operation Tested according to DIN IEC 68-2-6: 10 to 58 Hz: 0.075 mm, 58 to 200 Hz: 9.8 m/s2 (1 g)


• EMC CE, EN 55011, EN 50081-2, EN 50082-2

• Ambient temperature in operation +5 °C to +45 °C when fully developed

• Relative humidity Tested according to DIN IEC 68-2-3, DIN IEC 68-2-30, DIN IEC 68-2-56: 5 % to 80 % at 25 °C (no condensation)

Approvals CE, UL 508/CSA


Expansion components Uninterruptible power supply (UPS), SIMATIC NET communication modules

Siemens ST 80 · 2002/20033/20

Panel PC



Front panels 12'' TOUCH 12'' 15'' TOUCH 15''

Design

• Centralized configuration No Yes Yes Yes

• Remote configuration Yes Yes Yes Yes

Display

• Size 12.1" TFT touch 12.1" TFT 15.1" TFT touch 15.1" TFT

• Resolution (pixels) 800 x 600 pixels 800 x 600 pixels 1024 x 768 pixels 1024 x 768 pixels

Control elements

• Membrane keyboard No Yes No Yes

• Function keys No 36 with LEDs No 36 with LEDs

• Touch screen Yes No Yes No

• Mouse at the front No Yes No Yes

• Numeric/Alphanumeric input Yes Yes Yes Yes

Dimensions

• Operator unit (w x h) in mm 400 x 310 (7 HU) 483 x 310 (19", 7 HU) 483 x 310 (19", 7 HU) 483 x 355 (19", 8 HU)


- 450 x 296 x 187 450 x 296 x 212 450 x 327 x 212

• Mounting section of remote model operator unit (w x h x d) in mm

368 x 296 x 85 450 x 296 x 69 450 x 296 x 91 450 x 327 x 91

• Mounting section of remote model processor unit (w x h x d) in mm

376 x 335 x 189 376 x 335 x 189 376 x 335 x 189 376 x 335 x 189

• Additional mounting depth (versions with CD-ROM)

+25 mm +25 mm +25 mm +25 mm

Weights

• Centralized configuration panel PCs

- Approx. 16 kg Approx. 17 kg Approx. 17 kg

• Remote model operator unit Approx. 8.5 kg Approx. 8.5 kg Approx. 8.5 kg Approx. 8.5 kg

• Remote model processor unit Approx. 11.5 kg Approx. 11.5 kg Approx. 11.5 kg Approx. 11.5 kg

Accessories Protective touch membranes


Protective touch membranes


Siemens ST 80 · 2002/2003 3/21

Panel PC



} ex warehouse.




Front panels:• 12″ TFT Touch 1 2• 12″ TFT 3• 15″ TFT Touch 4• 15″ TFT 5• 12″ TFT Touch

without USB port on front1 6

• 15″ TFT Touchwithout USB port on front

7

RAM:

• 64 MB 0• 128 MB 1• 256 MB 2• 512 MB 3

Processor:

• 566 MHz Celeron A• 866 MHz Intel Pentium III B


110 V/230 V USB


C


1 D

• Base unit 110 V/230 V Europe, operator control unit 24 V DC

1 E

Drives:

• 20 GB hard disk 0• 20 GB hard disk and CD-ROM 1• 40 GB hard disk 2• 40 GB hard disk and CD-ROM 3


Operating system:

• without operating system A• Windows NT 4.0 German B• Windows NT 4.0 English C• Windows 2000 multi-language D

Available versions (ex warehouse)

Panel PC 870, 15" TFT Touch 866 MHz Pentium III, 20 GB hard disk and CD-ROM, 128 MB RAM, centralized configuration, 110 V/230 V Europe• Windows 2000, multi-language } 6AV7 704-1BC10-0AD0

Panel PC 870, 15" TFT 866 MHz Pentium III, 20 GB hard disk and CD-ROM, 128 MB RAM, centralized configuration, 110 V/230 V Europe• Windows 2000, multi-language } 6AV7 705-1BC10-0AD0





Front panels:• 12″ TFT Touch 1 2• 12″ TFT 3• 15″ TFT Touch 4• 15″ TFT 5• 12″ TFT Touch


• 15″ TFT Touchwithout USB port on front

7

RAM:• 128 MB 1• 256 MB 2• 512 MB 3

Processor:• 1.2 GHz Celeron C• 1.26 GHz Intel Pentium III D


24 V DCA


B


C


1 D


1 E

• Base unit 24 V DC,operator control unit 110 V/230 V US

1 F


1 G

Drives:• 20 GB hard disk 0• 20 GB hard disk and CD-ROM 1• 40 GB hard disk 2• 40 GB hard disk and CD-ROM 3• 40 GB hard disk and



Operating system:• without operating system A• Windows NT 4.0 German B• Windows NT 4.0 English C• Windows 2000 multi-language D• Windows XP multi-language

(available soon)E

For add-on components, see page 3/16

Available from: 7/2002

Siemens ST 80 · 2002/20033/22

Panel PC

SIMATIC PC FI45 V2

■ Overview • The SIMATIC PC FI45 V2 is a powerful, compact industrial PC with a flat-screen display and membrane keyboard.

• It has an extremely rugged mechanical construction and is designed for continu-ous operation.

• Its front panel has degree of protection IP 65.

■ Area of application Because of the high degree of protection of its front, the SIMATIC PC FI45 V2 can be used in extremely dirty and dusty environments.

Its shallow depth makes it particularly suitable for instal-lation in confined spaces.

It has the CE mark for use in industry as well as in domestic and business environments

and is suitable for convention-al industrial applications and in building management automation and in the public sector.

■ Design Z Intel Pentium III 700 MHz processor, 256 KByte 2nd level cache

Z 64 MB SDRAM, expandable to 512 MB (SDRAM, ECC optional)

Z XGA LCD controller C&T 69000, 2 MB video RAM

Z 13.3"-TFT color display with XGA resolution, 1024 x 768 pixels at 64 k colors

Z Optional touch screen

Z 19" rack housing (7 HU)

Z Standard power supply (220 V) for 115/230 V mains, autorange

Z Integrated, isolated PROFIBUS DP/MPI interface

Z Integrated Fast Ethernet interface

Z Motherboard with 5 free slots

Z Diskette drive (3.5") 1.44 MB on front

Z EIDE hard disk drive (3.5") ≥ 10.2 GB

Z CD-ROM drive on front

Z All keys programmable

Z Integrated touch pad (with touch screen option)


Z External monitor can be operated in parallel with the built-in display

Z Retainer for additional ex-pansion cards

Z Windows NT/2000 operating system pre-installed on the internal hard disk

Z User guide in German/English/French/Italian

Z Electronic manual (with viewing software) on the internal hard disk

Z Monitoring functions on-board

Z Options: direct key module, touch screen

Siemens ST 80 · 2002/2003 3/23

Panel PC

SIMATIC PC FI45 V2


1) Only one serial interface on touch models.

Type SIMATIC PC FI45 V2

General features

• Design Compact design for 19” rack mounting (7 HU)

• Processor 700 MHz Intel Pentium III processor, 2nd level cache, 256 KB

• RAM 64 MB SDRAM expandable to 768 MB (SDRAM)

• Free slots for expansion 2 x PCI (short), 1 x PCI/ISA (long); 2 x ISA (1 long, 1 short)

• Graphics controller Single chip 69000 (Chips & Technology), 2 MB video RAM; max. resolution at 65,535 colors: 1200 x 1024 pixels at 75 Hz refresh rate of external monitor

• Operating system Windows NT 4.0 WS/Windows 2000

• Power supply 115/230 V, 220 W, autorange, European plug


Drives

• Hard disk 1 x 3.5" EIDE hard disk drive 10.2 GB

• CD-ROM 1 x CD-ROM drive at front (24 x)

• Diskette drive 1 x 3.5" diskette drive on front

Interfaces

• PROFIBUS DP/MPI PROFIBUS DP/MPI interface (CP 5611) integrated, 12 Mbit/s

• Ethernet 10/100 Mbit/s on-board

• USB At the rear on PC box (2 x)

• Serial 1) COM1 (V.24/TTY), COM2 (V.24/RS 232C)

• Parallel 1 x LPT1

• VGA External

• Keyboard, mouse PS/2

Display

• Size 13.3” TFT LCD (liquid crystal display), CCFL-backlit

• Resolution 1024 x 768 pixels

• Colors 64 k colors

• MTBF of backlighting CCFL tube; MTBF 25,000 h

Control elements

• Membrane keyboard With alphanumeric keys and offset cursor keys

• Function keys 36

• Touch screen Optional

• Mouse at the front -

• Touch pad at the front Yes (not with touch option)

• Direct control key module Optional (cannot be retrofitted)


• Temperature/watchdog On-board

• Status LEDs Power, temperature, run, HD, DP12

Ambient conditions Not suitable for outdoor use

Degree of protection IP 65 (on front) according to EN 60529/IP 20 (on rear) according to EN 60529

Protection class According to VDE 0106 Part 1 (IEC 536)

Vibration resistance in operation 10 to 58 Hz: 0.0375 mm; 58 to 500 Hz: 10 m/s2

Shock resistance in operation 50 m/s2, 30 ms

EMC EN 55022 class B, IEC 1000-4-2, IEC 1000-4-4, IEC 1000-4-5, IEC 1000-4-8, ENV 50140

• Temperature (in operation) 5 to 45 °C (at full expansion)

• Humidity (in operation) 5 to 95%, no condensation (RH severity level 2 according to IEC 1131-2)

Approvals UL, FCC Class A

Dimensions and weights

Mounting section (w x h x d) in mm 432 x 297 x 155

Front dimensions (mm) 483 x 310

Weight Approx. 15 kg

Siemens ST 80 · 2002/20033/24

Panel PC

SIMATIC PC FI45 V2


} ex warehouse.

Custom configuration

SIMATIC PC FI45 V2 Custom configuration, 10.2 GB EIDE HDD, 3.5″, 1.44 MB disk drive, 24-speed CD-ROM, ATAPI interface, 12 Mbit/s MPI/PROFIBUS DP,10/100 Mbit/s Ethernet RJ45,watchdog, Temperature monitor

6ES7 645-37727-7771

Processor• Pentium III 700 MHz F

Memory• 64 MB RAM

(1 x 64 MB SDRAM)A

• 128 MB RAM (1 x 128 MB SDRAM)

B


C


D


E

Expansions• without expansions 0• Direct control key module 2

Country-specific version• Europe

(preset to 230 V, Euro mains cable) 0

• U.S.A.(preset to 110 V, US mains cable)

1

Operating system• Windows NT Workstation

German, SP 5A

• Windows NT WorkstationEnglish, SP 5

B

• Windows 2000 multi-language (Ger., En., Fr., It., Sp.)

G

Flat-screen color Display• 13.3″ TFT color display,

1024 × 768 pixels A

• 13,3″ TFT color display,1024 × 768 pixels and touch

B


Standard configuration

SIMATIC PC FI45 V2 Pentium IIII, 700 MHz, 256 KB 2nd level cache, 128 MB RAM, 10.2 GB hard disk, 13.3″ TFT color display, 1024 x 768, Ethernet RJ45, PROFIBUS DP/MPI12 Mbit/s, Europe, 24-speed CD-ROMWindows NT 4.0, SP5

• German } 6ES7 645-3FB20-0AA0• English } 6ES7 645-3FB20-0BA0

Additional components

Option package for the direct control key module

} 6ES7 648-0AA00-0XA0

Protective membrane for PC FI45 V2protects the touch front against soiling/scratching(pack of 10)

} 6AV7 670-4BA00-0AA0

Siemens ST 80 · 2002/2003 4/1

4HMI Software

HMI Software Overview ............................... 4/2

Configuring SoftwareSIMATIC ProTool

SIMATIC ProTool/Lite andSIMATIC ProTool.................... 4/4

VisualizationSoftwareSIMATIC ProTool/Pro

SIMATIC ProTool/Pro ............. 4/9

SIMATIC ProTool/Pro Options: SIMATIC IT WinBDE .............. 4/18

SCADA SystemSIMATIC WinCC

SIMATIC WinCC .................... 4/20

SIMATIC WinCC Communication ..................... 4/24

SIMATIC WinCC Options....... 4/31

Process Diagnostics Software

SIMATIC ProAgent ................ 4/53

4/2 Siemens ST 80 · 2002/2003

HMI Software

Overview

■ SIMATIC ProTool Configuration software• Standard configuration software for all SIMATIC panels and for

the HMI part of the SIMATIC C7• Executable under Windows 98 SE/ME and Windows NT 4.0/2000• Integration in STEP 7; Management of HMI projects with

SIMATIC manager within STEP 7 projects and shared use of the symbol lists and communication parameters

• Efficient configuration; For example through standard Windows operator input mech-anisms, validity controls, integrated online Help with direct help and cross-project copying of configuration data

• Easily modified configuration through symbolic data manage-ment and cross-reference lists

Additional features available with graphics-oriented display operator and touch panels:• Use of standard graphics editors e.g. MS Paint for graphics

imports or linking through OLE• Library management for structured storage of reusable

graphics objects• Asian pictographic languages • Pixels-graphics printout of process diagrams

■ SIMATIC ProTool/Pro visualization softwareSIMATIC ProTool/Pro Runtime provides a cost effective entry into PC-based visualization.

Ideally suited for single-user systems, particularly in the machine and system production industries, the visualization software runs on standard PCs under Windows 98/ME/NT/2000. The consistent support of Windows standards, such as OLE Automation, ODBC (Open Data Base Connectivity) or OPC (OLE for Process Control) ensures an open, flexible architecture.

The comprehensive HMI functionality is already built in with ProTool/Pro Runtime: everything is included at the standard price, from archiving through printing functions, graphics libraries, trend curve representation, signaling system and recipe management through to drivers. Individual functional expansions can be realized using Visual Basic scripts.

■ SCADA-System SIMATIC WinCCSIMATIC WinCC is a PC-based system that offers the complete functionality of a SCADA system - industry and technology-independent, from single user to multiple user system. Running under Windows, configuration is not only uniform and transpar-ent, but also fast and cost-effective. Thanks to various standard interfaces, such as OLE, ODBC, OPC or SQL, WinCC is so open that it can be universally implemented in conjunction with any software.

In addition, WinCC can be easily and cost-effectively integrated in the intra-company information environment. This not only saves time and money, but also offers total flexibility when choosing a management information system.

Several functions can be realized using the integrated ANSI-C compiler in the form of global scripts and with full access to the WinCC system functions. And from among the numerous WinCC options and WinCC add-ons, you can choose the functions you need for your applications.

HMI Software

4/3Siemens ST 80 · 2002/2003

HMI Software

Overview

■ Positioning at a glance SIMATIC ProTool/Pro Runtime SIMATIC WinCC

Field of application • HMI software focussing on the process area of (series) production

• Process visualization software for controlling and monitoring complex automation solutions

Configuration • Single-user system, commonly based on a panel PC

• Single- and multi-user system and remote systems

• Data integrity through redundant solutions

• Internet-capability through WebNavigator

Philosophy / strategic focus • Consistent approach to develop-ing solutions - From operator panels through to

PC-based operator stations on the basis of ProTool/Pro Runtime

- A uniform configuration tool (ProTool) enables consistent solutions

• Processing of high quantity frameworks

• Simple connection to ERP/MES

Configuration • Fast configuration through preconfigured objects

• Flexible through individual animation

Functionality • HMI functionality customized to suit individual machine application - Inching mode capable- Quick and simple expansion of

standard functions using VB scripts

• Comprehensive, quality SCADA functionality - integral component of the

PCS7 process control system

Open architecture / expansion potential

• Customized solutions available on the basis of ActiveX controls

• Expandable through open Windows interfaces for integra-tion in an intra-factory/company information system - Standard SQL database- C-APIs- Comprehensive range of

options and add-ons

■ SIMATIC ProAgent process diagnostics software

SIMATIC ProAgent is the software option package for fast, controlled process fault diagnostics. Its key benefits are

Z Optimum support for plant/machine personnel in locating and rectifying faults

Z Improved plant availability

Z Reduced downtimes

Siemens ST 80 · 2002/20034/4

HMI Software

SIMATIC ProTool/Lite and SIMATIC ProTool

Configuring Software SIMATIC ProTool

■ Overview • Consistent configuration software for all SIMATIC panels and for the HMI part of the SIMATIC C7

• Executable under Windows 98 SE/ME and Windows NT 4.0/2000

• Integration in STEP 7 Management of HMI projects with SIMATIC man-ager within STEP 7 projects and shared use of the sym-bol lists and communication parameters

• Efficient configuration; For example through stan-dard Windows operator input mechanisms, validity controls, integrated online Help with direct help and cross-project copying of configuration data

• Easily modified configura-tion; through symbolic data management and cross-reference lists

Additional features available with graphics-oriented display operator and touch panels:

• Use of standard graphics editors; e.g. MS Paint for graphics imports or linking through OLE

• Library management for structured storage of re-usable graphics objects

• Asian pictographic languages

• Pixels-graphics printout of process diagrams

■ What’s new? Current versions:

Z SIMATIC ProTool/Lite V6.0 + SP1

Z SIMATIC ProTool V6.0 + SP1

SIMATIC ProTool V6.0 + SP1 and SIMATIC ProTool/Lite V6.0 + SP1 are 32-bit applica-tions for Windows 98 SE/ME and Windows NT 4.0/2000.

New features of V6.0 and higher:

Additional functions of the ProTool V6.0 (ProTool/Lite, ProTool) configuration soft-ware

Z Configuration of SIMATIC panels with graphic displays OP 270 (6” and 10”), TP 270 (6” and 10”) and MP 270B (10”, touch and key)

Z Extended integration of ProTool in STEP 7 – Support for long variable

names, including special characters

– Fast access to variables through large symbol win-dow

– Automatic synchroniza-tion with the STEP 7 sym-bol list

– References remain intact or ware resynchronized automatically, for example also on a control change-over in STEP 7.

– Integration/de-integration of ProTool in STEP 7 through ProTool file menu

– Loading and generating ProTool projects through STEP 7 Manager

– Generating and transfer-ring multiple selections

Z Interfacing ProTool with STEP 7 Lite

Z Integrating ProTool in the SIMOTION SCOUT engi-neering tool– Increased configuration

efficiency– Simple selection of super-

imposed objects– Editing objects without un-

grouping them– Copying function keys and

softkeys– Viewing and hiding hidden

buttons– Revised quantity frame-

work, e.g. expansion of text lists to up to 3500 entries

– Excluding fields in the tab sequence

– Vertical text alignment of input/output fields and buttons

– and more

Z Importing/exporting all project texts (static texts, text lists, messages, information texts, etc.) for a simple translation of HMI projects

Z Converting projects with different resolutions

Z Converting graphic OPs (RMOS) to Windows-based systems– Conversions at the touch

of a button– ProTool message summa-

ries– Better matching of the

“ProTool fonts” to Windows fonts

– Optimized alignment of the converted fields

– Optimized conversion of pictograms

– Configurable system keys ESC, ACK, HELP, Enter, Home and End bit/value functions, etc.

– No conversion of charac-ter graphics

– Quick reference guide for migration support

Siemens ST 80 · 2002/2003 4/5

HMI SoftwareConfiguring Software SIMATIC ProTool


■ What’s new? (continued) Z Replacing project compo-nents; With the Replace function, existing projects can be up-dated quickly and easily to reflect the changes made in a revised project: objects – such as pictures, picture components, variables and scripts – of the existing project (for example one which is used on the ma-chine) are simply overwritten with the corresponding ob-jects in the revised project.

Z Complete simulation of the ProTool configuration (Windows-based systems); Configurations can now be simulated entirely on the configuration PC. A com-plete model of the HMI target system is generated, and the device's softkeys and function keys can be simply operated by mouse. The SIMATIC S7-PLCSIM engineering tool simulates the PLC hardware and ani-mates the variables.

Z HTML online help; With the ProTool Information System, Version 6.0 of ProTool features a conve-nient online help function. In addition to its table of con-tents, the new help system can also be searched using an index and with a full-text function. All documents and help files on the ProTool CD can be searched at the same time.

Z Project downloads now also by modem; (Analog/ISDN), Ethernet and USB (depending on target device)

Z New ProSave V6.0; Comprehensive Windows service tool for Windows-based panels (CE)– Interfacing through serial,

MPI, Ethernet or USB inter-face

– Backup/restore– Installation of options– License transfer– Integrated in ProTool or as

stand-alone tool

Optional functions in HMI Runtime V6.0 (Windows-based devices)Z Read line for trend curve dis-

play (from TP 170B/OP 170B)Z Indicator light (from

TP 170A)Z Graphic selection field

(from TP 170B/OP 170B)Z 5 runtime languages

(from TP 170B/OP 170B)Z Transparent mode

(from TP 170B/OP 170B)Z Incorporation of the SIMATIC

HMI symbol library (from TP 270/OP 270)

Z User name login and logout through system messages archivable (TP170B/OP170B)

Z Configurable system keys ESC, ACK, HELP, Enter, Home and End bit/value functions, etc.

Z Multiplexing of variablesZ Picture stack (automatic re-

call of viewed pictures)Z Export/import function for all

recipes/recordsZ Screen keyboard also for

keyboard devices with mouse support

Z S7 control changeover at runtime possible (from TP170B)

Z Graphic display with transparency, flashing and dynamic positioning

Z Image selection by field number

Z Number of usable fonts: – Two additional fonts for

MP 270B– Four additional fonts for

MP 370Z Access to Windows CE

Control Panel with optional password protection

Z Modified screen keyboard with limit value indication and editing field for 6” pan-els

Z Support for two-key opera-tion (from OP 170B)

Z DP direct control keys (OP 170B, OP 270, MP 270B, MP 370)

Z Support for USB printers (from TP 270/OP 270/MP 270B)

Z Expansion of recipe func-tionality (from TP 170B/OP 170B) – Support for arrays

– Return values for record functions

– Selection possible through record names

– Recipe indication config-urable as pure output field

– Recipe field with password protection

– System messages to recipe functions can be disabled

– Synchronization of display and fields in pictures

Z Expanded message system – Optional archiving of mes-

sage texts (from TP 270/OP 270)

– Output of fault location and time stamp in ms (from TP 170B/OP 170B)

Z Enhanced logging system – Printing of message

archives and recipe data records (from TP 170B/OP 170B)

Z Additional functions for multi-function platforms (MP 270B/MP 370) – Optional installation of MS

Pocket Internet Explorer (included with ProTool)

– UPS for reliable transac-tions (option for SITOP UPS support included with ProTool)

New communications drivers

Z MPI up to 12 Mbit/s (from TP 170B/OP 170B)

Z CP342-5/Mux

Z PPI driver also for Windows CE devices

Z SIMOTION

Z SIMATIC S7-NC (from TP 170B/OP 170B)

Z Allen Bradley DH485 (for CE panels without additional hardware (KF modules)) 1)

Z GE Fanuc (PLC 90-70/90-30 through SNP/SNPX protocol)

Z Omron SYSMAC C

Z Mitsubishi Protocol 4 (Host-Link-Multi-Link protocol)

Z Loadable third-party drivers for TP170A – All drivers available for the

CE devices are supported– Except for SIMATIC S5-DP,

SIMATIC 500/505-DP

1) Available soon

Siemens ST 80 · 2002/20034/6

HMI Software



■ Options The option packages ProAgent for OP and ProAgent/MP are available for precise and rapid process fault diagnostics in machines and plants (see page 4/53)

■ Area of application The configuring software for SIMATIC panels

The following can be config-ured with

SIMATIC ProTool/Lite:

Z Text panels – TD17 text display– OP3, OP7, OP17 operator

panels

Z 170 series – TP 170A/TP 170B touch

panels– OP 170 B operator panel

Z SIMATIC C7-621 to -624 and -633 to -635

SIMATIC ProTool:

Z Text panels – TD17 text display– OP3, OP7 and OP17

operator panels

Z 170 series – TP 170A/TP 170B touch

panel– OP 170 B operator panel

Z 270 series – OP27 operator panel– TP27 touch panel– OP 270 operator panel– TP 270 touch panel

Z MP 270B and MP 370 multi panels

Z SIMATIC C7-621, -623, -624, -626, -633 and -635

SIMATIC ProTool/Lite is a subset of SIMATIC ProTool. Whereas all SIMATIC panels can be configured with SIMATIC ProTool, the low-cost version SIMATIC ProTool/Lite only supports configuration of the text-based devices, the SIMATIC panels TP 170/OP 170B (Windows CE-based) and the HMI part of the SIMATIC C7.

Additional ProTool/Lite V6.0 language versions

For the Asian market, ProTool/Lite V6.0 is also available in simplified Chinese, traditional Chinese, Korean and Japa-nese language versions.

SIMATIC ProTool is not avail-able in these languages. For configuring, for example, multi panels, use the Asian language versions of ProTool/Pro Configuration (see visual-ization software)

ProTool/Lite V6.0 China/Taiwan/Korea/Japan

These language versions are aimed at machine manufac-turers from China, Taiwan, Ko-rea and Japan, and exporters into these countries. ProTool/Lite V6.0 China/Taiwan/Korea/Japan provides a configura-tion interface in the respective language.

With the TP 170A and TP 170B touch panels and the OP 170B operator panel, text can be entered with the Chinese (simplified and traditional), Japanese and Korean char-acter sets. The online Help is also available in simplified and traditional Chinese, in Korean and in Japanese.

Text-based TD/OPs, TP 170/OP 170B

Graphics-basedOP/TPs

MultifunctionalPlatform (MP)

Fig. 4/1 SIMATIC ProTool and SIMATIC ProTool/Lite

4/7Siemens ST 80 · 2002/2003

HMI SoftwareConfiguring Software SIMATIC ProTool


■ Area of application (continued)

All other panels (TD17, OP3, OP7, OP17 and C7 devices) can only be configured with Latin characters in the English configuration interface.

To use the these language versions, you need a corre-sponding Chinese (simplified or traditional), Korean or Jap-anese version of Windows 98 SE, Windows ME or Windows NT 4.0/2000.

The Chinese, Japanese or Ko-rean versions of the Windows 98 Second Edition, NT 4.0 and 2000 packages are available from your Siemens distribution partners. For indirect export to China, Taiwan, Korea or Ja-pan, a special configuration of Windows 2000 can be imple-mented to simplify the config-uration process.

For additional information, write to the following e-mail address:

[email protected]

The ProTool/Lite V6.0 China/Taiwan/Korea/Japan software is available on a separate CD-ROM, which contains the En-glish as well as simplified and traditional Chinese, Korean and Japanese versions.

The documentation in Chi-nese, Japanese and Korean can be obtained from the na-tional Siemens distributor in China, Korea and Taiwan.

Contact

Z Simplified ChineseSiemens Ltd. China A&D Group 7, Wangjing Zhonghuan Nanlu Chaoyang District P.O.Box 8543 Beijing 100102, P.R.China

Z Traditional Chinese Siemens Ltd. Taiwan A&D Group Tun-Hua S. Road Sec. 2 Taipei Taiwan, R.O.C. P.O. Box 26-755 Taipei

Z Korean Siemens Ltd. Seoul A&D Group 726 Asia Building 10th floorYeoksam-dong,Kangnam-GuSeoul 138-080 Po-Box 3001Korea

Z Japanese Siemens K.K.AS Sect. A&D Dept.Gotanda GE Edison Building 4F25-11 Higashi-Gotanda1-Chome, Shinagawa-ku, Tokyo 141-0022, Japan


For system requirements, see page 4/15"SIMATIC ProTool/Pro/SIMATIC ProTool/Pro visualization software", technical data

Version SIMATIC ProTool V6.0 SIMATIC ProTool/Lite V6.0

Application Configuring software for • TD17 text display• OP3, OP7, OP17 and OP 170B operator panels• OP27 and OP37 operator panels• OP 270 operator panels• TP 170A, TP 170B, TP27 and TP37 touch panels• TP 270 touch panels• MP 270B and MP 370 multi panels• SIMATIC C7-621,-623, -624, -626, -633, -634,-635

Configuring software for• TD17 text display • OP3, OP7, OP17, OP 170B operator panels • TP 170A, TP 170B touch panels • SIMATIC C7-621, -623, -624, -633, -634

Delivery unit CD-ROM CD-ROM

Languages GermanEnglishFrenchItalianSpanish

German Chinese (simplified)English Chinese (traditional)French KoreanItalian JapaneseSpanish

Operating system Windows 98 SE/MEWindows NT/2000

Windows 98 SE/MEWindows NT/2000

Siemens ST 80 · 2002/20034/8

HMI Software




} ex warehouse.

1) The runtime licenses for ProAgent to be ordered separately. 2) For a period of 12 months, customers automatically receive all

upgrades and service packs for a fixed price per installed ProTool or ProTool/Lite package. The agreement is automatically extended by one year unless cancelation is received no later than 12 weeks prior to expiration.

3) Scheduled delivery date: 2nd quarter of 2002A) Subject to export provisions AL: N and ECCN: 5D992B2

SIMATIC ProTool V6.0configuration softwarewith ProAgent V6.0 1) A)

(ProAgent for OP; ProAgent/MP)incl. native drivers on CD-ROM;electronic documentation (.pdf/.chm) in: German, English, French, Italian, Spanish on CD-ROM

} 6AV6 581-3BX06-0AX0

SIMATIC ProTool/Lite V6.0configuration software A)

incl. native drivers on CD-ROM;electronic documentation (.pdf/.chm) in: German, English, French, Italian, Spanish on CD-ROM

} 6AV6 580-3BX06-0AX0

SIMATIC ProTool/Lite V6.0 3) A)

China/Taiwan/Korea/Japanincl. native drivers on CD-ROM;electronic documentation (.pdf/.chm) in: English, Chinese (traditional and simplified), Korean and Japanese on CD-ROM

} 6AV6 580-3BX06-0AV0

Standard function blocksV3.32 for SIMATIC S5for interfacing TD17, OP7, OP17, OP27, OP37, TP27 and TP37; executable on SIMATIC S5-90U up to -155U on 3.5″ disks (MS-DOS)

} 6AV3 980-1AA21-0AX0


SIMATIC ProTool 2) A)

Software Update Service6AV6 581-3AX00-0AX2

SIMATIC ProTool/Lite 2) A)

Software Update Service6AV6 580-3AX00-0AX2

Power pack

ProTool/Lite to ProTool V6.0 A)

incl. ProAgent V6.0

} 6AV6 571-3AB06-0AX0

Upgrade

ProTool/Liteto ProTool/Lite V6.0 A)

} 6AV6 580-3BX06-0AX4

ProTool to ProTool V6.0 A)

incl. ProAgent V6.0

} 6AV6 581-3BX06-0AX4



http://www.siemens.com/protool

Documentation

ProTool User Guide for Configuring Line Devices• German } 6AV6 594-1AA06-0AA0• English } 6AV6 594-1AA06-0AB0• French } 6AV6 594-1AA06-0AC0• Italian } 6AV6 594-1AA06-0AD0• Spanish } 6AV6 594-1AA06-0AE0

ProTool User Guide for Configuring Graphics Devices • German } 6AV6 594-1BA06-0AA0• English } 6AV6 594-1BA06-0AB0• French } 6AV6 594-1BA06-0AC0• Italian } 6AV6 594-1BA06-0AD0• Spanish } 6AV6 594-1BA06-0AE0

ProTool User Guide for Configuring Windows-Based Devices• German } 6AV6 594-1MA06-0AA0• English } 6AV6 594-1MA06-0AB0• French } 6AV6 594-1MA06-0AC0• Italian } 6AV6 594-1MA06-0AD0• Spanish } 6AV6 594-1MA06-0AE0

Communications user guideDescribes how to connect a TD/OP/TP to the PLC• German } 6AV3 991-1BC05-1AA0• English } 6AV3 991-1BC05-1AB0• French } 6AV3 991-1BC05-1AC0• Italian } 6AV3 991-1BC05-1AD0• Spanish } 6AV3 991-1BC05-1AE0

Communications user guideDescribes how to connect Windows-based systems to the PLC• German } 6AV6 596-1MA06-0AA0• English } 6AV6 596-1MA06-0AB0• French } 6AV6 596-1MA06-0AC0• Italian } 6AV6 596-1MA06-0AD0• Spanish } 6AV6 596-1MA06-0AE0


Siemens ST 80 · 2002/2003 4/9

HMI SoftwareVisualization Software SIMATIC ProTool/Pro

SIMATIC ProTool/Pro

■ Overview • SIMATIC ProTool/Pro® is the PC-based HMI solution in the machine sector

• SIMATIC ProTool/Pro con-sists of: – SIMATIC ProTool/Pro RT

runtime software for PC-based systems

– SIMATIC ProTool/Pro Configuration (CS) soft-ware

• For Windows 98 SE/ME and Windows NT4.0/2000

• SIMATIC ProTool/Pro CS supports configuration of SIMATIC Panels as well as the configuration of PC-based systems (see SIMATIC ProTool, from page 4/4)

■ What’s new? Current version:

Z SIMATIC ProTool/Pro Configuration V6.0 + SP1

Z SIMATIC ProTool/Pro Runtime V6.0 + SP1

New features of V6.0 and higher:

Additional functions in ProTool/Pro Configuration V6.0

Z Support for new target devices:Configuring the – graphic display SIMATIC

panels OP 270 (6” and 10”), TP 270 (6” and 10”) and MP 270B (10”, touch and key)

– SIMATIC Panel PCs Panel PC 870 (12”, 15” and 15” touch)Panel PC IL 70 (12” and 15” touch)

– SIMOTION Panel PCs P012K, P015K, P012T, P015T

– SINUMERIK panel PCsOP010, OP012, OP015

– Standard PCs with new resolutions 1280 x 1024 pixels, 1600 x 1200 pixels

Z Extended integration of ProTool/Pro Configuration in STEP 7– Support for long variable

names, including special characters

– Fast access to variables through large symbol window

– Automatic synchroniza-tion with the STEP 7 sym-bol list references remain intact or ware resynchronized auto-matically, also for example on a control changeover in STEP 7.

– Integration/de-integration of ProTool in STEP 7 through ProTool file menu

– Loading, generating and starting ProTool projects through STEP 7 Manager

– Generating and transfer-ring multiple selections

– Supporting the PC station (softbus)

– ProTool/Pro Runtime con-figurable as HMI software for PC station

– Visualization of external SIMATIC PLCs possible

Z Interfacing ProTool/Pro Con-figuration with STEP 7 Lite

Z Integrating ProTool/Pro Con-figuration in the SIMOTION SCOUT engineering tool

Z Increased configuration efficiency– Simple selection of super-

imposed objects– Editing objects without

ungrouping them– Copying function keys and

softkeys– Viewing and hiding hidden

buttons– Revised quantity frame-

work, e.g. expansion of text lists to up to 3,500 entries

– Excluding fields in the tab sequence

– Vertical text alignment of input/output fields and buttons

– and more

Z Importing/exporting all project texts (static texts, text lists, messages, infor-mation texts, etc.) for a simple translation of HMI projects

Z Converting projects with different resolutions

Siemens ST 80 · 2002/20034/10

HMI Software

SIMATIC ProTool/Pro

Visualization Software SIMATIC ProTool/Pro

■ What’s new? (continued) Z Converting graphic OPs (RMOS) to Windows-based systems– Conversions at the push of

a button– ProTool message summa-

ries– Better matching of the

"ProTool fonts" to Windows fonts

– Optimized alignment of the converted fields

– Optimized conversion of pictograms

– Configurable system keys ESC, ACK, HELP, Enter, Home and End bit/value functions, etc.

– No conversion of charac-ter graphics

– Quick reference guide for migration support

Z Replacing project compo-nents With the Replace function, existing projects can be updated quickly and easily to reflect the changes made in a revised project: objects – such as pictures, picture components, variables and scripts – of the existing project (for example one which is used on the ma-chine) are simply overwritten with the corresponding ob-jects in the revised project.

Z Complete simulation of the ProTool/Pro configuration (Windows-based systems); Configurations can now be simulated entirely on the configuration PC. A com-plete model of the HMI tar-get system is generated, and the device's softkeys and function keys can be simply operated by mouse. The SIMATIC S7-PLCSIM engineering tool simulates the PLC hardware and animates the variables.

Z HTML online helpWith the new Help system, Version 6.0 of ProTool/Pro features a convenient online help function. In addition to its table of contents, the new help system can also be searched using an index and with a full-text function. All documents and help files on the ProTool/Pro CD can be searched at the same time.

Z Project downloads now also by modem (Analog/ISDN), Ethernet and USB (depending on target device)– Serial, MPI, PROFIBUS DP,

Ethernet and USB down-load also for PC systems based on ProTool/Pro Runtime

Z New ProSave V6.0 under Windows; as complete service tool for Windows-based panels (CE)– Interfacing through serial,

MPI, Ethernet or USB inter-face

– Backup/restore – Installation of options– Licence transfer– Integrated in ProTool/Pro

or as stand-alone tool

Additional functions in ProTool/Pro Runtime V6.0

Z Read line for trend curve display

Z Indicator light

Z Graphic selection field

Z 5 runtime languages

Z User name login and logout through system messages archivable

Z Configurable panel system keys ESC, ACK, HELP, Enter, Home and End à bit/value functions, etc.

Z Multiplexing of variables

Z Picture stack (automatic re-call of viewed pictures)

Z Screen keyboard also for keyboard devices with mouse support

Z S7 control changeover at runtime possible

Z Graphic display with trans-parency, flashing and dy-namic positioning

Z Image selection by field number

Z Expansion of recipe func-tionality – Support for arrays– Return values for record

functions– Selection possible through

record names– Recipe indication config-

urable as pure output field– Recipe field with password

protection– System messages to

recipe functions can be disabled

– Synchronization of display and fields in pictures

– Export/import function for all recipes/records

– and more

Z Expanded message system – Optional archiving of mes-

sage texts– Output of fault location and

timestamp in ms

Z Enhanced logging system – Printing of message ar-

chives and recipe data records

New communications drivers

Z MPI up to 12 Mbit/s

Z CP342-5/Mux

Z SIMOTION

Z SIMATIC S7-NC through SINUMERIK for ProTool/Pro option package

Z Online connection through Teleservice (analog/ISDN, ProTool/Pro RT)

Z Allen Bradley DH485 (for CE panels without additional hardware (KF modules))1)

Z GE Fanuc (PLC 90-70/90-30 through SNP/SNPX protocol)

Z Omron SYSMAC C

Z Mitsubishi Protocol 4 (Host-Link-Multi-Link protocol)

1) Available soon

Siemens ST 80 · 2002/2003 4/11


SIMATIC ProTool/Pro

■ Options SIMATIC IT WinBDE machine data management

With the SIMATIC WinBDE A&D machine data manage-ment system, the operator panel becomes the central human-machine interface, permitting comprehensive analyses to be carried out di-rectly at the machine.

The result is transparency, quick countermeasures in the event of faults, an increase in

machine runtimes and proof of the availability of produc-tion facilities and production units.

For further informa-tion, see page 4/42.

SIMATIC ProAgent

Z precise and rapid process fault diagnostics in plants and machines for SIMATIC S7 and SIMATIC HMI

Z A standardized diagnostics concept for various SIMATIC components

Z No further configuration for diagnostics functionality

Z Reduces PLC memory and processor usage

For further informa-tion, see page 4/53

■ Area of application SIMATIC ProTool/Pro is the modern visualization software under Windows 98 SE/ME or Windows NT 4.0/2000 for sim-ple visualization tasks locally at the machine, such as the control and monitoring of Z tunnel furnaces and

presses, Z packaging and injection

molding machines, and Z transfer lines in the automo-

bile manufacture or the elec-trical, wood and food industries.

As industry- and technology-independent HMI software, ProTool/Pro can be used uni-versally. It represents a univer-sal, human machine interface that can be implemented locally at the machine or process. ProTool/Pro includes the proven functions of ProTool for configuring all SIMATIC Panels, but also enables implementation of machine visualization tasks with PC-based systems.

PowerTags for SIMATIC ProTool/Pro

The SIMATIC ProTool/Pro RT runtime software is available as a software package with 128, 256, 512 or 2048 Pow-erTags. The term PowerTags is applied only to process variables that have a process connection to the PLC. Vari-ables without process integra-tion, constant variable and message limits (up to 2000 fault and operating messag-es) are available as additional system features.

Please note that the usable number of process variables can be significantly lower for products from other manufac-turers, for example through the use of local variables and messages.

Additional ProTool/Pro V6.0 language versions

ProTool/Pro Configuration V6.0 China/Taiwan/Korea/Japan

For the Asian market, ProTool/Pro V6.0 is also available in simplified Chinese, traditional Chinese, Korean and Japa-nese language versions.

These language versions are aimed at machine manufac-turers from China, Taiwan, Ko-rea and Japan, and exporters into these countries. ProTool/Pro V6.0 China/Taiwan/Korea/Japan provides a configura-tion interface in the respective language.

With the graphic display panels TP 170A, TP 170B, OP 170B, OP27, OP37, OP 270 (6″ and 10″), TP27 (6″ and 10″), TP37, TP 270 (6″ and 10″), the multi panels MP 270B, MP 370 and for ProTool/Pro Runtime V6.0, texts can be entered with Chinese (simplified and tradi-tional) and Korean characters. With ProTool/Pro Runtime V6.0, Japanese characters can also be used. The online Help is also available in simplified and traditional Chinese, in Korean and in Japanese for these target sys-tems.

128PowerTags

256PowerTags

512PowerTags

2048PowerTags

However, once you reach 4,000 messages each, internal variables are free!

Fig. 4/2 ProTool/Pro Runtime for Standard PC with PowerTags

Siemens ST 80 · 2002/20034/12

HMI Software

SIMATIC ProTool/Pro


■ Area of application(continued)

All other panels (TD17, OP3, OP7, OP17 and C7 devices) can only be configured with Latin characters in the English configuration interface.

To use the these language versions, you need a corre-sponding Chinese (simplified or traditional), Korean or Japanese version of Windows 98 SE/ME or Windows NT 4.0/2000.

The Chinese, Japanese or Ko-rean versions of Windows 98 Second Edition ME, NT 4.0 and 2000 packages are avail-able from your Siemens distri-bution partners. For indirect export to China, Taiwan, Ko-rea or Japan, a special config-uration of Windows 2000 can be implemented to simplify the configuration process.

For additional information, write to the following e-mail address: [email protected]

The ProTool/Pro Configuring software V6.0 and the ProTool/Pro Runtime V5.0 software for Chinese, Taiwanese and Korean are available on a separate CD-ROM, which contains the language ver-sions English, Japanese and Korean and simplified and traditional Chinese.

The runtime licenses are not language-dependent; the English data handling pro-gram (AuthorsW) also runs under the Chinese, Korean and Japanese Windows ver-sions listed earlier.

The documentation in Chi-nese, Japanese and Korean can be obtained from the national Siemens distributors in China, Korea, Taiwan and Japan.

Contact

Z Simplified ChineseSiemens Ltd. China A&D Group 7, Wangjing Zhonghuan Nanlu Chaoyang District P.O.Box 8543 Beijing 100102, P.R.China

Z Traditional ChineseSiemens Ltd. Taiwan A&D Group Tun-Hua S. Road Sec. 2 Taipei Taiwan, R.O.C.P.O.Box 26-755 Taipei

Z Korean Siemens Ltd. Seoul A&D Group 726 Asia Building 10th floorYeoksam-dong,Kangnam-GuSeoul 138-080 Po-Box 3001Korea

Z JapaneseSiemens K.K.AS Sect. A&D Dept.Gotanda GE Edison Building 4F25-11 Higashi-Gotanda1-Chome,Shinagawa-ku,Tokyo 141-0022,Japan

■ Functions SIMATIC ProTool/Pro allows universal use in all automation applications in the form of a single station solution.

The full integration of ProTool/Pro in the SIMATIC S7 environ-ment provides conformity in communications, in data man-agement and in configuration and programming.

SIMATIC ProTool/Pro also offers the following special features:

Z Process visualization through Windows-compli-ant, freely configurable user interface with predefined image objects such as – Numeric display– Text display, bar graphs,

trend curve graphics with browse and zoom function and read line

– Animated graphics from the HMI symbol library

– Signal-dependent text and graphics lists

– Switches, buttons, list fields as process opera-tion examples

– Editing fields for process values (signals)

– Analog indication and sliders as examples of further graphics objects

– Comprehensive HMI symbol library

Z Alarms and messages – System messages, event

messages and fault mes-sages

– Bit signaling method or Alarm S (SIMATIC S7)

Z Message and process value archiving – Various archive types:– Online evaluation of

process value archives through trend curve graphics

– External evaluation through standard Mi-crosoft tools

– Archiving in CSV files or ODBC databases

Z Logging with log editor for time and event-controlled project documentation with user-definable layout

Z Recipes – Compiling data records

using a configurable graphics object or distrib-uted within the project through process diagrams

– Transmission of data records from or to the PLC

– Import/export of CSV files

Z Flexibility through Visual Ba-sic Script and OLE automa-tion

Z Library for predefined or user-defined diagram ele-ments

Z Simulation of process data and messages

Z OPC (client/server)

Siemens ST 80 · 2002/2003 4/13


SIMATIC ProTool/Pro

■ Examples

Fig. 4/3 Example of a SIMATIC ProTool/Pro application

Higher-levelvisualization system

On-site visualization

SIMATIC S7-400

SIMATIC S7-300 Third-party PLCs

4/14 Siemens ST 80 · 2002/2003

HMI Software

SIMATIC ProTool/Pro


■ Communication

With SIMATIC ProTool/Pro Runtime, the following can be connected to

1) ProTool/Pro RT is a passive user (DP slave). The function block needed for connection is supplied with ProTool/Pro.

2) For PC Fl45 V2 and Panel PC 670 through internal MPI interface.3) Only point-to-point to S7-200; no configuration download; operating

systems: Windows 95/98; Order No.: 6ES7 901-3BF00-0AX0.

4) For details of restrictions regarding the transmission rate on the S7-200 see Catalog ST 70.

5) ProTool/Pro RT is an active user; communication with S7 functions.

6) ProTool/Pro RT is a passive user (DP/slave). The application ladder required for connection is supplied with ProTool/Pro.

7) See ProTool online help.8) Only point-to-point to S7-200/-300/-400 (except S7-212);

no configuration download; operating systems: Windows 95/98/NT; Order No.: 6ES7 972-0CA22-0AX0, 6ES7 972-0CA23-0XA0.

9) DH485 available soon.

Protocol PC interfaces

SIMATIC S5 through AS511 (TTY)

S5-90U

COM1/COM2

S5-95U

S5-100U (CPU 100, 102, 103)

S5-115U (CPU 941, 942, 943, 944, 945)

S5-135U (CPU 928A, 928B)

S5-155U (CPU 946/947, 948)

SIMATIC S5 through PROFIBUS DP1)

S5-95U/L2-DP Master

CP 5511 2)

CP 5611 2)S5-115U (CPU 941, 942, 943, 944, 945)

S5-135U (CPU 928A, 928B)

S5-155U (CPU 946/947, 948)

SIMATIC S7 through PPI

S7-200 CP 5511 2)

CP 5611 2)

CP 5613 2)

CP 5614 2)

PC/PPI adapter 3)

SIMATIC S7 through MPI

S7-200 (except CPU 212)4)

CP 5511 2)

CP 5611 2)

CP 5613 2)

PC/MPI adapter 8)

Teleservice V5.0

S7-300

S7-400

WinAC Basic (V3.0 or higher)

WinAC RTX

SIMATIC S7 through PROFIBUS DP 5)

S7-215 4)

CP 5511 2)

CP 5611 2)

CP 5613 2)

CP 5614 2)

S7-300 CPUs with built-in PROFIBUS inter-face

S7-300 with CP 342-5

S7-400 CPUs with built-in PROFIBUS inter-face

S7-400 with CP 443-5 or IM 467

WinAC Basic (V3.0 or higher)

WinAC RTX

SIMATIC S7 through built-in interface

WinAC Basic (V2.0 or higher) Internalsystem interfaceWinAC RTX

SIMATIC 505 NITP

SIMATIC 500/505 RS 232/RS 422 COM1/COM2

SIMATIC 505 through PROFIBUS DP 6)

SIMATIC 545/555 with CP 5434 CP 5511 2)

CP 5611 2)

Protocol PC interfaces

Third-party PLCs

Allen Bradley (DF1/DH485) 9) COM1/COM2

GE Fanuc (SNP/SNPX) COM1/COM2

Lucky Goldstar GLOFA GM COM1/COM2

Mitsubishi (FX/MP4) COM1/COM2

Modicon (Modbus) COM1/COM2

OMRON (Link/Multilink) COM1/COM2

Telemecanique (Uni-Telway) RS 485 interface board 7)

For further information, see “System Interfaces” in Section 2.

Siemens ST 80 · 2002/2003 4/15


SIMATIC ProTool/Pro


Type SIMATIC ProTool/Pro Runtime

Operating system MS Windows 98 SE/ME, MS Windows NT 4.0/2000

Messages 4000• Message text

(number of characters)70

• Message buffer size 1024• Pending message events 500

Archives (number) 100• Archivable data • Process values (max. 100)

• Messages• Max. number of entries per archive

(incl. sequential archive)500,000

• Archive types • Polling archives• Sequential archives

(max. 40 per archive)• Data storage format CSV (Comma-separated values)

and connection to ODBC database (database not included in delivery)

Recipes 1000• Entries per recipe 2000 3)

• Data records 5000 2)

Diagrams 300• Fields per diagram 400• Variables per diagram 400• Static text 30,000• Graphics objects 2000• Complex objects per picture

(e.g. bars)40

• Trend curves 800• Graphics lists 1) 500• Text lists 1) 500• Number of entries in symbol lists 3,500


The specifications are maximum values.

1) Only 500 text and graphics lists in total.2) Depends on the storage medium used.3) Depends on the number of licensed PowerTags.

Type SIMATIC ProTool/Pro Runtime

Variables 2048 3)

Password protection• Password levels 10 (0 – 9)• Number of passwords 50

Visual Basic scripts 50• Number of lines 100

Online languages max. 5

Communication

SIMATIC S7 MPI interface/PROFIBUS DP interface• Number of connectable max.

partnersProTool/Pro permits up to 8 con-nections, depending on the scope of configuration (communication)

SIMATIC S7 PPI interface• Number of connectable max.

partners1 for ProTool/Pro

SIMATIC S5 loop-through arrangement

No

SIMATIC S5 PROFIBUS DP interface • Number of connectable max.

partners1 for ProTool/Pro

Additional drivers see page 4/14

■ System requirements for

1) The RAM required depends on the size of your project and, in this instance in particular, on the size of the graphics used.2) Without taking archives into account.

In addition to ProTool/Pro, Windows also needs free hard disk space, for example for virtual memory (the swapfile). You can use the following formula as a guideline: Size of the swapfile = 3 x available RAM.For further information, please refer to your Windows documentation.

3) For authorization of the runtime software.4) ProTool/Lite also 640 x 480

ProTool/Pro Runtime software ProTool configuration software

Operating system• Minimum Windows 98 SE, Windows ME• Recommended Windows NT 4.0 SP6a, Windows 2000 SP2, for multi-language configurations Windows 2000 SP2 MUI

Processor• Minimum Pentium II, 233 MHz• Recommended ≥ Pentium III, 500 MHz

Graphics• Minimum VGA SVGA• Recommended SVGA with hardware acceleration SVGA with hardware acceleration

Resolution• Minimum 640 × 480 800 × 600• Recommended 800 × 600 800 × 600 4)

RAM 1)

• Minimum 64 MByte 64 MByte• Recommended ≥ 128 MByte ≥ 128 MByte

Hard disk (free memory) 2) ≥ 100 MByte ≥ 300 MByte for ProTool + 40 MB for each additional language

Diskette drive 3) 3,5″, 1,44 MByte –

CD-ROM For software installation For software installation

Siemens ST 80 · 2002/20034/16

HMI Software

SIMATIC ProTool/Pro



} ex warehouse.

1) Programming (CS) and runtime (RT) station upgrade

2) Scheduled delivery start, 2nd quarter of 2002A) Subject to export provisions AL: N and ECCN: 5D992B2.

SIMATIC ProTool/Pro Configuration V6.0 A)

with ProAgent V6.0 on CD-ROMcontains:• ProTool/Pro Configuration (CS)

V6.0• Simulation software for

TP 170A/B, OP 170B, TP 270, OP 270, MP 270, MP 270B, MP 370 and ProTool/Pro Runtime

• Native Drivers• Electronic documentation

(.pdf/.chm) in German, English, French, Italian and Spanish

} 6AV6 582-2BX06-0AX0

SIMATIC ProTool/Pro Runtime V6.0 for PC systems A)

on CD-ROM with license (single license) for• 128 PowerTags (RT 128) } 6AV6 584-1AB06-0AX0• 256 PowerTags (RT 256) } 6AV6 584-1AC06-0AX0• 512 PowerTags (RT 512) } 6AV6 584-1AD06-0AX0• 2048 PowerTags (RT 2048) } 6AV6 584-1AF06-0AX0

Upgrade

Upgrade 1) A)

SIMATIC ProTool/Proto SIMATIC ProTool/Pro V6.0

6AV6 582-2BX06-0AX4

Power packs

SIMATIC ProTool/Pro RTPowerTags from A)

• 128 to 256 PowerTags } 6AV6 570-1BC00-0AX0• 128 to 512 PowerTags } 6AV6 570-1BD00-0AX0• 128 to 2048 PowerTags } 6AV6 570-1BF00-0AX0• 256 to 512 PowerTags } 6AV6 570-1CD00-0AX0• 256 to 2048 PowerTags } 6AV6 570-1CF00-0AX0• 512 to 2048 PowerTags } 6AV6 570-1DF00-0AX0

SIMATIC ProTool/Lite Power Pack to ProTool/Pro V6.0 A)

incl. ProAgent V6.0

} 6AV6 571-2AC06-0AX0

SIMATIC ProTool Power Packto ProTool/Pro V6.0 A)

incl. ProAgent V6.0

} 6AV6 571-2BC06-0AX0



SIMATIC ProTool/ProSoftware Update Service A)

6AV6 582-3AX00-0AX2

For a period of 12 months, the customer is automatically supplied with all upgrades and service packs for a fixed price per installed ProTool/Pro package. The agreement is automatically extended by one year unless cancelation is received no later than 12 weeks prior to expiration.

Versions for China, Taiwan, Korea and Japan

SIMATIC ProTool/Pro Configuration V6.0contains:• ProTool/Pro Configuration (CS)

V6.0• Simulation software for

TP 170A/B, OP 170B, TP 270, OP 270, MP 270, MP 270B, MP 370 and ProTool/Pro Runtime

• Electronic documentation (.pdf/.chm) in English, Chinese (traditional and simplified), Korean and Japanese

} 6AV6 582-2BX06-0AV0

SIMATIC ProTool/Pro Runtime V6.0 for PC systems 2) A)

on CD-ROM with license (single license) for• 128 PowerTags (RT 128) } 6AV6 584-1AB06-0AV0• 256 PowerTags (RT 256) } 6AV6 584-1AC06-0AV0• 512 PowerTags (RT 512) } 6AV6 584-1AD06-0AV0• 2048 PowerTags (RT 2048) } 6AV6 584-1AF06-0AV0

PowerTags with SIMATIC ProTool/ProThe SIMATIC ProTool/Pro RT runtime software is available as a software package with 128, 256, 512 and 2048 PowerTags. PowerTags refer only to process variables that have a process con-nection to the PLC. In addition, variables without process integration, constant limits of variables and messages (up to 2,000 fault and oper-ating messages) are also available as additional system features.Please note that the usable number of process variables may be severely reduced when using third-party products, suchas local variables and messages.


Siemens ST 80 · 2002/2003 4/17


SIMATIC ProTool/Pro


} ex warehouse.

1) See Catalog IK PI for a detailed description.2) CP 5613 released only for communication with SIMATIC S7 with Pro-

Tool/Pro .3) Configuration download with CP 5613 for ProTool/Lite, ProTool and

ProTool/Pro not possible on text panels and OP27/TP27.A) Subject to export provisions AL: N and ECCN: 5D002ENC3.

Communications processors for PC

CP 5511 1) PCMCIA card for interfacing a PG or PC with PROFIBUS or MPI (communications software for Windows 98, ME, NT 4.0 and 2000 Pro)

} 6GK1 551-1AA00

CP 5611 1) PCI card for interfacing a PG or PC with PROFIBUS (communications software for Windows 98, ME, NT 4.0 and 2000 Pro)

} 6GK1 561-1AA00

CP 5611 MPI consisting of a PCI card CP 5611 and MPI cable, 5 m

} 6GK1 561-1AM00

CP 5613® 1) 2) 3) A) PCI card for connection of a PG or PC to PROFIBUS

} 6GK1 561-3AA00

S7-5613/Windows NT 4.0,2000 Pro/Server A)

Software for S7 communication on CP 5613/CP 5614 with electronic manual in German and English on CD-ROM,

} 6GK1 713-5CB60-3AA0



http://www.siemens.com/protoolpro


ProTool/Pro RuntimeUser Guide• German } 6AV6 594-1CA06-0AA0• English } 6AV6 594-1CA06-0AB0• French } 6AV6 594-1CA06-0AC0• Italian } 6AV6 594-1CA06-0AD0• Spanish } 6AV6 594-1CA06-0AE0

ProTool User Guide for Configuring Windows-Based Systems • German } 6AV6 594-1MA06-0AA0• English } 6AV6 594-1MA06-0AB0• French } 6AV6 594-1MA06-0AC0• Italian } 6AV6 594-1MA06-0AD0• Spanish } 6AV6 594-1MA06-0AE0

ProTool User Guide for Configuring Line Devices • German } 6AV6 594-1AA06-0AA0• English } 6AV6 594-1AA06-0AB0• French } 6AV6 594-1AA06-0AC0• Italian } 6AV6 594-1AA06-0AD0• Spanish } 6AV6 594-1AA06-0AE0

ProTool User Guide for Configuring Graphics Devices • German } 6AV6 594-1BA06-0AA0• English } 6AV6 594-1BA06-0AB0• French } 6AV6 594-1BA06-0AC0• Italian } 6AV6 594-1BA06-0AD0• Spanish } 6AV6 594-1BA06-0AE0

Communications User Guide for Windows-Based Systems • German } 6AV6 596-1MA06-0AA0• English } 6AV6 596-1MA06-0AB0• French } 6AV6 596-1MA06-0AC0• Italian } 6AV6 596-1MA06-0AD0• Spanish } 6AV6 596-1MA06-0AE0


Siemens ST 80 · 2002/20034/18

HMI Software

Options SIMATIC ProTool/Pro


■ Overview With SIMATIC® WinBDE – the A&D machine data manage-ment system – the operator panel becomes the central recording and operator panel for machine data, which per-mits comprehensive evalua-tions and analyses directly on site.

The result is transparency, quick countermeasures in the event of a fault, an increase in machine runtimes and proof of the availability of produc-tion facilities and production units.

Fig. 4/4 SIMATIC IT WinBDE production data management


Z SIMATIC IT WinBDE Workstation V7.0

Z SIMATIC IT WinBDE Supervisor V7.0

What's new in V7?

With its many new functions, version 7 of the SIMATIC IT WinBDE machine data man-agement system extends the product's range of machine data management applica-tions:

Z SIMATIC IT WinBDE can now also run under Windows 2000

Z Continuous monitoring of machine counters and com-ponent-type-specific coun-ters directly from the PLC

Z With these counters, togeth-er with part type master da-ta, you can now generate completely new piece rate, quality and other statistics on the basis of “good”, “waste” and “rework” quanti-ties. Figures can be ana-lyzed for any desired time interval – from a single shift, to a day or even a year.

Z The existing availability and utilization analyses have been significantly expanded

to include OEE figures, mak-ing the following, additional analyses possible: – OEE figure– Machine performance– Processing quality– Mean time between fail-

ures (MTBF)– Mean time to repair

(MTTR)

Z The expanded online cus-tomizing features permit user-friendly access to a multitude of parameters and filters which enable evalua-tions to be carried out with even more detail and cus-tomization.

SIMATIC IT WinBDE Supervisor

SIMATIC IT WinBDE Workstation

SIMATIC S7 SIMATIC S7

4/19Siemens ST 80 · 2002/2003


Options SIMATIC ProTool/Pro

■ Functions Data input

Z Option package for SIMATIC ProTool/Pro or WinCC

Z Automatic recording through OPC server

Z Manual input of machine states through dialogs

Z Creation of part type master data through dialogs

Machine data evaluation

Z Fault analysis and diagnos-tics with duration and fre-quency

Z State analysis with time history

Z Machine performance through objective determi-nation of availability

Z Piece quantity evaluations through machine counters

Z Evaluations on the basis of work shifts, days, weeks, etc.

Z Detailed logbook/log

Z Export and printout of evalu-ation data

Production data evaluation

Z Part-type-specific produc-tion quantity evaluation

Z Machine-specific quantity evaluation

Z Calculation of OEE figures (availability, performance, quality, OEE)

Z Calculation of the mean time between failures (MTBF)

Z Calculation of the mean time to repair (MTTR)

SIMATIC IT WinBDE Workstation

Z Direct entry and evaluation of machine data on operator panel or standard PC

Z Several units can be imple-mented per machine

Z Scaleability for connecting one to 32 machines/units

SIMATIC IT WinBDE Supervisor

Z With operator panel or stan-dard PC

Z Central evaluations and comparison of individual machines

Z Works calendar, day types, shifts, working time models

Z License for connection of up to 64 machines/units through lower-level WinBDE Workstation

Requirements

SIMATIC IT WinBDE Workstation:

Z SIMATIC 670 panel PC with keyboard, SIMATIC PC FI45, standard PC (Pentium II or higher)

Z 128 MB RAM

Z PROFIBUS DP/MPI interface for standard PC (with SIMATIC PC on-board)

Z Ethernet connection possi-ble

Z Windows NT 4.0,Windows 2000

Z ProTool/Pro V5.2 SP 3 or V6.0, WinCC V5.1

SIMATIC IT WinBDE Supervisor:

Z SIMATIC 670 panel PC with keyboard, SIMATIC PC FI45, standard PC (Pentium II or higher)

Z 128 MB RAM (ProTool/Pro), 256 MB RAM (WinCC)

Z Ethernet connection

Z Windows NT 4.0,Windows 2000

■ Communication Workstation connection

Z Up to 32 machines/units, depending on bus load

Z SIMATIC S7-300 and S7-400, as well as C7-6xx through MPI or PROFIBUS DP

Z Connections through Indus-trial Ethernet, digital inputs, DDE interface and other PLCs on request

Supervisor connection

Z Depending on the perfor-mance of the PC, up to 64 machines/units can be con-nected through lower-level SIMATIC IT WinBDE Work-station or WinBDE for SINU-MERIK

Additional information is avail-able in the Internet under:

http://www.siemens.de/simatic-it-winbde


} ex warehouse.

SIMATIC IT WinBDE machine data management workstation License for connection of:• 1 machine/unit } 6BQ3 090-2AB10-0BA0• 8 machines/units } 6BQ3 090-2AB20-0BA0• 32 machines/units } 6BQ3 090-2AB30-0BA0

SIMATIC IT WinBDE machine data management supervisor License for connection of:• 64 machines/units } 6BQ3 090-2AB80-0BA0

Contents of the individuallicenses on CD-ROM • Standard configuration• Online customization• User interface available in

German, English, French, Spanish and Italian

• Electronic documentation in German/English


Siemens ST 80 · 2002/20034/20

HMI Software

SIMATIC WinCC

SCADA System SIMATIC WinCC

■ Overview SIMATIC WinCC is the PC-based human machine inter-face for Windows NT4.0 and Windows 2000.

SIMATIC WinCC offers a wide range of features for imple-menting automation solutions:

• Client-server structures with simple installation

• Safety in process operation and data integrity through redundancy

• Limitless function expan-sions through integration of ActiveX elements

• Open communication through OPC (OLE for Pro-cess Control)

• Simple and quick configura-tion through integration with SIMATIC STEP 7

The basic system configura-tion includes functions meet-ing industrial requirements for signaling of events, archiving of measured values, logging of all process and configura-tion data, user administration and visualization.

■ Area of application WinCC is designed for visualizing and operating pro-cesses, production flows, machines and plants. With its powerful process interfaces (to the SIMATIC range in par-ticular) and secure data archiving, WinCC provides high-availability solutions for instrumentation and control.

This base system, which is industry and technology-independent, is suitable for universal use in any automa-tion application.

WinCC language versions

For the Asian market, WinCC V5 is also available in simplified Chinese, traditional Chinese, Korean and Japanese.

These localized versions of WinCC are aimed at machine manufacturers, system devel-opers and exporters covering China, Taiwan, Korea and Japan.

WinCC China/Taiwan/Korea/Japan provides a configura-tion interface in the relevant language and contains all WinCC functions. The online Help is available in simplified and traditional Chinese, in Korean, Japanese and in English. The Chinese, Korean or Japanese version of Windows NT 4.0 or 2000 is required to run these localized versions.

WinCC China/Taiwan/Korea/Japan is supplied on a sepa-rate CD-ROM. The documen-tation in Chinese, Korean and Japanese can be obtained from the national company in China, Korea, Taiwan or Japan respectively.

Runtime licenses are lan-guage-independent. The English data handling program (AuthorsW) can also run under the Chinese, Korean and Japanese ver-sions of Windows.

Siemens ST 80 · 2002/2003 4/21

HMI SoftwareSCADA System SIMATIC WinCC

SIMATIC WinCC


Z SIMATIC WinCC V4.02+SP3for Windows 95/98 + NT 4.0

Z SIMATIC WinCC V5.1 for Windows NT 4.0/2000

New features of V5:

SIMATIC WinCC V5 offers even more features for imple-menting automation solutions:

Z The Web Navigator enables process management through the intranet/Internet with no additional configura-tion required.

Z Multi-clients enable simulta-neous access to up to 6 WinCC process data servers

and the representation of all information (diagrams, mea-sured values, messages, logs, etc.)

Z More efficient configuration through integration with SIMATIC STEP 7: direct browsing through symbols in STEP 7 and their intercon-nection through drag and drop.

Z Quick diagnostics through precise network entry from WinCC Runtime in STEP 7.

Z Cross-reference list and rewiring facilitate adaptation to new plants with minimum effort.

Z In addition to the existing language versions, WinCC V5 is now also available in Italian and Spanish.

Z OPC V2.1 supports simple data exchange between Windows applications.

Z Configuration tool for config-uring bulk data with Excel.

For Windows 95/98, we will continue to supply SIMATIC WinCC V4. WinCC V5 or higher will only support Windows NT/2000.

■ Functions WinCC's simplicity and trans-parency, as well as its power-ful configuration functions enable a drastic reduction of engineering and training re-quirements, greater flexibility of personnel and greater operational reliability. If you are familiar with Microsoft Windows, you will have no problems with WinCC Explorer, the central control point of WinCC.

In conjunction with other SIMATIC components, the system also offers additional functions, such as process diagnostics and mainte-nance. All SIMATIC engineer-ing tools interact when configuring the functions.

WinCC offers a complete base functionality for process visualization and operation. For this purpose, WinCC offers a range of editors and interfaces whose functionality allow individual configuration for the relevant application.

Fig. 4/5 SIMATIC WinCC functions

Message system

Standardinterfaces

Processcommunication

Script processing

Report systemProcess valuearchiving

Programminginterfaces

Graphics system

Siemens ST 80 · 2002/20034/22

HMI Software

SIMATIC WinCC


■ Functions (continued) WinCC editors and interfaces

Task/configurable runtime functionality

WinCC Explorer Central project management for fast access to all project data and central settings

Graphics Designer Graphics system for user-definable visualization and operation through pixel-graphic objects

Alarm Logging Message system for the detection and archiving of events with display and control options based on DIN 19235; freely selectable message classes, message display and logging

Tag Logging Process archiving for measured value acquisition, compression and storage, e.g. for trend and tabular representation and further processing

Report Designer Report and logging system for time- and event-controlled documentation of messages, operations and current process data in the form of user reports or project documentation inuser-definable layout

User Administrator Convenient tool for managing users and user rights

Global scripts Processing functions with unlimited functionality through usage of the integral ANSI-C compiler

Communications channels For the communication to lower-level controls (SIMATIC logs, PROFIBUS DP, DDE and OPC server included in delivery)

Standard interfaces For the open integration of other Windows applications(ODBC/SQL, ActiveX, OLE, DDE, OPC etc.)

Programming interfaces For individual access to data and functions of WinCC (C-API) and integration in user programs

Siemens ST 80 · 2002/2003 4/23


SIMATIC WinCC


1) Depends on the number of licensed PowerTags.2) Depends on the storage medium used.3) DBase III only with tag-logging polling archives4) At least 32 MB more when using online configuration.

Type SIMATIC WinCC V5

Operating system Windows NT 4.0 Windows 2000

Hardware requirements for PC

Processor

• Minimum ≥ 400 MHz Pentium II

• Recommended ≥ 400 MHz Pentium II

RAM

• Minimum ≥ 128/256 MB (single-user/ server)4)

≥ 128 MB (client) 4)

• Recommended ≥ 256 MB (single-user/ server)4)

≥ 128 MB (client) 4)

Graphics

• Minimum SVGA (4 MB)

• Recommended XGA (8 MB)

Hard disk

• Minimum > 3 GB

• Recommended > 3 GB

Hard disk (free disk space for installation)

• Minimum 650 MB

• Recommended ≥ 650 MB

CD-ROM

• Minimum For software installation

• Recommended For software installation

Resolution

• Minimum 800 x 600

• Recommended 1024 x 768

Functionality/quantity framework

Messages (number) 50,000

• Message text (number of charac-ters)

10 x 256

• Message archive > 500,000 2)

• Process values per message 10

Archives (number) Determined by system 2)

• Archive types Polling and sequential archives

• File format Sybase SQL 7 or DBase III 3)


Type SIMATIC WinCC V5

User archives

• Archive (recipes) 500

• Fields per data record 500

• Data records 40,000

Graphics system

• No. of diagrams Determined by system 2)

• No. of objects per picture Determined by system 2)

• No. of operator-controllable fields per picture

Determined by system 2)

Process variables 64 K 1)

Trend curves

• Curve frame per picture 8

• Trend curves per curve frame 15

• Trend curves per picture 120

• Measured values on the hard disk (cyclic)

9999999

User administration

• User groups 28

• No. of users 128

• Authorization groups 999

Language selection

• Runtime languages > 9 per project

• Configuration languages 5 European (D/E/F/I/Sp), 4 Asian (Chs/Cht/Kor/Jpn)

Protocols

• Signal sequence protocols (simultaneous)

1

• Message archive reports (concurrent)

1

• Application reports Determined by system 2)

- Report lines per body 72- Variables per report 64,000

C-scripts (Ansi-C) Determined by system 2)

No. of characters per script 32 KB (incl. header and spaces)

Multi-user system

• Clients for server with operator terminal

3

• Clients for server without operator terminal

16

Communication see from page 4/24

■ Compatibility

WinCC version Win95 Win98 Windows NT 4.0 Win2000 SP2Professional; Server;Advanced Server

Internet Explorer

+ SP3 + SP4 + SP5 + SP6 + SP6a

V4.02 with SP3 ● ● ● ● ● ● – – V4.01 SP1/V5.0

V5.1 – – – – – – ● ● V5.5 and above

Siemens ST 80 · 2002/20034/24

HMI Software

SIMATIC WinCC communication


■ Communication Approved communication software

Only the specified (or higher) versions of communications software may be used. The applicable SIMATIC NET up-dates are available to up-grade older versions and releases and are supplied with the WinCC base package or upgrade.

Number of PLCs that can be connected

The following numbers of PLCs can be connected through Industrial Ethernet CP 1613 with a maximum frame length of 512 bytes:

Up to 29 PLCs can be con-nected to a CP 5613/CP 5611 through PROFIBUS. For more than about 10 PLCs, we rec-ommend the use of Industrial Ethernet.

Mixed operation with different PLCs

With their multiprotocol stack, the CP 1613® and CP 5613® modules support the simulta-neous use of two protocols with a single bus cable, for example where several differ-ent PLC types are used. Two interface boards of the same type can be used with WinCC only in conjunction with SIMATIC S5 Ethernet Layer 4 (2 x CP 1613), SIMATIC S7 Protocol Suite (2 x CP 1613, 2 x CP 5613) or PROFIBUS DP (2 x CP 5613/up to 122 slaves per CP 5613).

In addition to a CP 1613 for Industrial Ethernet® or a CP 5613 for PROFIBUS, a CP 5511 or CP 5611 can each be used for communicating through MPI with SIMATIC S7.

Client–server communica-tion under Windows NT4.0/2000

The TCP/IP protocol is used to handle communications be-tween clients and server. We recommend setting up a sep-arate PC LAN. For small projects with a relatively low message volume, a SIMATIC NET Industrial Ethernet can be implemented, for both the process communication (WinCC server ↔ PLC) and the PC–PC communication (WinCC client ↔ WinCC server).

Communication redundancy

WinCC itself does not support redundant bus connections; in the case of SIMATIC S7-400H, operation through redundant bus connection is enabled by the SIMATIC NET product REDCONNECT. Communications redundancy can normally not be achieved by setting up optical rings (see Catalog IK PI).

Channel DLL PROFIBUS DP

In accordance with the PROFIBUS standard, DP slaves are always permanent-ly assigned to a DP master; i.e. a second WinCC station (DP master) cannot access the same PLCs (DP slaves). This means that redundant operation of two WinCC stations is not possible when using the PROFIBUS DP interface.

from WinCC V5.1and higher

Type of interface

Number of stations

SIMATIC S5 Ethernet Layer 4+ TCP/IP

Up to 60

SIMATIC S5 Ethernet TF

Up to 60

SIMATIC S7 Protocol Suite

Up to 60

SIMATIC 505 Ethernet Layer 4+ TCP/IP

Up to 60

SIMATIC S5 PMC Ethernet

Up to 60

Siemens ST 80 · 2002/2003 4/25



■ Interface overview (from WinCC V5.1)

Protocol Description WindowsNT 4.0/2000

Included in basic package

SIMATIC S7

SIMATIC S7 Protocol Suite Channel DLL for S7 functions through MPI, PROFIBUS or Ethernet Layer 4 and TCP/IP

SIMATIC S5

SIMATIC S5 Ethernet Layer 4 Channel DLL for S5 Layer 4 communication and TCP/IP

SIMATIC S5 Ethernet TF Channel DLL for S5 TF communication

SIMATIC S5 Programmer Port AS511

Channel DLL and driver for serial communications with S5 using AS511 protocol on the programmer port

SIMATIC S5 Serial 3964R Channel DLL and driver for serial communications with S5 using RK512 protocol

SIMATIC S5 PMC Ethernet Layer 4 Channel DLL for S5 PMC with Layer 4 communications

SIMATIC S5 PMC PROFIBUS Channel DLL for S5 PMC

SIMATIC S5 PROFIBUS-FDL Channel DLL for S5 FDL

SIMATIC 505

SIMATIC 505 Serial Channel DLL and driver for serial communications with 505 using NITP/TBP protocol on SIMATIC 535/545/555/565/575

SIMATIC 505 Ethernet Layer 4 Channel DLL for 505 Layer 4 communication

SIMATIC 505 TCP/IP Channel DLL for 505 TCP/IP communication

Third-party PLCs

Allen Bradley Serial DF1 Channel DLL and driver for communication with Allen Bradley PLC 5 and SLC 500 PLCs using DF1 protocol

Allen Bradley DH DH and DH485 Channel DLL and driver for communication with Allen Bradley PLC 5 and SLC 500 PLCs through DH, DH+, DH 485 networks or Ethernet and PLC 5 PLCs through Controlnet

Applicom Multi Protocol Interface Channel DLL and driver for communication withApplicom multiprotocol cards (e.g. Telemecanique)

Modbus Serial Channel DLL and driver for communication with Modicon PLCs A984 using RTU/ASCII protocol

Modbus Protocol Suite Channel DLL and driver for communication with Modicon PLCs using Modbus + and Modbus Ethernet Protocol

Mitsubishi MELSEC FX Channel DLL for communication with Mitsubishi MELSEC PLCs using FX Protocol

GE FANUC SNP SNPX Channel DLL for communication with GE-FANUC PLCs using SNP/SNPX protocol;GE FANUC series 90 (90-30; 90-70)

Other interfaces

SIMADYN-PMC-Ethernet Channel DLL for communication with SIMADYN drive control systems. The following software packages are also required:• PROBI V2.10 (on request)• SIMADYN-D PMC blocks (on request)• SIMADYN-D Struc package

G/L 4.2 configuration software (on request)

On request

TELEPERM M Channel DLL for communication with TELEPERM M AS through PROFIBUS

On request

SIPART Channel DLL and driver for communication withSIPART-DR compact controllers

On request

Cross-platform

Windows DDE Channel DLL for DDE communications, WinCC can acquire data from DDE server applications

OPC Channel DLL for OPC communications, WinCC can acquire data from OPC server applications

OPC Server Server applications for OPC communications, WinCC provides process data to OPC clients

PROFIBUS FMS Channel DLL for PROFIBUS FMS

PROFIBUS DP Channel DLL for PROFIBUS DP

Siemens ST 80 · 2002/20034/26

HMI Software



■ Communications components for PG/PC to SIMATIC (WinCC V5.1 or higher)

1) The following software packages are required in addition to S5-PMC:• PMC/LS-B Message Functions 6ES5 848-7WL01

• PMC/LS-B status, 6ES5 848-7UL01Standard Diagrams V4.3 or higher

• PMC PRO parameterization softwareV2.2 or higherGerman 6ES5 886-4WF11English 6ES5 886-4WF21

2) � Under Windows NT 4.0/2000 only� Through any interface board with NDIS 3.0 interface� No separate communications software required.

Industrial Ethernet SIMATICS5

Ethernet(TF)

SIMATICS5

EthernetLayer 4

SIMATICS5

TCP/IP

SIMATICS5 PMCEthernet Layer 4

SIMATICS7

ProtocolSuite

SIMATIC 505

Ethernet Layer 4

SIMATIC 505

TCP/IP 2)

Order No.

WinCC – Channel DLL

SIMATIC S5 Ethernet TFChannel DLL for S5 TF communica-tion


SIMATIC S5 Ethernet Layer 4Channel DLL for S5 Layer 4 communication and TCP/IP


SIMATIC S5 PMC Ethernet Layer 41) Channel DLL for S5 PMC with Layer 4 communication

6AV6 371-1CD05-0PX0

SIMATIC S7 Protocol SuiteChannel DLL for S7 functions


SIMATIC 505 Ethernet Layer 4Channel DLL for 505 Layer 4 communication


SIMATIC 505 TCP/IPChannel DLL for 505 TCP/IP communication


Communication software to supplement the OS/OP

CP 1612PCI card for connecting PG/PCs to Industrial Ethernet (SOFTNET-S7 to be ordered separately)

6GK1 161-2AA00

CP 1512PCMCIA card for connecting PG/PCs to Industrial Ethernet (SOFTNET-S7 to be ordered separately)

6GK1 151-2AA00

SOFTNET-S7Communications softwarefor S7 functions

6GK1 704-1CW60-3AA0

CP 1613PCI card for connecting to Industrial Ethernet (communications software to be ordered separately)

6GK1 161-3AA00

S7-1613Communications software for S7 functions and S5/505 Layer 4 communication with TCP/IP• for Windows NT 4.0/2000

6GK1 716-1CB60-3AA0

TF-1613Communications software for TF functions and S5/505 Layer 4 communication with TCP/IP• for Windows NT 4.0/2000

6GK1 716-1TB60-3AA0


Siemens ST 80 · 2002/2003 4/27



■ Communications components for PG/PC to SIMATIC (WinCC V5.1 or higher)

1) The following software packages are required in addition to S5-PMC:• PMC/LS-B Message Functions 6ES5 848-7WL01

• PMC/LS-B Status, 6ES5 848-7UL01Standard Diagrams V4.3 or higher

• PMC PRO parameterization softwareV2.2 or higherGerman 6ES5 886-4WF11English 6ES5 886-4WF21

PROFIBUS SIMATIC S5PROFIBUS

FDL

SIMATIC S5 PMC

PROFIBUS

SIMATIC S7Protocol

Suite

PROFIBUS DP

PROFIBUS FMS

Order No.

WinCC – Channel DLL

SIMATIC S5 PROFIBUS-FDLChannel DLL for S5 FDL


SIMATIC S5 PMC PROFIBUS 1)

Channel DLL for S5 PMC6AV6 371-1CD05-0NX0

SIMATIC S7 Protocol SuiteChannel DLL for S7 functions


PROFIBUS DPChannel DLL for PROFIBUS DP


PROFIBUS FMSChannel DLL for PROFIBUS FMS

6AV6 371-1CD05-0CX0

Communication software to supplement the OS/OP

CP 5611PCI card for connecting PG/PCs to PROFIBUS or MPI (communications software included in WinCC basic package)

6GK1 561-1AA00

CP 5511PCMCIA card for connecting PG/PCs to PROFIBUS or MPI (communications software included in WinCC basic package)

6GK1 551-1AA00

PC adapterRS 232, 9-pin malewith RS 232/MPI converterup to 19.2 kbit/s

6ES7 972-0CA23-0XA0

CP 5613PCI card for connecting PCs to PROFIBUS (communications software must be ordered separately)

6GK1 561-3AA00

S7-5613Communications softwarefor S7 functions and FDL• for Windows NT 4.0/2000

6GK1 713-5CB60-3AA0

DP-5613Communications software for DP master and FDL• for Windows NT 4.0/2000

6GK1 713-5DB60-3AA0

FMS-5613 Communications softwarefor PROFIBUS FMS and FDL• for Windows NT 4.0/2000

6GK1 713-5FB60-3AA0


Siemens ST 80 · 2002/20034/28

HMI Software



■ Communication examples

Fig. 4/6 WinCC single-user system: SIMATIC NET PROFIBUS with S7 functions

Fig. 4/7 WinCC single-user system: SIMATIC NET Industrial Ethernet with S7 functions

Standard PCwith WinCC

e.g. RC 64 k or RT 64 k

SIMATIC S7-400

– IM 467 (DP/M, S7)6ES7 467-5GJ02-0AB0

– CP 443-5 Extended (DP/M, S7, S/R)6GK7 443-5DX03-0XE0

– CP 443-5 Basic (FMS, S7, S/R)6GK7 443-5FX01-0XE0

– NCM S7 PROFIBUS manual(SIMATIC NET CD orInternet download)

SIMATIC S7-300

– CP 342-5 (DP, S7, S/R)6GK7 342-5DA02-0XE0

– CP 343-5 (FMS, S7, S/R)6GK7 343-5FA01-0XE0

– NCM S7 PROFIBUS manual (SIMATIC NET CD orInternet download)

SIMATIC NET PROFIBUS (S7 functions)

– CP 56136GK1 561-3AA00

– S7-5613(communications software)6GK1 713-5CB60-3AA0



SIMATIC S7-400

– CP 443-1 (S7, S/R) ISO + TCP6GK7 443-1EX11-0XE0

– CP 443-1 IT (S7, S/R, HTTP)6GK7 443-1GX11-0XE0

– NCM S7 Industrial Ethernet manual(SIMATIC NET CD orInternet download)

SIMATIC S7-300

– CP 343-1 (S7, S/R) ISO +TCP6GK7 343-1EX11-0XE0

– CP 343-1 IT (S7, S/R, HTTP)6GK7 343-1GX11-0XE0

– NCM S7 Industrial Ethernet manual(SIMATIC NET CD orInternet download)

SIMATIC NET Industrial Ethernet (S7 functions)

– CP 16136GK1 161-3AA00

– S7-1613(communications software)6GK1 716-1CB60-3AA0

Siemens ST 80 · 2002/2003 4/29



■ Communication examples (continued)

Fig. 4/8 WinCC single-user system: SIMATIC NET PROFIBUS FMS

Fig. 4/9 WinCC multi-user system with operator-controllable server



SIMATIC S7-300– CP 343-5

(FMS, S7, S/R)6GK7 343-5FA01-0XE0

SIMATIC S5-115/135/155U

– CP 5431 FMS/DP6GK1 543-1AA01

– COM 5431 FMS/DP6GK1 745-1AD00-0EA0

SIMATIC NET PROFIBUS FMS

– CP 56136GK1 561-3AA00

– FMS-5613 (communications software)6GK1 713-5FB60-3AA0

+ FMS channel DLL6AV6 371-1CD05-0XC0

SIMATIC S7-400– CP 443-5 Basic

(FMS, S7, S/R)6GK7 443-5FX01-0XE0

WinCC server/standard PCwith WinCC


SIMATIC S7-400 SIMATIC S7-300

Standard PC with WinCC e.g. RC 128 or RT 128

+ TCP/IP interface module (e.g. CP 1612)

plus server option6AV6 371-1CA05-0AX0

plus TCP/IP interface module(e.g. CP 1612)

This allows you to set up the following application examples• WinCC single-user system: SIMATIC NET PROFIBUS with S7 functions• WinCC single-user system: SIMATIC NET Industrial Ethernet with S7 functions• WinCC single-user system: SIMATIC NET PROFIBUS FMS

Up to 3for clients with operator controls

Up to 16for clients withoutoperator controls

Siemens ST 80 · 2002/20034/30

HMI Software



■ Examples (continued)

Fig. 4/10 OPC interface



SIMATIC S7-400

SIMATIC S7-300 Third-party PLCs

• OPC server functionality(included in WinCC basicpackage)

• TCP-IP interface boardrequired

• OPC server functionality(included in WinCC basicpackage)

• TCP-IP interface boardrequired

• OPC client functionality(included in WinCC basicpackage)

• OPC serverrequired for inter-facing with third-party PLCs

• OPC server functionality(included in ProTool/Pro Runtime basic package)

• Integrated PROFIBUS interface

Siemens ST 80 · 2002/2003 4/31


SIMATIC WinCC Options

■ Options and Add-ons SIMATIC WinCC – expand-able through industry- and technology-specific options and add-ons

The universally usable WinCC basic software provides the basis for modular expansion. These function expansions can be obtained in the form of WinCC options and WinCC add-ons.

WinCC options

WinCC option packages are developed together with WinCC and are supplied by Siemens Automation & Drives. They are supported by the technical consulting services and the central hotline.

The following option packag-es for WinCC are available:

Z WinCC/Server – for setting up a client/serv-

er system

Z WinCC/Redundancy – for increasing system

availability

Z WinCC/Web Navigator – For plant visualization

and operation through the Internet and for connect-ing thin clients

Z WinCC/ProAgent® – for reliable process fault

diagnostics

Z WinCC/User Archives – for managing user-defined

structured data records

Z WinCC/Advanced User Administrator – Central administration of

WinCC users, across the plant

– Fulfills the FDA require-ments regarding access protection according to CFR 21 Part 11

Z SIMATIC IT PDA – Archiving function –

file-based archive

Z SIMATIC IT PPA – Archiving function –

through Microsoft SQL Server database

Z SIMATIC IT WinBDE – Machine data acquisition

and evaluation

Z WinCC/Messenger – for the automatic or user-

controlled transmission of messages with text, speed and graphical information directly from WinCC

Z WinCC/Guardian – for monitoring the plant

with live images

Z WinCC/Basic Process Control – with functional expansion

for instrumentation and control applications

Z WinCC/Storage – for long-term acquisition of

process data, messages and reports

Z WinCC/IndustrialX® – for configuring using stan-

dardized ActiveX objects

Z WinCC/ODK – for using the open pro-

gramming interfaces (Open Development Kit)

A comprehensive support package – the Software Update Service (SUS) – is also available for WinCC.

Z WinCC/Comprehensive Support

various WinCC communica-tions channels for connecting WinCC to third-party PLCs.

WinCC add-ons

WinCC add-ons are devel-oped and sold by other Siemens service centers (for example the WinCC Competence Center) and ex-ternal providers (such as WinCC professionals, system houses).

Support for WinCC add-ons is provided by the respective product suppliers who are also the contacts for integrat-ing the product in an auto-mation and IT solution.

WinCC add-ons can be used for solving numerous tasks, such as maintenance man-agement (MES software), energy management, import filters, communication with third-party PLCs or automatic transmission of radio signals in the event of particular alarms during in production.

WinCC add-ons® are avail-able in various forms:

Z DLL communication channel to WinCC

Z ActiveX control

Z Graphics object

Z Stand-alone software pack-age

Your can find the WinCC add-on directory, a catego-rized list of currently available add-ons, at the following address:

http://www.siemens.com/wincc/addons

Siemens ST 80 · 2002/20034/32

HMI Software



■ Options and Add-ons(continued)

Add-on categories

Z SCADA expansions

Z Configuration tools

Z Software for MES and ERP integration

Z Industrial solutions

Z Intelligent solutions

Z Communications channels – for connecting to Siemens

PLCs– for connecting to third-par-

ty PLCs– for connecting to field bus

systems– Other solutions

Competence Centers

Within the SIMATIC WinCC environment, authorized WinCC Competence Centers offer

Z Consulting

Z Engineering

Z Development

Z System integration

Z Configuration

Z Customer-/project-specific training

as well as WinCC add-on products.

Our experience in the fields of automation and industry and knowledge of the WinCC sys-tem ensure efficient and pro-fessional solutions.

WinCC Competence Centers

Z Nuremberg, Germany key area Manufacturing Execution Systems (MES)

Z Mannheim, Germanykey area process control

Z Stuttgart, Germanykey areas production, net-works and intranet/Internet connections

Z Erlangen, Germanykey area process auto-mation

Z Barcelona, Spainkey areas production auto-mation and logic systems

Contact

Z NurembergSiemens AG Software and SystemsHugo-Junkers-Strasse 7D-90411 Nuremberg, Germany Werner Wittmann Tel.: +49 (911) 895-6939 Fax: +49 (911) 895-6905 [email protected]

Z MannheimSiemens AG I&S IS Mhm 2P.O. Box 10 28 62D-68028 Mannheim, Germany Gerd HuberTel.: +49 (621) 456-3641Fax: +49 (621) [email protected]

Z StuttgartSiemens AG I&S IT PS3Weissacher Strasse 11D-70049 Stuttgart, GermanyRainer SchurrTel.: +49 (711) 137-2060Fax: +49 (711) [email protected]

Z ErlangenSiemens AG I&S ITPS ERL33Werner von Siemens Str. 60 D-91050 Erlangen, GermanyStefan HalwasTel.: +49 (9131) 7-43490Fax: +49 (9131) [email protected]

• BarcelonaSiemens ControlmaticWinCC Competence CenterLluís Muntadas, 5E-08940 Conellà de Llobre-gat – BarcelonaSpainManel Bargalló(Head of the WinCC Compe-tence Center)Tel.: (+34) 93480 4639Fax: (+34) 93475 [email protected] Jiménez(WinCC support)Tel.: (+34) 93480 6440Fax: (+34) 93475 [email protected]

Additional information is available in the Internet under:

http://www.siemens.com/wincc/competencecenter

Siemens ST 80 · 2002/2003 4/33



■ WinCC/Server

Fig. 4/11 Multi user system (client/server) with up to 16 clients on one server

The application of the server option makes WinCC a power-ful client-server system. This allows multiple coordinated operator stations to be operat-ed together with networked PLCs.

The server supplies up to 16 connected clients with process and archive data, messages, pictures and re-ports. This requires a network connection (TCP/IP) between the server and the connected clients.

Depending on the plant size, up to six servers can be em-ployed in a single client/server solution. Each server requires one server license. In general, the plant is controlled by stan-dard clients that access one server, or by multi-clients that can access several servers. For the clients, you need only the smallest runtime license, RT128. If you also want to use the client for configuring your system, you will need the smallest full license, RC128. With it, you can configure operator control and configu-ration stations within your network. Configuration work can, of course be performed online and without affecting the function of the servers and operator stations.

In a complex plant, WinCC can therefore also be config-ured as a distributed system according to requirements:

Z functional distribution (e.g. message servers, archive servers, etc.) or

Z distribution according to the physical plant structure (e.g. assembly, enameling line, etc.)

4/34 Siemens ST 80 · 2002/2003

HMI Software



■ WinCC/Redundancy

Fig. 4/12 Parallel operation of two WinCC stations with WinCC/Redundancy

WinCC/Redundancy allows the user to operate two linked WinCC single-user systems or process data servers in parallel to monitor each other. The options package is supplied with two li-censes. You need one of these for each redundancy partner.

If one of the servers fails, the second server assumes control of the entire system. When the failed server resumes operation, the contents of all message and process value archives are copied back to the restored server. Overall, this significantly improves system availability.

Each station has its own process connection and data archive. WinCC/Redundancy ensures automatic archive matching for system and user-specific archive data.

Should one of the two WinCC stations fail, the other takes over the control of the entire system, including archiving messages and process data, thereby guaranteeing uninterrupted data integrity. In client-server operation, the clients are automatically switched from the server to the redundant partner, ensuring continuous visualization and operation of the plant from any operator terminal.

When the failed system resumes operation, the contents of all message and process value archives are copied back to the restored server. This is performed in the background without affecting the running plant. The two stations containing identical data are then available again.

In a WinCC application, you can also use WinCC/Redundancy to create redundant communications channels to the SIMATIC S7 controller by installing two communications processors and implementing duplicate communication paths (this requires the S7-REDCONNECT communications software). By using the H-series SIMATIC S7 controllers, you can also increase availability at control level if required.

The software on each redundancy partner server must be licensed separately. The required licenses are included in the package.

Siemens ST 80 · 2002/2003 4/35



■ WinCC/Web Navigator

Fig. 4/13 Process visualization through the Web

WinCC/Web Navigator sup-ports the visualization and op-eration of plants through the Internet, a corporate intranet or a LAN.

For such a configuration, you need a Web Navigator server on which the SIMATIC WinCC V5 software is installed as a single-user or server version and a Web Navigator client. This is a so-called thin client, which supports operation and monitoring of an ongoing WinCC project through an ActiveX capable Internet browser without requiring you to have the WinCC basic system on your computer.

New applications and vertical integration

As well as the typical uses of the Web Navigator in the WAN (wide-area network) field, Web Navigator is also ideal for budget applications. This par-ticularly includes applications that have a widely distributed structure (water/sewage, oil and gas), or in which there is only sporadic accessing of process information (build-ings management).

In addition, the Web Navigator paves the way for vertical inte-gration, i.e. networked IT land-scape with continuous data flow between the company's planning and operative levels. Only a standard browser is needed to access current pro-cess information.

The Web server can have its own direct process connec-tion. Alternatively, an OPC in-terface to a WinCC server can be used. This not only in-creases reliability, but alsoreduces the data traffic within the system.

Key benefits of WinCC/Web Navigator:

Z Long-distance operating and monitoring

Z Fast update rates through event-controlled communi-cation

Z Remote diagnostics and troubleshooting

Z Integration of management clients that have access to current production data in an office environment

Z Large configurations with up to 50 operator stations

Z Cost effective clients with low hardware and software requirements

Z Low maintenance costs due to central software adminis-tration

Z High reliability through use of firewalls

Web Navigator licenses

You can install the Web Navi-gator client controls on any number of clients free of charge. A license is required in order to use the Web Navi-gator server. Licenses are available for simultaneous ac-cess by 3, 10, 25 or 50 clients.

Web Navigator clients can access several different Web servers at the same time.

Siemens ST 80 · 2002/20034/36

HMI Software



■ WinCC/Web Navigator(continued)

Fig. 4/14 Access options of Web clients to the Web Navigator server via the Internet

New features in version 1.2:

To reduce the cost of access-ing many web servers from one or a few Web Navigator clients (for example to per-form diagnostics), we have in-troduced a new client-based license – the Web Navigator Diagnostics Client. This client license guarantees access to the web server at any time. Its functions are the same as those of the regular Web Navigator clients.

The only requirement on the server side is a Web Naviga-tor Diagnostics server license or a standard Web Navigator license.

Key applications:

Z Remote diagnostics (DEC)/operation by unmanned WinCC stations

Z Central control rooms with multiple Web server support through a single user inter-face.

Z Power users who require guaranteed access to the server at any time, regard-less of how many users are already logged on.

The Web Navigator V1.2 can also be used with the Win-dows 2000 terminal services. This allows the connection of, for example, Windows CE-based visualization stations, such as MP 370 thin clients and MOBIC T8, to WinCC.

In addition to the web client, the Windows terminal servic-es must be installed. The op-erating system must be at least the 2000 Server. Up to 25 thin clients can be connected to a terminal server.

Key applications:

Z Mobile devices

Z Hand-held devices

Z Rugged local visualization devices

System requirements – web server:

Z Operating system: – Windows 2000;

Windows 2000 Profession-al with SP2 or higher, with up to 3 web clients Windows 2000 Server with SP2 or higher, for up to 50 web clients

– Windows NT4.0 Worksta-tion with SP6a, with up to 3 web clients Windows NT4.0 with SP6a for more than 3 web clients Windows NT4.0: Option Pack

Z Internet Information Server (IIS); The IIS is included on the Windows 2000 CD and is installed automatically with Windows 2000 Server. For Windows 2000 Professional, the IIS must be installed sep-arately. For Windows NT4.0, it can be installed with the supplied Option Pack.

Z Internet Explorer V5.01 or higher

Z SIMATIC WinCC V5.1

Z SIMATIC WinCC optional Web Navigator server instal-lation

System requirements – web client:

Z Windows 98/ME/NT4.0 or Windows 2000

Z Internet Explorer V5.01 or higher

Z Web Navigator client/diag-nostics client installation; This installation includes the OCX objects for viewing the WinCC pictures/objects with the Internet Explorer

WinCC Application

Siemens ST 80 · 2002/2003 4/37



■ WinCC/ProAgent®

Fig. 4/15 Process fault diagnostics with WinCC/ProAgent

WinCC/ProAgent enables pre-cise process fault diagnostics for machines and plants. With its complete integration in the SIMATIC process diagnostics environment, ProAgent offers a user-friendly solution based on STEP 7, the S7-PDIAG and S7-GRAPH engineering tools and the SIMATIC S7-300/-400 and WinAC control systems. The system supports all com-munication methods of the SIMATIC S7 Protocol Suite.

ProAgent offers the following benefits:

Z Precise and fast process fault diagnostics in plants and machines that are con-trolled and monitored with SIMATIC S7 and SIMATIC WinCC

Z A standardized diagnostics concept for various SIMATIC components

Z No additional configuration for diagnostics functionality

Z Reduces the PLC's memory requirements and program run times

In the event of a process fault, the SIMATIC ProAgent pro-cess fault diagnostics and the S7-PDIAG and S7-GRAPH engineering tools locate the fault, identify its cause and support its removal.

ProAgent

Z provides optimum support for plant/machine personnel in locating and correcting faults,

Z improves plant availability and

Z reduces downtimes.

A separate license is required for each installation. For further information about ProAgent, see page 4/53

S7-GRAPH

S7-PDIAG

SIMATIC WinCC and WinCC/ProAgent on Panel PCand Standard PC

Siemens ST 80 · 2002/20034/38

HMI Software



■ WinCC/User Archives

Fig. 4/16 Display of the archive data in table form or as an individual record basedon the User Archive Control used

With the WinCC/User Archive option, user archives can be employed, in which associat-ed data is stored in the form of data records. WinCC and its automation partners (e.g. a SIMATIC S7 PLC) can write to these records and, if neces-sary, exchange them with each other.

Users can, for example, enter parameter sets (for example the operating parameters of a machine) in WinCC, save them to the user archive and transmit them to the automa-tion level. Conversely, a PLC can continuously gather pro-duction parameters during a shift and send them to WinCC at the end of the shift.

Further applications are:

Z Acquisition of batch data

Z Specification of production parameters

Z Management of inventory data.

Using a special editor, WinCC user archives can be simply created and filled with data. Special ActiveX controls embedded in the Graphic Designer's object palette are provided for viewing user archive data at runtime.

Data records and fields from the user archives are linked to the process with direct tag linking.

Import and export functions support the import and export of data from and to external applications (for example Excel). User-definable filter criteria provide a clear view of data records. The view can be switched between spread-sheet and form.

WinCC provides functions for the user-defined organization of data storage in the user archives, which influence the archive, data records and fields, letting you create, open, close or reset archives and, for example, read, write or overwrite data records or field contents.

Sequential archives can record batch data, shift pro-duction or product quality data and fulfill statutory docu-mentation requirements by recording on a continuous basis.

Only servers (or single-user sys-tems) require individu-al licenses.

Siemens ST 80 · 2002/2003 4/39



■ WinCC/AdvancedUser Administrator

The Advanced User Adminis-trator is an optional software package with which all users can be managed centrally by WinCC.

This option features numerous security mechanisms, both for administrators and users. Users receive a unique user ID, user name and password, which are encrypted and saved to a central database. Functions such as changing the password, automatic log off after a preset time and blocking users after repeated incorrect entry of the pass-word guarantee maximum security.

To meet, in particular, the Food and Drug Administration (FDA) requirements for the pharmaceuticals and food processing industry, all user and administrator actions, such as logging in, logging out, password changes, in-correct password inputs, and creating and deleting users, are recorded with timestamp in a secure database. A log file in ASCII format can be generated for analysis.

The Advanced User Adminis-trator therefore fulfills the ac-cess protection requirements of CFR21 Part 11 and allows the creation of verifiable WinCC applications.

With the Advanced User Administrator, administrators can set up new users online across the whole system and for all applications and block existing users.

In a SIMATIC WinCC environ-ment, the Advanced User Administrator can be run in a variety of structures, such as single-user stations, client-server and multi-client archi-tectures. To further increase security, the Advanced User Administrator database can be installed on a separate file server.

All user dialogs are available in four languages (German, English, French and Swedish). The supplied documentation in Adobe Acrobat PDF format is available in German and English.

With the basic Advanced User Administrator pack-age, the database and one HMI station can be operated. A runtime license must be purchased for each additional HMI station.

Siemens ST 80 · 2002/20034/40

HMI Software



■ SIMATIC IT PDA/SIMATIC IT PPA

Fig. 4/17 SIMATIC IT PDA and SIMATIC WinCC used on a single-user system

Fig. 4/18 SIMATIC IT PDA/PPA used in connection with a WinCC single-user system

Fig. 4/19 SIMATIC IT PDA/PPA used in connection with a distributed server system with multi-clients

Siemens ST 80 · 2002/2003 4/41



■ SIMATIC IT PDA/SIMATIC IT PPA (continued)

Powerful archiving functions are a key element of high-performance SCADA sys-tems. The archive load is determined mainly by the measured values that are archived.

SIMATIC IT PDA (Process Data Archive)

The SIMATIC IT PDA option is a file-based archive which can process the measured values at a rate of up to 1,500 tags per second.

The SIMATIC IT PDA option contains the following func-tions:

Z Up to six adjustable scan cycles

Z Configurable archive sizes

Z Manual or automatic backup archive

Z Twin-band compression technology (absolute values and change rates)

Z Up to 1,500 archive vari-ables with individual, adjustable compression parameters

Z Online configuration

Z With an OPC browser, WinCC can load the mea-sured values to be archived

Z HDDx (Historical Data Dis-play), an ActiveX control for viewing trend curves and tables

Z Wizard-supported ActiveX control configuration

SIMATIC IT PPA (Plant Performance Analyzer)

With SIMATIC IT PPA, WinCC has a powerful Microsoft SQL server database with a user-friendly evaluation and analy-sis tool, which can process the measured values at a rate of up to 1,500 tags per sec-ond.

The SIMATIC IT PPA option contains the following func-tions:

Z Measured values can be read either periodically or event-controlled

Z Data buffers are defined ac-cording either to a timespan or to events (all data be-tween two events)

Z OPC HDA "Quality flag man-agement"

Z Wizard-supported ActiveX control configuration

Z The data in the PDA archive can be accessed directly

Z Implemented evaluation rules

Z Implemented compression functions (mean value, inte-gral, sum, etc.)

Z Up to 1,500 archive vari-ables

Z Identical HDD control for PDA and PPA archives

Z Databases with ODBC inter-faces can be integrated

Z HDDx (Historical Data Dis-play), an ActiveX control for viewing trend curves and tables

You can only install the SIMATIC IT PPA option if you have already installed the SIMATIC IT PDA option. With the evaluation and analysis function you can edit the mea-sured values from the PDA ar-chive (for example averaging and totaling) and save them in the Microsoft SQL server da-tabase. In addition to data from the PDA archive, you can also analyze and save data from other databases there.

The data interface to WinCC is provided by OPC. SIMATIC IT PDA/PPA can be used on a dedicated PC beside a WinCC single-user system, a client-server system and in a distributed server system with multi-clients. SIMATIC IT PDA can be run together with WinCC on the same PC.

SIMATIC IT HDD (Historical Data Display) is an applica-tion for viewing and visually analyzing archived measured values. It can show data from both the PDA archive and the Microsoft SQL server. On the SIMATIC IT PDA/PPA server, the HDD runs as a FAT client application, which can also be used for configuring the ar-chiving and compression functions. On the WinCC client, the HDD runs as a lean client application and in WinCC Runtime as ActiveX Control.

Siemens ST 80 · 2002/20034/42

HMI Software



■ SIMATIC IT WinBDE

Fig. 4/20 SIMATIC ProTool/Pro application example

With the SIMATIC WinBDE A&D machine data manage-ment system, the operator panel becomes the central human-machine interface, permitting comprehensive analyses to be carried out directly at the machine.

The result is transparency, quick responses to faults, increase in machine running times and availability verifica-tion for production machines and plants.

What’s new?

Current version:

Z SIMATIC IT WinBDE Workstation V7.0

Z SIMATIC IT WinBDE Supervisor V7.0

What's new in V7:

With its many new functions, version 7 of the SIMATIC IT WinBDE machine data man-agement system extends the product's range of machine data management applica-tions:

Z SIMATIC IT WinBDE can now also run under Windows 2000

Z Continuous monitoring of machine counters and com-ponent-type-specific counters directly from the PLC

Z With these counters, together with part type mas-ter data, you can now gener-ate completely new piece rates, quality and other sta-tistics on the basis of "good", "waste" and "rework" quanti-ties. Figures can be ana-lyzed for any desired time interval – from a single shift, to a day or even a year.

Z The existing availability and utilization analyses have been significantly expanded to include OEE figures, mak-ing the following, additional analyses possible: – OEE figure– Machine performance– Processing quality– Mean time between fail-

ures (MTBF)– Mean time to repair

(MTTR)

Z The expanded online cus-tomizing features permit user-friendly access to a multitude of parameters and filters which enable evalua-tions to be carried out with even more detail and cus-tomization.

For further information about SIMATIC IT WinBDE, see page 4/18.



SIMATIC S7-400 SIMATIC S7-300

Third-party controls

Siemens ST 80 · 2002/2003 4/43



■ WinCC/Messenger WinCC/Messenger supports both operator-controlled and automatic transmission of messages from WinCC with important information on the process. These messages can be received by any com-puter with e-mail access.

WinCC/Messenger consists of two packages, which can be installed separately:

Z a multimedia e-mail system

Z a freely distributable, li-cense-free Messenger View-er for receiving and viewing e-mail messages on any computer.

This provides users with a whole new range of options for monitoring and controlling processes:

Z Monitoring of operator sta-tions through event-con-trolled transmission of messages, process data and current process views by e-mail directly to remote monitoring and maintenance personnel

Z Paperless distribution of pro-cess data at freely config-urable intervals using predefined distribution lists

Z Information exchange be-tween on-site operating per-sonnel and service engineers

The Messenger functionality is implemented with ActiveX controls, which are easy to

integrate in the SIMATIC WinCC process pictures and connect to WinCC process signals. Depending on the situation, for example trig-gered by alarm states, e-mails can be sent during process operation. If required, these e-mails can also be converted to SMS and pager messages, as all pag-ers can be reached through an e-mail address.

Each operator terminal must have a license before you send E-mail from it. You do not need a license for receiving e-mail, however.

Fig. 4/21 Forwarding information on faults with e-mail

Siemens ST 80 · 2002/20034/44

HMI Software



■ WinCC/Guardian

Fig. 4/22 Process visualization with WinCC/Guardian

WinCC/Guardian enables

Z integration of live camera images in WinCC pictures

Z video monitoring

Z storage of video sequences in a database

WinCC/Guardian speeds up decision processes, as the event-controlled display of live video images makes even complex processes easier to comprehend, thus increasing transparency. Together with WinCC/Web Navigator, re-cordings can be made avail-able for worldwide access through the Internet or an Intranet.

Single User/Network Edition

WinCC/Guardian is available as:

Z Guardian Single User EditionThis contains a video data management system with in-tegral monitoring functional-ity. Integration of this functionality in WinCC pic-tures is achieved using the supplied ActiveX controls.

Z Guardian Network EditionAlso supports video data streaming to up to 15 further stations in the network. The video images can be viewed on the destination client (i.e. a WinCC station or a Web Navigator client) with a freely distributable, license-free camera viewer.

Video monitoring with data-base

In addition to live video imag-es from multiple cameras, which are either installed lo-cally or on other computers, WinCC/Guardian features an event-controlled video moni-toring functionality with an in-tegrated database. Video images can be viewed within process diagrams and re-sponses to specific events (for example motion or color inversions) defined. When a defined event occurs, WinCC is notified and can generate messages or trigger actions. Processes can also be re-corded automatically in a database. The archived video

sequences can then be re-trieved for analysis at any time.

To use a local camera, you need only a video card that is compatible with Video for Windows; to stream videos to other stations, we currently recommend the following two video cards 1):

Z Osprey 100www.osprey.com

Z Winnov Videum AVwww.winnov.com

As streaming transmits both video and audio signals, we recommend using the Winnov Videum AV card as a sound card which is already built into the video board.

1) Video cards are not included the scope of supply.

You only need a license for the server (or a single-user sys-tem).

Camera viewer with camera viewer

with WinCC/Guardian

Internet/Intranet

Internet/Intranet

LAN LAN

Video database

1) Client, multiclient, server, single-user system

max.15 stations

Siemens ST 80 · 2002/2003 4/45



■ WinCC/Basic Process Control

Fig. 4/23 The Split Screen Wizard splits the screen into three areas: Overview area, workspace and keyset area

WinCC/Basic Process Control contains the WinCC basic data and functional expan-sions that make a WinCC station ready for process control tasks with minimum engineering effort and cost.

Basic Process Control con-tains the following additional configuration options:

Z Basic data for an efficient screen divi-sion in overview, workspace and keyset areas

Z Split Screen Wizard for setting the screen resolu-tion and multichannel opera-tion

Z Picture Tree Managerfor graphical configuration of a process picture hierarchy

Z Alarm Logging Wizard for simple parameterization of message windows with pages for new, old and de-leted messages, listings with operator input, I&C system and history list and connec-tion for an audible signal device

Z 3D bar graphs and group displays as additional smart objects

Powerful functions are avail-able at runtime:

Z Scrolling through the picture hierarchy

Z Saving/recalling user-specif-ic screen compositions

Z Selection of process pic-tures and measuring points by name

Z Online composition of trend curves

Z Group displays for operator prompting in the picture hierarchy

Z Life sign monitoring for pro-cess links to plant configura-tion screen and automatic I&C system messages

Z Control of external sensors

Z Time synchronization (setting of PC clock by DCF77 or GPS; distribution through PROFIBUS or Industrial Ethernet)

The licenses for WinCC/Basic Process Control must be in-stalled on all operator stations and servers.

Siemens ST 80 · 2002/20034/46

HMI Software



■ WinCC/Storage Powerful archiving functions for process values, messages and reports are already in-cluded in the WinCC basic system. The WinCC/Storage option also supports long-term data acquisition.

Storage also offers the follow-ing functions:

Z Time-controlled export of process values, messages and reports to external, Win-dows-supported archiving media

Z Reading saved data and se-lectively analyzing it with WinCC tools (e.g. message or trend windows)

Z Management of exported data by log book

In addition, Storage offers the option to export data in CSV format to make it available for further processing.

A WinCC/Storage li-cense is only required for a single-user system or a server. Clients accessing the managed data do not require a license.

■ WinCC/IndustrialX

Even with just the basic func-tions, SIMATIC WinCC offers user-friendly configuration. The WinCC/IndustrialX® op-tion further simplifies the solu-tion of a visualization task through the standardization of customized objects.

A separate display object is no longer required for each motor, pump, valve, etc.; in-stead, objects, functions and displays of the same type are standardized. This makes configurations more cost-ef-fective.

Features

Z Easy creation of user-de-fined standard displays us-ing configuration wizards

Z Central creation and modifi-cation of object displays of the same type (standardiza-tion)

Z Visualization and logical pro-cessing

Z Data structures supply ob-jects

Z Integration in WinCC through structure names

Z Use of ActiveX technology for process visualization (al-so for Web Navigator)

Z Creation using Visual Basic

Z Use in other Windows appli-cations (e.g. Internet Explor-er or Excel)

IndustrialX controls allow flex-ible customization to the re-quirements of a wide range of applications, e.g. applications in the chemical glass or paper manufacturing industries.

You must purchase a WinCC/IndustrialX license for each development station.

Siemens ST 80 · 2002/2003 4/47



■ WinCC/ODK (Open Development Kit)

With WinCC/ODK you can considerably expand the functionality for an industry-specific application. The WinCC Open Development Kit ODK option package describes open programming interfaces that enable access to data and functions of the WinCC configuration and WinCC runtime systems. The interfaces are designed as C application program-ming interfaces (C-APIs).

The API functions are configu-ration and runtime functions, and include:

Z MSRTCreateMsg: Creates a message

Z DMGetValue: Gets the value of a variable

Z PDLRTSetProp: Sets the object properties in a view

Z DBExport: Exports the data-base table

They can be used in the fol-lowing places:

Z within WinCC, for example in global scripts or as part of C actions in the Graphics Designer,

Z in Windows applications in the programming language C (the current version of Mi-crosoft Visual C++ is neces-sary as a development environment for WinCC).

Included in delivery with WinCC/ODK are a CD-ROM with exam-ples and a voucher for a one-day intensive course.

■ WinCC/Comprehensive Support

WinCC/Comprehensive Support is an optional com-prehensive support package that helps to reduce configu-ration times and provides cost-effective solutions to problems.

The overall package includes:

Z All current WinCC updates/upgrades

Z A continuously updated WinCC Knowledge Base CD in German and English – Tips and Tricks – FAQs – WinCC scripts – Video demonstrations– Application articles and

more

Z WinCC Comprehensive Support offers access to its special, password-protect-ed Internet pages contain-ing the latest information as well as the current WinCC Knowledge Base.

Initially, users receive a com-plete package. Replacement deliveries are then sent up to three times a year with the updates.

4/48 Siemens ST 80 · 2002/2003

HMI Software

SIMATIC WinCC


■ Ordering data Licenses for a multi-user configuration

The system software with the required number of variables should be installed on the server and on the WinCC/server. For clients, an RT 128 license is sufficient for the ba-sic model. To configure from clients, an RC 128 license is also required.

PowerTags

SIMATIC WinCC is available as a complete package and as a runtime package with 128, 256, 1024 and 64 k Pow-erTags.The term PowerTag refers solely to process variables that have a process connec-tion to the PLC.

Up to 32 messages can be derived from a single process variable. Furthermore, internal variables without process in-terfaces are available as an additional system feature.

Please note that the usable number of process variables may be severely reduced when using third-party prod-ucts, e.g. when using local variables and messages.


} ex warehouse.




http://www.siemens.com/wincc

SIMATIC WinCC System Software V4.02 with SP3

Runtime packages on CD-ROM Language versions: Ger., Eng., Fr., It., Sp.with license for• 128 PowerTags (RT 128) } 6AV6 381-1BC04-0EX0• 256 PowerTags (RT 256) } 6AV6 381-1BD04-0EX0• 1024 PowerTags (RT 1024) } 6AV6 381-1BE04-0EX0• 64k PowerTags (RT Max) } 6AV6 381-1BF04-0EX0

Complete packages on CD-ROMLanguage versions: Ger., Eng., Fr., It., Sp.with license for• 128 PowerTags (RC 128) } 6AV6 381-1BM04-0EX0• 256 PowerTags (RC 256) } 6AV6 381-1BN04-0EX0• 1024 PowerTags (RC 1024) } 6AV6 381-1BP04-0EX0• 64k PowerTags (RC Max) } 6AV6 381-1BQ04-0EX0

Versions for China/Taiwan/Korea (WinCC V4.02 with SP1)

Runtime packages on CD-ROM A)

with license for• 128 PowerTags (RT 128) } 6AV6 381-1BC04-0CV0• 256 PowerTags (RT 256) } 6AV6 381-1BD04-0CV0• 1024 PowerTags (RT 1024) } 6AV6 381-1BE04-0CV0• 64k PowerTags (RT Max) } 6AV6 381-1BF04-0CV0

Complete packages on CD-ROM A)

with license for• 128 PowerTags (RC 128) } 6AV6 381-1BM04-0CV0• 256 PowerTags (RC 256) } 6AV6 381-1BN04-0CV0• 1024 PowerTags (RC 1024) } 6AV6 381-1BP04-0CV0• 64k PowerTags (RC Max) } 6AV6 381-1BQ04-0CV0

SIMATIC WinCC system software V5.1

Runtime packages on CD-ROM Language versions: Ger., Eng., Fr., It., Sp.with license for• 128 PowerTags (RT 128) } 6AV6 381-1BC05-1AX0• 256 PowerTags (RT 256) } 6AV6 381-1BD05-1AX0• 1024 PowerTags (RT 1024) } 6AV6 381-1BE05-1AX0• 64k PowerTags (RT Max) } 6AV6 381-1BF05-1AX0


Language versions: Ger., Eng., Fr., It., Sp.with license for• 128 PowerTags (RC 128) } 6AV6 381-1BM05-1AX0• 256 PowerTags (RC 256) } 6AV6 381-1BN05-1AX0• 1024 PowerTags (RC 1024) } 6AV6 381-1BP05-1AX0• 64k PowerTags (RC Max) } 6AV6 381-1BQ05-1AX0

Version for China, Taiwan, Korea and Japan: (WinCC V5.1)

Runtime packages on CD-ROM A)

with license for• 128 PowerTags (RT 128) } 6AV6 381-1BC05-1AV0• 256 PowerTags (RT 256) } 6AV6 381-1BD05-1AV0• 1024 PowerTags (RT 1024) } 6AV6 381-1BE05-1AV0• 64k PowerTags (RT Max) } 6AV6 381-1BF05-1AV0


with license for• 128 PowerTags (RC 128) } 6AV6 381-1BM05-1AV0• 256 PowerTags (RC 256) } 6AV6 381-1BN05-1AV0• 1024 PowerTags (RC 1024) } 6AV6 381-1BP05-1AV0• 64k PowerTags (RC Max) } 6AV6 381-1BQ05-1AV0


Siemens ST 80 · 2002/2003 4/49


SIMATIC WinCC


} ex warehouse.

1) Comprehensive Support runs for one year. The agreement is automatically extended by one year unless cancelation is received no later than 12 weeks prior to expiration.

2) According to the license, you must order one upgrade or one Comprehensive Support package for each WinCC station.


SIMATIC WinCC Powerpack

For upgrading the maximum number of PowerTags of RT or RC system software packagesand stations

WinCC V4.02 for upgrading Runtime packages A)

• 128 to 256 PowerTags } 6AV6 371-1BD00-0BX6• 128 to 1024 PowerTags } 6AV6 371-1BE00-0BX6• 128 to 64k PowerTags } 6AV6 371-1BF00-0BX6• 256 to 1024 PowerTags } 6AV6 371-1BG00-0BX6• 256 to 64k PowerTags } 6AV6 371-1BH00-0BX6• 1024 to 64k PowerTags } 6AV6 371-1BJ00-0BX6Complete packages A)

• 128 to 256 PowerTags } 6AV6 371-1BD10-0BX6• 128 to 1024 PowerTags } 6AV6 371-1BE10-0BX6• 128 to 64k PowerTags } 6AV6 371-1BF10-0BX6• 256 to 1024 PowerTags } 6AV6 371-1BG10-0BX6• 256 to 64k PowerTags } 6AV6 371-1BH10-0BX6• 1024 to 64k PowerTags } 6AV6 371-1BJ10-0BX6

WinCC V5.1 for upgrading runtime packages A)

• 128 to 256 PowerTags } 6AV6 371-1BD05-0AX0• 128 to 1024 PowerTags } 6AV6 371-1BE05-0AX0• 128 to 64k PowerTags } 6AV6 371-1BF05-0AX0• 256 to 1024 PowerTags } 6AV6 371-1BG05-0AX0• 256 to 64k PowerTags } 6AV6 371-1BH05-0AX0• 1024 to 64k PowerTags } 6AV6 371-1BJ05-0AX0complete packages A)

• 128 to 256 PowerTags } 6AV6 371-1BD15-0AX0• 128 to 1024 PowerTags } 6AV6 371-1BE15-0AX0• 128 to 64k PowerTags } 6AV6 371-1BF15-0AX0• 256 to 1024 PowerTags } 6AV6 371-1BG15-0AX0• 256 to 64k PowerTags } 6AV6 371-1BH15-0AX0• 1024 to 64k PowerTags } 6AV6 371-1BJ15-0AX0

SIMATIC WinCC Upgrade/Comprehensive Support 2)

SIMATIC WinCC Upgrade A)

for upgrading RT and RC software packages or stations to the latest version• V3.x to V4.02 with SP3 } 6AV6 381-1AA04-0EX4• V4 to V5.1 } 6AV6 381-1AA05-1AX4• V5.x to V5.1 } 6AV6 381-1AA05-1AX3

WinCC/ComprehensiveSupport 1) A)

contains• Current updates/upgrades

for WinCC basic software and options

• WinCC Knowledge Base CD

6AV6 381-1AA00-0AX5


SIMATIC WinCC documentation (to be ordered separately)

SIMATIC WinCCBasic Documentation V4.0in a Drawer Boxcontains: WinCC Manual (3 volumes) and software protection description• German } 6AV6 392-1XA04-0AA0• English } 6AV6 392-1XA04-0AB0• French } 6AV6 392-1XA04-0AC0

SIMATIC WinCCConfiguration Manual V4.02contains: Configuration Operation Manual and CD with examples, Getting Started• German } 6AV6 392-1CA04-0BA0• English } 6AV6 392-1CA04-0BB0• French } 6AV6 392-1CA04-0BC0

SIMATIC WinCCBasic Documentation V5in a Drawer Boxcontains: WinCC Manual and software protection description• German } 6AV6 392-1XA05-0AA0• English } 6AV6 392-1XA05-0AB0• French } 6AV6 392-1XA05-0AC0

SIMATIC WinCCConfiguration & Communica-tion Manuals V5contains: Configuration Operation Manual and CD with examples, Communication Manual - Getting Started• German } 6AV6 392-1CA05-0AA0• English } 6AV6 392-1CA05-0AB0• French } 6AV6 392-1CA05-0AC0

WinCC Options V5 Manualcontains: User Archives, Client Server,Redundancy• German } 6AV6 392-1DA05-0AA0• English } 6AV6 392-1DA05-0AB0• French } 6AV6 392-1DA05-0AC0

WinCC manual Web Navigator V1.1with Getting Started• German } 6AV6 392-1DC01-1AA0• English } 6AV6 392-1DC01-1AB0• French } 6AV6 392-1DC01-1AC0


Siemens ST 80 · 2002/20034/50

HMI Software

SIMATIC WinCC



} ex warehouse.

A) Subject to export regulations AL: N and ECCN: 5D992B2.B) Subject to export provisions AL: N and ECCN: EAR99.C) Subject to export provisions AL: N and ECCN: 7A994.


Modular function expansions for all areas of the core system (e.g. archiving, graphics system, communication, user prompting)

WinCC V4.02• WinCC/User Archives 2) A) } 6AV6 371-1CB04-0AX7• WinCC/Server 2) A) } 6AV6 371-1CA04-0AX6• WinCC/CDK 3) 4) A) 6AV6 371-1EE04-0AX0• WinCC/ODK 3) 4) A) 6AV6 371-1CC04-0AX0• ODK upgrade package A)

(from ODK V3 to ODK V4)6AV6 371-1CC04-0AX4

• WinCC/Redundancy A) } 6AV6 371-1EF04-0AX6• WinCC/ProAgent A) } 6AV6 371-1DG04-5BX0• WinCC/Messenger&Guardian A) 6AV6 371-1EJ04-0AX0• WinCC/Basic Process

Control 2)} 6ES7 652-0XX01-2YA0

• WinCC/Advanced Process Control 2)

} 6ES7 652-0XX01-2YB0

• WinCC/Storage } 6ES7 652-0XX01-2YC0

WinCC V5.1• WinCC/User Archives A) } 6AV6 371-1CB05-0AX0• WinCC/Server A) } 6AV6 371-1CA05-0AX0• WinCC/CDK 3) 4) A) 6AV6 371-1EE05-0AX0• WinCC/ODK V5 SP1 3) 4) A) 6AV6 371-1CC05-0AX0• ODK upgrade package A)

(from ODK V4 to ODK V5 SP1)6AV6 371-1CC05-0AX4

• ODK update package 6) A)

(from ODK V5 to ODK V5 SP1)• WinCC/Redundancy A) } 6AV6 371-1CF05-0AX0• WinCC/ProAgent V5.6 A) } 6AV6 371-1DG05-6AX0• WinCC/ProAgent

Upgrade to V5.6 A)6AV6 371-1DG05-6AX4

• WinCC/Messenger V2.0+SP15)A) 6AV6 371-1EJ05-0DX0• WinCC/Guardian Single User

Edition V2.0 SP1 5) A)6AV6 371-1EJ05-0EX0

• WinCC/Guardian Network Edition V2.0 SP1 5) A)

6AV6 371-1EJ05-0FX0

• WinCC/IndustrialX A) 6AV6 371-1EL15-0AX0• WinCC/IndustrialX

Upgrade V1 to V1.1 A)6AV6 371-1EL15-0AX4

• WinCC/Basic Process Control V5.2

} 6ES7 652-0XX05-2YA0

• WinCC/Storage V5.2 } 6ES7 652-0XX05-2YC0

• WinCC/Web Navigator A)

– Basic pack (3 client licenses) } 6AV6 371-1DH05-1AX0– 10-client license } 6AV6 371-1DH05-1BX0– 25-client license } 6AV6 371-1DH05-1CX0 11050.00– 50-client license } 6AV6 371-1DH05-1DX0 20250.00

• WinCC/Web Navigator Powerpacks A)

– from 3 to 10 clients } 6AV6 371-1DH05-0AB0– from 3 to 25 clients } 6AV6 371-1DH05-0AC0– from 3 to 50 clients } 6AV6 371-1DH05-0AD0 16900.00– from 10 to 25 clients } 6AV6 371-1DH05-0BC0– from 10 to 50 clients } 6AV6 371-1DH05-0BD0 14100.00– from 25 to 50 clients } 6AV6 371-1DH05-0CD0

• WinCC/Web Navigator A)

– Diagnostics Client } 6AV6 371-1DH05-1EX0– Diagnostics Server } 6AV6 371-1DH05-1FX0

■ Ordering data Order No. Preis €

1) Only runs with the Basic Process Control option.2) Only for Windows NT.3) Incl. 1 day support; additional 15 h telephone support for CDK.4) Separate products – no license required.5) Available soon.6) Download from the Internet at

http://www.ad.siemens.de/simatic-cs;Product Support; premium ID: 6944475.

New WinCC options from WinCC V5.1

• WinCC/Advanced User Administrator B)

Advanced user administration for SIMATIC WinCC V4.02 and V5.1– Engineering license for

one project including a runtime license for one operator station,electronic documentationin German and English on CD-ROM

6DL5 401-8AX00-0XX0

– Runtime licensefor one operator station

6DL5 401-8AX00-0XX1

• SIMATIC IT PDA A)

– SIMATIC IT PDA V4.2 (Process Data Archive) including one fat client

6BQ3 073-2NA10-0AA0

– Expansion with 5 PDA lean clients

6BQ3 073-2NA20-0AA0

• SIMATIC IT PPA A)

– SIMATIC IT PPA V4.2(Process Performance Analyzer) including one fat client

6BQ3 073-2NA30-0AA0

– Expansion to 5 PPA lean clients

6BQ3 073-2NA40-0AA0

• SIMATIC IT WinBDEmachine data management– Workstation

License for connection of:• 1 machine/unit 6BQ3 090-2AB10-0BA0• 8 machines/units 6BQ3 090-2AB20-0BA0• 32 machines/units 6BQ3 090-2AB30-0BA0

– SupervisorLicense for connection of:• 64 machines/units 6BQ3 090-2AB80-0BA0

Contents of WinBDE single licenses on CD-ROM:• Standard configuration• Online customization• User interfaces in

languages Ger., Eng., Fr., Sp. and It.

• Electronic documen-tation in Ger. and Eng.

Hardware for SIMATIC WinCC instrumentation and control options

DCF77 receiverfor time synchronization• DCF77 (Europe) 2XV9 450-1AR14• GPS (worldwide) C) 2XV9 450-1AR13

Multi-VGA 1) • 2 screens } 6ES7 652-0XX02-1XE0• 4 screens } 6ES7 652-0XX02-1XE1

Chipcard Reader } 6ES7 652-0XX01-1XC0

Chipcard for Chipcard Reader(packs of 10 pcs)

} 6ES7 652-0XX05-1XD1

For further information on instrumentation and control options, see Catalog ST PCS 7


4/51Siemens ST 80 · 2002/2003


SIMATIC WinCC

■ Ordering data Order No. Order No.

} ex warehouse.

A) Subject to export provisions AL: N and ECCN: 5D992B2.B) Subject to export provisions AL: N and ECCN: 5D002ENC3.

1) Under Windows NT 4.0 only� through any interface board with NDIS 3.0 interface� no separate communications software required.

Communication components for PGs/PCs to SIMATIC

SIMATIC channel DLL for communication through Industrial Ethernet

SIMATIC S5 Ethernet TF Included in basic package

SIMATIC S5 Ethernet Layer 4 Included in basic package

SIMATIC S5 PMC Ethernet Layer 4A)

• WinCC V4.02 6AV6 371-1CD04-0PX6• WinCC V5.1 6AV6 371-1CD05-0PX0

The following software packages are required in addition to S5-PMC:• PMC/LS-B Message Functions } 6ES5 848-7WL01• PMC/LS-B Status,

Standard Diagrams V4.3 or higher

} 6ES5 848-7UL01

• Parameterization software PMC PRO V2.2 or higherGerman } 6ES5 886-4WF11English 6ES5 886-4WF21

SIMATIC S7 Protocol Suite Included in basic package

SIMATIC 505 Ethernet Layer 4 Included in basic package

SIMATIC 505 TCP/IP 1) Included in basic package

SIMATIC channel DLL for communication through PROFIBUS

SIMATIC S5 PROFIBUS-FDL Included in basic package

SIMATIC S5 PMC PROFIBUS A)

• WinCC V4.02 6AV6 371-1CD04-0NX6• WinCC V5.1 6AV6 371-1CD05-0NX0

The following software packages are required in addition to S5-PMC:• PMC/LS-B Message Functions } 6ES5 848-7WL01• PMC/LS-B Status,

Standard Diagrams V4.3 or higher

} 6ES5 848-7UL01

• Parametrization software PMC PRO V2.2 or higherGerman } 6ES5 886-4WF11English 6ES5 886-4WF21

SIMATIC S7 Protocol Suite Included in basic package

PROFIBUS DP Included in basic package

FMS A)

• WinCC V4.02 } 6AV6 371-1CD04-0CX6• WinCC V5.1 } 6AV6 371-1CD05-0CX0 550.00

Communications components to supplement the OS/OP(Industrial Ethernet)

CP 1612PCIA card for connecting PG/PCs to Industrial Ethernet (SOFTNET-S7 to be ordered separately)

} 6GK1 161-2AA00

CP 1512PCMCIA card (32 bit Cardbus) for connecting PGs/PCs to Industrial Ethernet (SOFTNET-S7 to be ordered separately)

} 6GK1 151-2AA00

SOFTNET-S7 B)

Communications softwarefor S7 functions

} 6GK1 704-1CW60-3AA0

• for Windows NT 4.0/2000 Pro

CP 1613 PCI card for connecting to Industrial Ethernet (communications software to be ordered separately)

} 6GK1 161-3AA00

S7-1613 B) Communications software for S7 functions and S5/505 Layer 4 communication with TCP/IP

} 6GK1 716-1CB60-3AA0

• for Windows NT 4.0/2000 Pro/Server

TF-1613 B) Communications software for TF functions and S5/505 Layer 4 communication with TCP/IP

} 6GK1 716-1TB60-3AA0

• for Windows NT 4.0/2000 Pro/Server

Communications components to supplement the OS/OP(PROFIBUS)

CP 5611PCI card for connecting PG/PCs to PROFIBUS or MPI (communications software included in WinCC basic package)

} 6GK1 561-1AA00

CP 5511PCMCIA card for connecting to PROFIBUS or MPI (communications software con-tained in WinCC basic package)

} 6GK1 551-1AA00

PC adapter RS 2329-pin, male; with RS 232/MPI con-verter; up to 19.2 kbit/s

} 6ES7 972-0CA23-0XA0

CP 5613 B)

PCI card for connecting to PROFIBUS(communications softwareto be ordered separately)

} 6GK1 561-3AA00

S7-5613 B)

Communications softwarefor S7 and FDL• for Windows NT 4.0/2000 Pro/

Server} 6GK1 713-5CB60-3AA0

DP-5613 B)

Communications software for DP master and FDL• for Windows NT 4.0/2000 Pro/

Server} 6GK1 713-5DB60-3AA0

FMS-5613 B)

Communications softwarefor PROFIBUS FMS and FDL• for Windows NT 4.0/2000 Pro/

Server} 6GK1 713-5FB60-3AA0


Communications components

4/52 Siemens ST 80 · 2002/2003

HMI Software

SIMATIC WinCC



} ex warehouse.


Order No.

SIMATIC WinCC Communication/Connectivity

Communications components for PG/PCs under Windows 95 orWindows NT 4.0 to third-party PLCs

WinCC V4.02• WinCC/Applicom

Multi Protocol Interface A)6AV6 371-1CD04-0AX6

• WinCC/Allen Bradley Serial DF1 A)

6AV6 371-1CD04-0BX6

• WinCC/Allen BradleyDH/DH+/DH485 A)

6AV6 371-1CD04-0GX6

• WinCC/GE Fanuc SNP/SNPX A) 6AV6 371-1CD04-0EX6• WinCC/Modbus Serial A) 6AV6 371-1CD04-0DX6• WinCC/Modbus Protocol Suite A) 6AV6 371-1CD04-0JX6• WinCC/Mitsubishi MELSEC FX A) 6AV6 371-1CD04-0RX6

WinCC V5.1• WinCC/Applicom

Multi Protocol Interface A)6AV6 371-1CD05-0AX0

• WinCC/Allen Bradley Serial DF1 A)

6AV6 371-1CD05-0BX0

• WinCC/Allen BradleyDH/DH+/DH485 A)

6AV6 371-1CD05-0GX0

• WinCC/GE Fanuc SNP/SNPX A) 6AV6 371-1CD05-0EX0• WinCC/Modbus Serial A) 6AV6 371-1CD05-0DX0• WinCC/Modbus Protocol Suite A) 6AV6 371-1CD05-0JX0• WinCC/Mitsubishi MELSEC FX A) 6AV6 371-1CD05-0RX0

SIMATIC WinCC Communication/Connectivity

Communication components for PG/PCs to SIMATIC

SIMATIC channel DLLfor serial communication• SIMATIC S5 Serial 3964R Included in basic package• SIMATIC S5 Programmer

Port AS511Included in basic package

• SIMATIC 505 Serial Included in basic package

SIMATIC Channel DLLfor cross-platform communica-tion• WinCC DDE Included in basic package• WinCC OPC Included in basic package• WinCC OPC Server Included in basic package

Communications components for PG/PCs under Windows 95/Windows NT 4.0 to Siemens systems and devices

• WinCC/Teleperm M On request• WinCC/SIPART A) 6DR1 127-1AA00• WinCC/SIMADYN-PMC-

EthernetIn addition, the following soft-ware packages are required:PROBI V2.10 On requestSIMADYN-D PMC blocks On requestSIMADYN-D Struc-Paket G/L 4.2 configuration software

On request


Siemens ST 80 · 2002/2003 4/53

HMI SoftwareProcess Diagnostics Software

SIMATIC ProAgent

■ Overview • Precise and rapid process fault diagnostics in plants and machines for SIMATIC S7 and SIMATIC HMI

• A standardized diagnostics concept for various SIMATIC components

• No further configuration for diagnostics functionality

• Reduces PLC memory and processor usage

Fig. 4/24 Process fault diagnostics with ProTool and the STEP 7 engineering tools

Fig. 4/25 Process fault diagnostics with WinCC, ProAgent and the STEP 7 engineering tools

S7-GRAPH

S7-HiGraph

S7-PDIAG

SIMATIC Panels, PC-based systemsand ProAgent

S7-GRAPH

S7-PDIAG

SIMATIC WinCC and WinCC/ProAgent on Panel PCand Standard PC

Siemens ST 80 · 2002/20034/54

HMI Software

SIMATIC ProAgent


■ Area of application In the event of a process fault, the process fault diagnostics function gathers information about the location and cause of a fault and to support cor-rection of the fault.

ProAgent

Z provides optimum support for plant/machine personnel in locating and correcting faults,

Z improves plant availability and

Z reduces downtimes.

ProAgent provides a solution which is tailored to SIMATIC S7-300, S7-400 and WinAC. It can be used in combination with the S7-PDIAG, S7-GRAPH and S7-HiGraph1) engineering tools for STEP 7.

The optional ProAgent pack-age contains standard dia-grams that are geared to the requirements of the STEP 7 engineering tools. At runtime, these are updated with pro-cess-specific data. ProAgent supports the simultaneous diagnosis of the control pro-grams of a range of STEP 7 engineering tools.

Key features

Z Standard user interface

Z Supports context-sensitive initiation of diagnostics based on process error message

Z No special know-how re-quired due to intuitive dis-play of the cause of the fault

Z Output of the operands with symbolic code and com-ment

Z The display mode can be set to suit personal preferences by switching between the LAD, STL and signal list

Z Universal system solution; optimum interaction of STEP 7, STEP 7 engineering tools, the ProTool configuring soft-ware and the WinCC operat-ing and monitoring system

Z Automatic generation of the diagnostic-relevant compo-nents for controllers and HMI

Z No duplicated input of data

Z Automatically generated screen contents for the diag-nostics and control of the plant/machine

Z Direct process access using the motion diagram, which also supports fault correc-tion

Z Output of the incorrect oper-and directly in the message, complete with address, symbol and comment1)

Z Consistency verification with RT: inconsistent diagnostics units are marked with icons, allowing a fast fault location within the configured data during the commissioning phase

Z Direct, context-sensitive switching to the diagnostics pictures for each unit through the use of ProAgent functions

Z Fully automatic, context-sensitive switching to STEP 7 (LAD/STL/CSF editor, S7-GRAPH, HW-KONFIG (on system fault messag-es)), supported 2)

Z S7-GRAPH OCX for graphic representation of sequenc-ers (overview representa-tion) 3)

1) Only in combination with TP 270/OP 270, MP 270/MP 370 and ProTool/Pro RT

2) From WinCC/ProAgent 5.53) In combination with WinCC/

ProAgent V5.6 and S7-GRAPH V5.1 (OCX is supplied with S7-GRAPH 5.1)

■ Functions Standard user interface

The ProAgent option package contains standard diagrams that are geared to the require-ments of the S7-HiGraph1), S7-GRAPH and S7-PDIAG engineering tools of STEP 7. At runtime, these standard diagrams are updated with process-specific data. The standard diagrams supplied by ProAgent can be easily adapted to customer require-ments, such as a specific background color or a corpo-rate header.

1) Process diagnostics with S7-HiGraph only with TP 270/OP 270, MP 270/MP 370 and ProTool/Pro RT

The standard diagrams from ProAgent:

Z Message diagram

Z Unit overview diagram

Z Diagnostic detail diagram

Z Motion diagram

Z Sequencer operating dia-gram

The displayed diagram con-tents refer to the previously selected units or messages. This enables the calling up of a context-sensitive diagnos-tics diagram, depending on the message or selected technological unit.

4/55Siemens ST 80 · 2002/2003


SIMATIC ProAgent

■ Functions(continued)

Message diagram

All pending process mes-sages are displayed in the message diagram. Using a selected message in the mes-sage diagram, you can make a context-sensitive jump to other diagnostics diagrams. The incorrect operand is now indicated directly by the mes-sage, allowing the operating

personnel to respond immedi-ately to a fault without having to take further steps at the HMI device. This function is available with ProTool on the Windows-based devices (TP 270/OP 270, MP 270/MP 370 and ProTool/Pro RT). With WinCC/ProAgent, this function will be available soon.

Fig. 4/26

Fig. 4/27

Unit overview diagram

The unit overview diagram sets out all technological units and their subunits (plant/ma-chine parts) in the form of a ta-ble. In this diagram, users can, for example, identify the control mode or the status of the unit. The control mode can be changed over by the user.

Faulty units are marked with an attribute. The diagnostic detail diagram or motion dia-gram is called up depending on the currently selected unit.

Diagnostic detail diagram

The diagnostic detail diagram shows the incorrect operand at the time at which the pro-cess fault occurred. Current status information can also be displayed optionally. The result of the diagnostics is displayed either in the ladder diagram (LAD), the statement list (STL) or a signal list. The operands are output for each display format with symbols and comments from the S7 symbol table.

Only the operands responsi-ble for causing the fault are displayed and marked with a highlighting attribute. You can also select a view in which the current status of all operands in the PLC are retrieved.

4/56 Siemens ST 80 · 2002/2003

HMI Software

SIMATIC ProAgent


■ Functions(continued)

Fig. 4/28

Fig. 4/29

Motion diagram

The motion diagram supports fault correction. Each motion line contains a comment line, which describes the move-ment (e.g. X-axis), two actions for executing the movement, feedback through actuation of a movement and information about the end positions reached (up to 16).

The motion itself is controlled with the softkeys at the side of the SIMATIC panels. For time-critical movement, the motion can be controlled directly through PLC inputs (24 V direct control keys, DP direct control keys through PROFIBUS, depending on the target hardware capability).

Sequencer operating diagram

The sequencer operating dia-gram provides support for controlling sequencers. Like Status/Control in S7-GRAPH, it makes functions available such as initializing and ac-knowledging sequencers, activating, deactivating and incrementing single steps and selecting control modes.

The steps are output as a list together with the number and name of each step. Active and faulty steps are marked with attributes to provide the oper-ating personnel with a clear overview of the current status of the sequencer.

Siemens ST 80 · 2002/2003 4/57


SIMATIC ProAgent


Type ProAgent for OP ProAgent/MP ProAgent/PC WinCC/ProAgent

Interfaces

• Can be used in conjunction with the following automation equipment:

SIMATIC S7: S7-300/S7-400

SIMATIC S7: S7-300/S7-400

SIMATIC S7: S7-300/S7-400, WinAC

SIMATIC S7: S7-300/S7-400, WinAC

• Types of interface SIMATIC S7 Protocol Suite: MPI, PROFIBUS DP

SIMATIC S7 Protocol Suite: MPI, PROFIBUS DP

SIMATIC S7 Protocol Suite: MPI, PROFIBUS DP

SIMATIC S7 Protocol Suite: MPI, PROFIBUS DP, Industrial Ethernet, TCP/IP

Displays

Standard diagrams for:• Device/resolution

in pixels/presentation

OP27/320 x 240/ monochrome OP27/320 x 240/ color OP37/640 x 480/ color TP27-6/320 x 240/ monochrome TP27-6/320 x 240/ color TP27-10/640 x 480/ color TP37/640 x 480/ color C7-626/320 x 240/ monochrome

TP 270/OP 270, 6" MP 270, 10" keys/touchMP 370, keys/touch

PC/1024 x 768PC/800 x 600 Panel PC 670/870 15”/1024 x 768, keys/touchPanel PC 670/870 12”/800 x 600, keys/touchPanel PC 670, 10”/640 x 480Panel PC IL70 12"/15" touchFI45/1024 x 768

PC/1024 x 768PC/800 x 600 Panel PC 670/870 15"/1024 x 768, keys/touchPanel PC 670/870 12"/800 x 600, keys/touchPanel PC IL70 12"/15" touch (available soon)FI45/1024 x 768

No. of languages for online language selection

3 Ger./Eng./Fr. 3 Ger./Eng./Fr. 3 Ger./Eng./Fr. 3 Ger./Eng./Fr.

Functions

• Overview diagram Yes Yes Yes Yes

• Message diagram Yes Yes Yes Yes

• Sequencer operating diagram No Yes Yes Yes

• Diagnostic detail diagram Yes Yes Yes Yes- Display

STL/LAD/signal listYes/yes/yes Yes/yes/yes Yes/yes/yes Yes/yes/yes

- Display with operands with symbol and comment

OP27, C7-626, TP27-6: default setting symbols

Yes Yes Yes

• Criteria analysis When fault occurs/current status

When fault occurs/current status

When fault occurs/current status

When fault occurs/current status/archivable

Motion diagram

• No. of representable motions OP27, C7-626, TP27-6:4;OP37, TP27-10, TP37: 5

6 6 6

• Directions of motion 2 2 2 2

• No. of representable end postions per movement

8 16 16 16

Documentation

• In electronic form Ger./Eng./Fr./It./ Sp.; incl. in delivery

Ger./Eng./Fr./It./Sp.; incl. in delivery

Ger./Eng./Fr./It./ Sp.; incl. in delivery

Ger./Eng./Fr.; incl. in delivery

Prerequisites

• HMI software ProTool V6.0 ProTool V6.0 ProTool/Pro V6.0 WinCC V5.1

• Operating system, configuration Windows 98 SE/ME, Windows NT+SP6, Windows 2000+SP2

Windows 98 SE/ME, Windows NT+SP6, Windows 2000+SP2

Windows 98 SE/ME, Windows NT+ SP6, Windows 2000+SP2

Windows NT+ SP6, Windows 2000+SP2

• Operating system, runtime Runtime operator panel Windows CE 3.0 Windows NT+ SP6, Windows 2000+SP2

Windows NT+ SP6, Windows 2000+SP2

• STEP 7

- S7-GRAPH Yes Yes Yes Yes

- S7-PDIAG Yes Yes Yes Yes

- S7-HiGraph No Yes Yes No

Type of delivery (a license is required for each target hardware)

Licence verification Runtime license Runtime license CD-ROM/ Runtime license

Siemens ST 80 · 2002/20034/58

HMI Software

SIMATIC ProAgent

Process diagnostics software


} ex warehouse.

1) Configuration software contained on ProTool CD V6.0. 2) TP27, TP27-10 and TP37 ProTool V5.1, or higherA) Subject to export provisions AL: N and ECCN: 5D992B2.

SIMATIC ProAgent for OP A)

runtime license (single license)Software option package for process diagnostics based onS7-GRAPH from V4 and S7-PDIAG from V4, loadable with SIMATIC ProTool configuration software from V6.0 1)

• Functions and standard masks for use on an OP27/OP37, TP27/TP37 2)

or C7-626 in German, English, French, Italian and Spanish

• Additional functions for ProTool• Electronic documentation in

German, English, French, Italian and Spanish

} 6AV3 681-1AB06-0AX0

SIMATIC ProAgent/MP A)

runtime license (single license)Software option package for process diagnostics based onS7-GRAPH from V4 and S7-PDIAG from V4, loadable with SIMATIC ProTool configuration software from V6.01)

• Functions and standard masks for use on an OP/TP 270 and MP 270/MP 370 keys in German, English, French, Italian and Spanish

• Functional supplement to ProTool

• Electronic documentation in German, English, French, Italian and Spanish

} 6AV3 681-1CB06-0AX0


SIMATIC ProAgent/PC A)

runtime license (single license)Software option package for process diagnostics based onS7-GRAPH from V4 and S7-PDIAG from V4, loadable with SIMATIC ProTool configuration software from V6.01)

• Functions and standard masks for use on a Panel PC 670/870 10″, 12″ and 15″ keys, Fl45, PC (resolution 640 × 480 pixels, 800 × 600 pixels and 1024 × 768 pixels)in German, English, French, Italian and Spanish

• Functional supplementto ProTool/Pro

• Electronic documentation in German, English, French, Italian and Spanish

} 6AV3 681-1BB06-0AX0

SIMATIC WinCC/ProAgent A)

runtime license (single license)Software option package for process diagnostics based on S7-GRAPH V4, or higher and S7-PDIAG V4, or higher, execut-able with SIMATIC WinCC• Functions and standard masks

for use on a FI45, PC (resolution 800 × 600 and 1024 × 768 pixels) and Panel PC 670/870 15″ (resolution 1024 × 768 pixels)in German, English and French

• Functional supplement to WinCC

• Electronic documentation in German, English, French

WinCC Version:• V4.02 (ProAgent V4.5 SP1) } 6AV6 371-1DG04-5BX0• V5.1 (ProAgent V5.6) } 6AV6 371-1DG05-6AX0

Upgrade A)

SIMATIC WinCC/ProAgentUpgrade to V5.6

} 6AV6 371-1DG05-6AX4

Siemens ST 80 · 2002/2003 5/1

5HMIcomplete systems

Packages with SIMATICProTool/Pro

SIMATIC Panel PC with SIMATIC ProTool/Pro ....... 5/2

Packages with WinCC

SIMATIC Panel PC with SIMATIC WinCC.............. 5/6

Siemens ST 80 · 2002/20035/2

HMI complete systems

SIMATIC Panel PC with SIMATIC ProTool/Pro

Packages with SIMATIC ProTool/Pro

■ Overview The SIMATIC Panel PC pack-ages with ProTool/Pro are modern human machine inter-faces for simple visualization at the machine.

Packages are available for numerous applications:

In combination with the IL 70 panel PC:

Z If your PCs must be suitable for industrial environments (for example be impact- and vibration-resistant)

Z If you need a high-perfor-mance IPC platform

The IL 70 panel PC is avail-able with 12″ and 15″ touch screen displays. They are cost-effective entry-level SIMATIC panel PCs.

In combination with the Panel PC 670/870:

Z When you need industrial PCs with an exceptional level of impact- and vibra-tion-resistance

Z When the continued avail-ability of components plays an important role (high in-vestment security).

All the devices of the Panel PC 670/870 range have a uniform look. The front panels are available with 10″, 12″ and 15″ screens and with 12″ and 15″ touch screens.

■ Delivery unit With the order configurator, you can select the panel PC hardware to meet your specif-ic display and system capaci-ty requirements.

You will need to install the ProTool/Pro Runtime software and the communication hard-ware and software yourself. The ProTool/Pro Runtime soft-ware is included with the de-vices.

Runtime licenses are required for ProTool/Pro Runtime. The following licenses are avail-able:

Z License for 128 PowerTags




The term PowerTags is ap-plied only to process vari-ables that have an external process connection to the PLC.

In addition, variables without process integration, constant limits of variables and mes-sages are also available as additional system features.

This package can be supplied only when you order a new panel PC together with the ProTool/Pro Runtime software.


Siemens ST 80 · 2002/2003 5/3

HMI complete systemsPackages with SIMATIC ProTool/Pro



For standard versions of the Panel PC 670, see page 3/15.For accessories for the Panel PC, see page 3/16.







7

Drives:• 20 GB hard disk and CD-ROM B• 40 GB hard disk and CD-ROM F

RAM:• 64 MB 1• 128 MB 2• 256 MB 3



Country-specificversion/power supply:• Base unit and operator control

unit 24 V DCA


B


C


2 D


2 E


2 F


2 G

Operating system:• Windows 98, German E• Windows 98, English F• Windows 2000, multi-language G• Windows NT 4.0 German H• Windows NT 4.0 English J

Available until about: 9/2002








7

RAM:• 128 MB 1• 256 MB 2• 512 MB 3



unit 24 V DC (available soon)A


B


C


3 D


3 E


3 F


3 G

Drives:• 20 GB hard disk and CD-ROM 1• 40 GB hard disk and CD-ROM 3• 40 GB hard disk and



Operating system:• Windows NT 4.0 German B• Windows NT 4.0 English C• Windows 2000 multi-language D• Windows 98 German

(available soon)E

• Windows 98 English (available soon)

F


Siemens ST 80 · 2002/20035/4



Packages with SIMATIC ProTool/Pro






Front panels:• 12" TFT Touch 1 2• 12" TFT 3• 15" TFT Touch 4• 15" TFT 5• 12" TFT Touch



7

RAM:• 64 MB 0• 128 MB 1• 256 MB 2• 512 MB 3

Processor:

• 566 MHz Celeron A• 866 MHz Intel Pentium III B


unit 110 V/230 V USB


C


1 D


1 E

Drives:

• 20 GB hard disk and CD-ROM 1• 40 GB hard disk and CD-ROM 3


Operating system:• Windows NT 4.0 German B• Windows NT 4.0 English C• Windows 2000 multi-language D








7

RAM:• 128 MB 1• 256 MB 2• 512 MB 3



unit 24 V DCA


B


C


1 D


1 E


1 F

• Base unit 24 V DC, operator control unit 110 V/230 V Europe

1 G






Siemens ST 80 · 2002/2003 5/5

HMI complete systemsPackages with SIMATIC ProTool/Pro



Panel PC configurator





Operating system• Windows ME, German B• Windows ME, English C• Windows NT4.0, German D• Windows NT4.0, English E• Windows 2000, multi-language F




SIMATIC ProTool/Pro packageRuntime license included

6AV6 584-4A700-0AX0

• 128 PowerTags B• 256 PowerTags C• 512 PowerTags D• 2048 PowerTags F

Siemens ST 80 · 2002/20035/6


SIMATIC Panel PC with SIMATIC WinCC

Packages with WinCC

■ Overview The SIMATIC Panel PC pack-ages enables simple and cost-effective ordering of all

components for a panel PC-based HMI solution.

■ Design The desired panel PC version can be selected from the pan-el PC configurator, whereby you need to take into account only the minimum require-ments that WinCC makes on the basic hardware:

Minimum equipment

Z Processors from 500 MHz Pentium III or 566 MHz Cele-ron

Z 12″ or 15″ monitor (at least 600 x 800 pixel resolution)

Z RAM > 128 MB

Z At least 10 GB with CD-ROM

Z Windows NT 4.0 (German or English) or Windows 2000 (multilingual)

For process communication, you can choose between the on-board, CP-5611-compati-ble PROFIBUS interface or the powerful CP 1613 module for Industrial Ethernet or CP 5613 for PROFIBUS.

Licenses are required for the runtime version of WinCC. You can select from the following:




Z License for 64 k PowerTags

The term PowerTags is applied only to process vari-ables that have an external process connection to the PLC. In addition, variables without process integration, constant limits of variables and messages are also available as additional system features.

This package can be supplied only together with a new panel PC.

■ Delivery unit With the order configurator, you can select the panel PC hardware depending on you specific display and system capacity requirements.

In the WinCC package config-urator, you can select an addi-tional order item, which then contains the respective WinCC software package and the communications module.

The two order items will then be supplied together, and the customer must install the communications hardware and the WinCC software in that case.

Siemens ST 80 · 2002/2003 5/7

HMI complete systemsPackages with WinCC



For Panel PC accessories, see page 3/16.




Front panels:• 12" TFT Touch 2• 12" TFT 3• 15" TFT Touch 4• 15" TFT 5• 12" TFT Touch



7

Drives:• 20 GB hard disk and CD-ROM B• 40 GB hard disk and CD-ROM F

RAM:• 128 MB 2• 256 MB 3




unit 24 V DCA


B


C


2 D


2 E


2 F


2 G

Operating system:• Windows 2000 multi-language G• Windows NT 4.0 German H• Windows NT 4.0 English J

Available until about: 9/2002





Front panels:• 12" TFT Touch 2• 12" TFT 3• 15" TFT Touch 4• 15" TFT 5• 12" TFT Touch



7

RAM:• 128 MB 1• 256 MB 2• 512 MB 3



unit 24 V DC (available soon)A


B


C


3 D


3 E


3 F


3 G






Siemens ST 80 · 2002/20035/8



Packages with WinCC









7

RAM:• 128 MB 1• 256 MB 2• 512 MB 3

Processor:• 566 MHz Celeron A• 866 MHz Intel Pentium III B


unit 110 V/230 V USB


C


1 D


1 E

Drives:• 20 GB hard disk and CD-ROM 1• 40 GB hard disk and CD-ROM 3










7

RAM:• 128 MB 1• 256 MB 2• 512 MB 3



unit 24 V DCA


B


C


1 D


1 E


1 F


1 G






Siemens ST 80 · 2002/2003 5/9

HMI complete systemsPackages with WinCC



Panel PC configurator





Operating system• Windows NT4.0, German D• Windows NT4.0, English E• Windows 2000, multi-language F




SIMATIC WinCC packageWinCC V5.1 Runtime

6AV6 382-17700-0AX0

• 128 PowerTags C• 256 PowerTags D• 1024 PowerTags E• 64k Power Tags F

Communications processor:• without/through onboard interfaces A• Industrial Ethernet

(with CP 1613)B

• PROFIBUS (with CP 5613) C

Siemens ST 80 · 2002/20035/10


Notes

Siemens ST 80 · 2002/2003 6/1

6CustomizedProducts

Overview ................................................................. 6/2

Customized Design................................................... 6/3

OEM Industrial products............................................ 6/8

Open Platform Program............................................. 6/10

6/2 Siemens ST 80 · 2002/2003

Customized Products

Overview

■ Customized design

Modification of the front design; the following features can be changed:

Z Logo

Z Type designation

Z Keyboard color, key labeling, keyboard symbols

Z Rack color

OEM products

Solutions for OEM (original equipment manufacturer) customers are available for demanding industrial automation tasks that cannot be solved using standard HMI products or panels that have only been changed in design or layout. For these applica-tions, we offer customized solutions based on our standard components.

Possible modification:

Z Changed keyboard layout: number, size, arrangement and design of keys

Z User-definable front dimensions and mechanical design, housing for tabletop or boom installation

Z Various processors and data storage media

Z Various display technologies, sizes and resolutions

Z Distributed arrangement up to 500 m

Z Additional modules and interfaces, such as direct key modulesZ Any Windows version as operating system, pre-installed

SIMATIC HMI software packages

Open Platform Program

With the Open Platform Program, hardware and software solutions can be customized to meet highly specific customer requirements. HMI platforms for other CE software can be imple-mented as needed. Customers can write their own software or supplement ProTool with their own specific functions.

The hardware platform can be provided by all standard or OEM Windows CE-based SIMATIC panels (from TP 170B).

We can also supply you with the required development package and provide support during development.

The Software Development Kits (SDKs) contain all the software tools you will need with which the following software solutions can be implemented:

Z User applications

Z Expansions of the HMI ProTool software using their own ActiveX controls

Z Project functions or tasks that interact with ProTool

Customized Products

Siemens ST 80 · 2002/2003 6/3

Customized Products

Customized design

■ Overview Created by industrial design-ers, the SIMATIC HMI Panels with customized design do not compromise on harmony and ergonomics.

You can choose from the fol-lowing design versions:

Version A

Z Inserting your company name instead of the Siemens logo and changing the type designation

Version B

Z Changing the keyboard col-ors, the key labeling and the key symbols

Version C

Z Changing the color of the rack

Thanks to the flexible manu-facture of the SIMATIC HMI panels, devices with custom-ized designs based on stan-dard products can be supplied cost-effectively even at small order quantities.

The customized panel de-signs are fully compatible with the standard devices in terms of their:

Z Functions and interfaces

Z SIMATIC ProTool configura-tion software

Z Housing and assembly dimensions

Z Logistics and service

Fig. 6/1 SIMATIC HMI, customized design and OEM devices with customized design

Siemens ST 80 · 2002/20036/4

Customized Products

Customized design

■ Ordering procedure Costs/discounts

The customized devices are available for an additional fee.

In addition to the piece-price for the individually styled items, there is a one-off charge for the design and tooling for production of the customer-specific version. This charge depends on the device and on the design.

Minimum order quantity

To offer high-quality products at internationally competitive prices, it is necessary to set lower limits for the annual unit quantities and the minimum order quantity.

The overview tables (pp. 6/5 – 6/7) clearly show all applica-ble costs and minimum order quantities for each of the devices.

Order processing

A special ordering procedure is used for customized de-signs. The customer has two opportunities to review and authorize the design. This ensures that the final product fully meets all requirements.

Repairs/spare parts inventory

Repairs are carried out only on identified equipment.

The customized spare parts (device fronts) required for this must be provided by the customer.

After delivery, the ordering party is responsible for keep-ing replacement customized keyboards in stock.

Contact

Please contact your HMI representative at your nearest Siemens branch (see Section 9) or the responsible contact person at the HMI Design Center

E-mail:[email protected]

■ HMI Design Center

The customized design is developed by the HMI Design Center.

The Design Center offers:

• Experience of the ergonom-ics of human-machine inter-faces

• Expertise in graphics and design tools, color tables and character sets

• An excellent understanding of colors, of shapes and of combining colors

• Experience in the selection of the suitable fonts and the standardized symbols for machine operation

• A suitable drawing program with the required color ta-bles, the suitable fonts and symbols

• Short response times

Ordering advice

You can order the standard services directly which are offered by the Design Center in units. If you have additional requirements, our partner "designafairs" will make you an offer.


http://www.siemens.com/hmi-oem

Fig. 6/2 SIMATIC HMI Design Center

Siemens ST 80 · 2002/2003 6/5

Customized Products

Customized design

1) XXXX represents the customer ID; this is allocated on placement of an order.2) Design Center unit:

Order No.: 6AV9 804-0AA00-0AA0.3) The one-off costs for the styling package and the production lead-in are payable at the time of the first order.4) Discontinued product5) Even numbers only6) Different colors available on request, in the case of painted frames the UL/CSA certification must be checked individually.

Device type Order No. of the associated standard device

Design version

Order No.of the

design device 1)

Price Minimum unit-quantity

Costs for styling package 3)

Production lead-in 3)

peryear

per order

Units 2) Price Order No. Price

TD 17 text display

6AV3017-1NE30-0AX0 A 6AV3 017-5AA00-XXXX 25 20 3 6AV3 678-1FY10

B 6AV3 017-5AB00-XXXX 25 20 3 6AV3 678-1FY20

C 6AV3 017-5AC00-XXXX 25 20 3 6AV3 678-1FY30

OP3 operator panel

6AV3503-1DB10 A On request 100 On req. 3 On request

B On request 100 On req. 3 On request

C On request On req. On req. 3 On request

OP7/PP operator panel

6AV3607-1JC00-0AX1 A 6AV3 607-5AA00-XXXX 50 205) 3 6AV3 678-1FY10

B 6AV3 607-5AB00-XXXX 50 205) 3 6AV3 678-1FY20

C 6AV3 607-5AC00-XXXX 250 205) 3 6AV3 678-1FY30

OP7/DP operator panel

6AV3607-1JC20-0AX1 A 6AV3 607-5BA00-XXXX 50 205) 3 6AV3 678-1FY10

B 6AV3 607-5BB00-XXXX 50 205) 3 6AV3 678-1FY20

C 6AV3 607-5BC00-XXXX 250 205) 3 6AV3 678-1FY30

OP7/DP12 operator panel

6AV3607-1JC30-0AX1 A 6AV3 607-5CA00-XXXX 50 205) 3 6AV3 678-1FY10

B 6AV3 607-5CB00-XXXX 50 20 3 6AV3 678-1FY20

C 6AV3 607-5CC00-XXXX 250 20 3 6AV3 678-1FY30

OP17/PP operator panel

6AV3617-1JC00-0AX1 A 6AV3 617-5AA00-XXXX 25 20 3 6AV3 678-1FY10

B 6AV3 617-5AB00-XXXX 25 20 4 6AV3 678-1FY20

C 6AV3 617-5AC00-XXXX 100 20 4 6AV3 678-1FY30

OP17/DP operator panel

6AV3617-1JC20-0AX1 A 6AV3 617-5BA00-XXXX 25 20 3 6AV3 678-1FY10

B 6AV3 617-5BB00-XXXX 25 20 4 6AV3 678-1FY20

C 6AV3 617-5BC00-XXXX 100 20 4 6AV3 678-1FY30

OP17/DP12 operator panel

6AV3617-1JC30-0AX1 A 6AV3 617-5CA00-XXXX 25 20 3 6AV3 678-1FY10

B 6AV3 617-5CB00-XXXX 25 20 4 6AV3 678-1FY20

C 6AV3 617-5CC00-XXXX 100 20 4 6AV3 678-1FY30

OP 170B operator panel

6AV6542-0BB15-2AX0 A 6AV6 542-5BB00-XXXX 50 25 3 6AV3 678-1GY10

B 6AV6 542-5BB10-XXXX 50 25 4 6AV3 678-1GY20

C 6) 6AV6 542-5BB20-XXXX On req. 25 4 6AV3 678-1GY30

OP 270 6″operator panel

6AV6542-0CA10-0AX0 A 6AV6 542-5FA00-XXXX 20 10 3 On request

B 6AV6 542-5FA10-XXXX 20 10 6 On request

C 6AV6 542-5FA20-XXXX 50 10 6 On request

OP 270 10″ operator panel

6AV6542-0CC10-0AX0 A 6AV6 542-5FB00-XXXX 20 10 3 On request

B 6AV6 542-5FB10-XXXX 20 10 6 On request

C 6AV6 542-5FB20-XXXX 50 10 6 On request

OP27 STN MONOoperator panel

6AV3627-1JK00-0AX0 A 6AV3 627-5AA00-XXXX 10 10 3 6AV3 678-1GY10

B 6AV3 627-5AB00-XXXX 10 10 4 6AV3 678-1GY20

C 6AV3 627-5AC00-XXXX 10 10 4 6AV3 678-1GY30

OP27 STN COLORoperator panel

6AV3627-1LK00-1AX0 A 6AV3 627-5BA00-XXXX 10 10 3 6AV3 678-1GY10

B 6AV3 627-5BB00-XXXX 10 10 4 6AV3 678-1GY20

C 6AV3 627-5BC00-XXXX 10 10 4 6AV3 678-1GY30

OP37/STN 4)

operator panel6AV3637-1LL00-0AX1 A 6AV3 637-5AA00-XXXX 10 10 3 On request

B 6AV3 637-5AB00-XXXX 10 10 6 On request

C 6AV3 637-5AC00-XXXX 10 10 6 On request

OP37/STN+FD 4)

operator panel6AV3637-1LL00-0FX1 A 6AV3 637-5BA00-XXXX 10 10 3 On request

B 6AV3 637-5BB00-XXXX 10 10 6 On request

C 6AV3 637-5BC00-XXXX 10 10 6 On request

OP37/TFT+FD 4)

operator panel6AV3637-1ML00-0FX0 A 6AV3 637-5CA00-XXXX 10 10 3 On request

B 6AV3 637-5CB00-XXXX 10 10 6 On request

C 6AV3 637-5CC00-XXXX 10 10 6 On request

Siemens ST 80 · 2002/20036/6

Customized Products

Customized design

1) XXXX represents the customer ID; this is allocated on placement of an order.2) Design Center unit:

Order No.: 6AV9 804-0AA00-0AA0.3) The one-off costs for the styling package and the production lead-in are payable at the time of the first order.4) Different colors available on request; in the case of painted frames the UL/CSA certification must be checked individually.5) Discontinued product6) Even numbers only


Design version

Order No.of the

design device 1)

Price Minimum unit-quantity

Costs for styling package 3)

Production lead-in 3)

peryear

per order


TP 070touch panel

6AV6 545-0AA15-2AX0 A 6AV6 545-5AA00-XXXX 50 25 3 6AV3 678-1JY10

C 4) 6AV6 545-5AC00-XXXX On req. 25 4 6AV3 678-1JY30

TP 170 Atouch panel

6AV6 545-0BA15-2AX0 A 6AV6 545-5BA00-XXXX 50 25 3 6AV3 678-1JY10

C 4) 6AV6 545-5BC00-XXXX On req. 25 4 6AV3 678-1JY30

TP 170 B monotouch panel

6AV6 545-0BB15-2AX0 A 6AV6 545-5CA00-XXXX 50 25 3 6AV3 678-1JY10

C 4) 6AV6 545-5CC00-XXXX On req. 25 4 6AV3 678-1JY30

TP 170 B colortouch panel

6AV6 545-0BC15-2AX0 A 6AV6 545-5DA00-XXXX 50 25 3 6AV3 678-1JY10

C 4) 6AV6 545-5DC00-XXXX On req. 25 4 6AV3 678-1JY30

TP 270 6″touch panel

6AV6545-0CA10-0AX0 A 6AV6 545-5FA00-XXXX 20 10 3 On request

B 6AV6 545-5FA10-XXXX 20 10 3 On request

C 6AV6 545-5FA20-XXXX 50 10 3 On request

TP 270 10″ touch panel

6AV6545-0CC10-0AX0 A 6AV6 545-5FB00-XXXX 20 10 3 On request

B 6AV6 545-5FB10-XXXX 20 10 3 On request

C 6AV6 545-5FB20-XXXX 50 10 3 On request

TP27-6 MONO touch panel

6AV3 627-1NK00-2AX0 A 6AV3 627-5CA00-XXXX 20 106) 3 6AV3 678-1GY10

B 6AV3 627-5CB00-XXXX 20 106) 3 6AV3 678-1GY20

C 6AV3 627-5CC00-XXXX 20 106) 3 6AV3 678-1GY30

TP27-6 COLORtouch panel

6AV3 627-1QK00-2AX0 A 6AV3 627-5DA00-XXXX 20 106) 3 6AV3 678-1GY10

B 6AV3 627-5DB00-XXXX 20 106) 3 6AV3 678-1GY20

C 6AV3 627-5DC00-XXXX 20 106) 3 6AV3 678-1GY30

TP27-10 COLORtouch panel

6AV3 627-1QL01-0AX0 A 6AV3 627-5EA00-XXXX 20 106) 3 6AV3 678-1GY10

B 6AV3 627-5EB00-XXXX 20 106) 3 6AV3 678-1GY20

C 6AV3 627-5EC00-XXXX 20 106) 3 6AV3 678-1GY30

TP37 5)

touch panel6AV3 637-1PL00-0AX0 A 6AV3 637-5EA00-XXXX 10 106) 3 On request

B 6AV3 637-5EB00-XXXX 10 106) 3 On request

C 6AV3 637-5EC00-XXXX 10 106) 3 On request

MP 270 10″ STNmulti panel

6AV6 542-0AC15-2AX0 A 6AV6 542-5AC00-XXXX 10 10 3 6AV 3678-1KY10

B 6AV6 542-5AC10-XXXX 10 10 6 6AV3 678-1KY20

C 6AV6 542-5AC20-XXXX 10 10 6 6AV3 678-1KY30

MP 270 10″ TFTmulti panel

6AV6 542-0AD15-2AX0 A 6AV6 542-5AD00-XXXX 10 10 3 6AV3 678-1KY10

B 6AV6 542-5AD10-XXXX 10 10 6 6AV3 678-1KY20

C 6AV6 542-5AD20-XXXX 10 10 6 6AV3 678-1KY30

MP 270B Touchmulti panel

6AV6542-0AG10-0AX0 A 6AV6 545-5FC00-XXXX 10 10 3 On request

B 6AV6 545-5FC10-XXXX 10 10 3 On request

C 6AV6 545-5FC20-XXXX 50 10 3 On request

MP 270B keys multi panel

6AV6545-0AG10-0AX0 A 6AV6 542-5FC00-XXXX 10 10 3 On request

B 6AV6 542-5FC10-XXXX 10 10 6 On request

C 6AV6 542-5FC20-XXXX 50 10 6 On request

MP 370 keysmulti panel

6AV6 542-0DA10-0AX0 A 6AV6 542-5EA00-XXXX 20 10 3 On request

B 6AV6 542-5EA10-XXXX 20 10 6 On request

C 6AV6 542-5EA20-XXXX 50 10 6 On request

MP 370 Touchmulti panel

6AV6 545-0DA10-0AX0 A 6AV6 545-5EA00-XXXX 20 10 3 On request

B 6AV6 545-5EA10-XXXX 20 10 3 On request

C 6AV6 545-5EA20-XXXX 50 10 3 On request

Siemens ST 80 · 2002/2003 6/7

Customized Products

Customized design

1) XXXX represents the customer ID; this is allocated on placement of an order.2) Additional charge for customized configuration.3) Design Center unit:

Order No.: 6AV9 804-0AA00-0AA0.4) The one-off costs for the styling package and the production lead-in are payable at the time of the first order.5) Different colors available on request; in the case of painted frames the UL/CSA certification must be checked individually.


Design version

Order No.of the

design device 1)

Price 2)Minimum unit-

quantityCosts for styling

package 4)Production lead-in 4)

peryear

per order


Panel PC 670 10″ keys

Depending on configuration

A 6AV7 651-0AA00-XXXX 10 3 3 6AV7 681-1FY10

B 6AV7 651-0AB00-XXXX 10 3 6 6AV7 681-1FY20

C 5) 6AV7 651-0AC00-XXXX On req. 10 6 6AV7 681-1FY30



A 6AV7 651-1AA00-XXXX 10 3 3 6AV7 681-1FY10

B 6AV7 651-1AB00-XXXX 10 3 6 6AV7 681-1FY20




A 6AV7 651-2AA00-XXXX 10 3 3 6AV7 681-1FY10

B 6AV7 651-2AB00-XXXX 10 3 6 6AV7 681-1FY20


Panel PC 670 12″ Touch


A 6AV7 651-3AA00-XXXX 10 3 3 6AV7 681-1GY10

B 6AV7 651-3AB00-XXXX 10 3 3 6AV7 681-1GY20

C 5) 6AV7 651-3AC00-XXXX On req. 10 3 6AV7 681-1GY30



A 6AV7 651-4AA00-XXXX 10 3 3 6AV7 681-1GY10

B 6AV7 651-4AB00-XXXX 10 3 3 6AV7 681-1GY20

C 5) 6AV7 651-4AC00-XXXX On req. 10 3 6AV7 681-1GY30



A 6AV7 703-5AA00-XXXX On req. 10 3 3 6AV7 681-1FY10

B 6AV7 703-5AB00-XXXX On req. 10 3 6 6AV7 681-1FY20

C 5) 6AV7 703-5AC00-XXXX On req. On req. 10 6 6AV7 681-1FY30



A 6AV7 704-5AA00-XXXX On req. 10 3 3 6AV7 681-1GY10

B 6AV7 704-5AB00-XXXX On req. 10 3 6 6AV7 681-1GY20

C 5) 6AV7 704-5AC00-XXXX On req. On req. 10 6 6AV7 681-1GY30



A 6AV7 705-5AA00-XXXX On req. 10 3 3 6AV7 681-1FY10

B 6AV7 705-5AB00-XXXX On req. 10 3 6 6AV7 681-1FY20

C 5) 6AV7 705-5AC00-XXXX On req. On req. 10 6 6AV7 681-1FY30

Panel PC 870 15″ Touch NEMA


A 6AV7 707-5AA00-XXXX On req. 10 3 3 6AV7 681-1GY10

B 6AV7 707-5AB00-XXXX On req. 10 3 3 6AV7 681-1GY20

C 5) 6AV7 707-5AC00-XXXX On req. On req. 10 3 6AV7 681-1GY30

Panel PC FI45 V2 Depending on configuration

A 6AV7 650-5AA00-XXXX On req. 10 3 2 On request

B 6AV7 650-5AB00-XXXX On req. 10 3 2 On request

C 5) 6AV7 650-5AC00-XXXX On req. 10 3 2 On request

Siemens ST 80 · 2002/20036/8

Customized Products

OEM Industrial products

■ Overview The OEM concept of SIMATIC HMI is "Customizing at its best": your sector- and appli-cation-specific expertise, combined with our experi-ence in developing human-machine interface devices in all performance categories results in reliable, customized solutions at a fair price.

Customers in the automotive, food and beverages and plastics industry also profit from the experience of many existing OEM versions sector standards.

Our OEM products are available in all performance categories – from OEM push-button panels, through micro panels, panels and multi pan-els to panel PCs – with exten-sive modifications in the hardware, fitted equipment and installed software.

You can choose from the following modifications:

Z Changed keyboard layout: number, size, arrangement and design of keys

Z Freely definable front dimen-sions and device mechanics

Z Different processors

Z Different memory media and memory sizes

Z Number, size and arrange-ment of keys

Z Display technologies, sizes and resolutions

Z Options such as direct con-trol keys or CPI cards

Z Distributed arrangement up to 500 m

Z Housing for desktop or supporting arm mounting

Z Additional modules or interfaces, e.g. fiber-optic cable connection, incl. the required driver

Z Choice of Windows versions as operating systems

Z Pre-installed SIMATIC HMI software package

The development and manu-facture of our customized OEM products is covered by our strict quality control stan-dards. Prototypes are subject-ed to rigorous testing before the final product is handed over to the customer. Once the products have been ap-proved by the customer, they are certified and prepared for production.

The devices are made on our series production lines in close cooperation with cus-tomer planning. Individual project agreements for plan-ning, production and logistics are drawn up together with the customer.

Our SIMATIC Customer Support is available round the clock and throughout the world to answer questions and assist with problems. In addition, our OEM After Sales Support provides assistance with implementing custom-ized solutions.

Siemens ST 80 · 2002/2003 6/9

Customized Products

OEM Industrial products

■ Overview (continued)

■ Product specifications and quotes

Z Product specifications in accordance with customer demands

Z Preparation of quote by SIMATIC HMI specialists, determination of – one-off costs, – costs for sample devices– series device prices– General conditions

(project agreement)

Z A minimum annual produc-tion/order volume limit must be specified (minimum order quantity). This is agreed with the customer within the framework of the project.

Customized products can be ordered only within the framework of a project agree-ment.

Contact

Please contact the HMI spe-cialist at your nearest Siemens branch or national company (see Section 9).



Fig. 6/3 Interfacing options with SIMATIC HMI links

Siemens ST 80 · 2002/20036/10

Customized Products

Open Platform Program

■ Overview

The Windows CE platform and SIMATIC ProTool form the open basis for customized solutions opening the flexibili-ty and versatility of the PC environment up to panels and multi panels with Windows CE.

Building on existing standards means:

Z Reduced development costs

Z Fast time-to-market with the resulting competitive advan-tages

Z Use of tried and tested com-ponents.

The solutions to specific re-quirements can be met by building on ProTool, on third-party products or on your own applications.

The standard configuration software for the range of SIMATIC HMI panels offers several possibilities for imple-menting additional functional-ity. Depending on complexity and requirements, the follow-ing can be added:

Z New project functions

Z Own ActiveX objects

Z Additional applications that run in parallel with ProTool

Z Porting own or third party software to the panel hard-ware

The use of the open Windows CE operating system opens up a wide range of options for the integration of functional-ities, such as:

Z Simple data exchange with other Windows-based systems,

Z Connection to central data-bases

Z Multimedia extensions

Z Access to central docu-ments through Internet/Intra-net

All Windows CE-based SIMATIC panels offer a cost-effective platform for custom-ized OEM software solutions based on reliable, industry-standard hardware.



Siemens ST 80 · 2002/2003 7/1

7IndustrialLCD Monitors

12″ Devices SCD 1297................................ 7/2

15″ Devices SCD 1597................................ 7/4

18″ Devices SCD 1897/1898....................... 7/6

Siemens ST 80 · 2002/20037/2

Industrial LCD Monitors

SCD 1297 monitors

12" Devices

■ Overview The industrial LCD monitors can be used wherever CRT (cathode-ray tube) monitors have been used in the past

They have significant advan-tages:

• Long service life

• Strong image brilliance

• High shock and vibration resistance

• Low space requirements and low weight

• Can be positioned up to 20 m from the processor unit

• High EMC

• Optimum resolution of 800 x 600 pixels

• No x-ray radiation

• Sharp and high-contrast dis-play

• Low energy requirements

• Auto adjust

• Configuration through on-screen display (OSD)

Special consideration when changing from CRT to LCD monitors

Z Viewable area: For LCD monitors, the rule of thumb is: “viewable area in inches plus 2” corresponds to an equivalent CRT monitor size (i.e. 14″ CRT equals 12″ LCD).

Z Resolution: When you select an LCD monitor, make sure that its resolution corresponds to the resolution of the visual-ization application.

Rack-mounted versions

Two rack-mounted versions of the SCD 1297 12″ industrial LCD monitors are available:Z Rack-mounted models

(for control cabinets, con-soles and booms) – SCD 1297-E –

for display only– SCD 1297-ET with analog

resistive touch screen– SCD 1297-K with key-

board and mouse func-tionality

Z 19″ rack-mounted models (for 19″ racks) – SCD 1297-R display

device– SCD 1297-RT with analog

resistive touch screen

Accessories

Included in the delivery are:

Z Power cable for models with 230 V AC power supply unit

Z Connection cables 1.8 m, 5 m, 10 m or 20 m

Z 2-language instruction manual (5-language version available soon).


7/3Siemens ST 80 · 2002/2003

Industrial LCD Monitors12" Devices

SCD 1297 monitors


Type SCD 1297-E / 1297-ET / 1297-K SCD 1297-R / 1297-RT

General features

• Distance to processor unit 1.8 to 20 m

• On-screen display (OSD) configuration

Yes

• Non-reflective, hardened mineral glass screen

Yes

• H-deflection frequency 30 – 80 kHz

• Image refresh rate 50 – 72 Hz

• Presentation 1:1, full screen, zoom

• Power switch No

• Power supply 110/230 V AC; 24 V DC optional for flush- and rack-mounted models

• Frequency/power consumption 47 – 63 Hz/30 VA

Ambient conditions

• Degree of protection to EN 60 529 Front IP 65

• Shock resistance in operation 1 g (10 m/s2)


• EMC CE

• Ambient temperature in operation 0 to +40 °C

Certification UL1950, CE

Display

• Viewable area in inches 12″ TFT

• Highest resolution in pixels 800 x 600

• Brightness/contrast (typ.) 250 cd/m2 /3 00:1

• Viewing angle (H/V) 140°/120°

• Dot pitch (H x V) in mm 0.33 x 0.33

• Viewable area (H x V) in mm 246 x 184

• No. of colors 256 k

• MTBF of backlighting at 25 °C 50,000 h

Control elements

• Membrane keyboard & piezo mouse

Yes (rack-mounted and keyboard models) No

• Function keys 36 with LEDs No

• Alphanumeric block and numeric keypad

Yes (rack-mounted and keyboard models) No

• Touch screen Yes (no for keyboard model) Yes

Interfaces

• Standard VGA interface, 15-pin SUB-D

Yes Yes

• Serial interface for touch screen Yes (no for keyboard model) Yes

• 2*PS/2 interfaces for keyboard & mouse

Yes (keyboard model) No

Dimensions

• External dimensions (w x h x d) in mm

364 x 284 x 76 Keyboard model: 483 x 310 x 98

483 x 266 x 80

Weight 5 kg 5 kg

Siemens ST 80 · 2002/20037/4


SCD 1597 monitors

15" Devices

■ Overview The industrial LCD monitors can be used wherever CRT (cathode-ray tube) monitors have been used in the past







• Extremely stable

• High EMC


• No x-ray radiation

• Sharp and high-contrast display

• Low energy requirements

• Auto adjust




Built-in versions

Three flush- and rack-mount-ed versions of the SCD 1597 15″ industrial LCD monitors are available:Z Desktop models can be

used wherever industrial CRT monitors were used be-fore. – SCD 1597-I –

for display only – SCD 1597-IT with analog

resistive touch screenZ Flush-mounted models

(for control cabinets, con-soles and booms) – SCD 1597-E –


resistive touch screen– SCD 1597-K with keyboard

and mouse functionality

Z 19″ rack-mounted models – SCD 1597-R – for display

only– SCD 1597-RT with analog


Accessories

Included in the scope of supply are:

Z Power cable for models with 230 V AC power supply unit

Z Connection cables 1.8 m, 5 m, 10 m or 20 m

Z 2-language instruction manual (5-language version available soon).

Siemens ST 80 · 2002/2003 7/5


SCD 1597 monitors

■ Technical specificationsType SCD 1597-I/1597-IT SCD 1597-E/1597-ET/1597-K SCD 1597-R/1597-RT

General features



Yes


Yes




• Power switch No

• Power supply 110/230 V AC; 24 V DC optional for flush- and rack-mounted models

• Frequency/power consumption 47 – 63 Hz/30 VA

Ambient conditions

• Degree of protection to EN 60529 Front IP 65 (desktop model IP 20)



• EMC CE



Display

• Viewable area in inches 15" TFT


• Brightness/contrast (typ.) 200 cd/m2/300:1




• No. of colors 256 k


Control elements


No Yes (rack-mounted and keyboard models)

No

• Function keys No 36 with LEDs No


No Yes (rack-mounted, keyboard models)

No

• Touch screen Yes Yes (no for keyboard model) Yes

Interfaces


Yes Yes Yes

• Serial interface for touch screen Yes Yes (no for keyboard model) Yes


No Yes (keyboard model) No

Dimensions


370 x 373 x 62 (base depth 205) 328 x 336 x 80 Keyboard model: 483 x 355 x 98

483 x 310 x 80


Siemens ST 80 · 2002/20037/6


SCD 1897/1898 monitors

18" Devices

■ Overview The industrial LCD monitors can be used wherever CRT (cathode-ray tube) monitors have been used in the past.







• Extremely stable

• High EMC


• No X-ray emission

• Sharp, high-contrast display

• Low energy consumption

• Auto adjust




Built-in versions

Three flush- and rack-mount-ed versions of the SCD 1897 18″ industrial LCD monitors are available:

Z Desktop models can be used wherever normal CRT monitors were used before. – SCD 1898-I –

for display only– SCD 1898-IT with analog


Z Flush-mounted models (for control cabinets, con-soles and booms) – SCD 1897-E –



Z 19″ rack-mounted models – SCD 1897-R –

for display only– SCD 1897-RT with analog


Accessories

Included in the delivery are:

Z Power cable for models with a 230 V AC power supply unit

Z Connection cables: 1.8 m, 5 m, 10 m or 20 m

Z Two-language instruction manual (five-language ver-sion available soon).

Siemens ST 80 · 2002/2003 7/7


SCD 1897/1898 monitors


Typ SCD 1897-I / 1897-IT SCD 1898-I / 1898-IT SCD 1897-E / 1897-ET SCD 1897-R / 1897-RT

General features



Yes


Yes




• Power switch At the rear

• Power supply 110/230 V AC

• Frequency/power consumption 47-63 Hz/60 VA

Ambient conditions

• Degree of protection to EN 60 529 Front IP 65 (desktop model IP 20)



• EMC CE



Display

• Viewable area in inches 18" TFT


• Brightness/contrast (typ.) 200 cd/m2/235:1




• No. of colors 16 million


Control elements


No

• Function keys No


No

• Touch screen Yes

Interfaces


Yes

• Serial interface for touch screen Yes


No

Dimensions


464 x 444 x 115 (base depth 270)

465 x 444 x 111 (base depth 240)

481 x 385 x 100 483 x 400 x 100

Weight 10 kg 10 kg 10 kg 10 kg

Siemens ST 80 · 2002/20037/8


SCD 1297, SCD 1597, SCD 1897/1898 monitors

12", 15" and 18" Devices


1297 LCD monitors 6AV8 101-07700-77A0

Version:• Flush-mounting model B• 19″ rack model C

Operator functionality:• Display device without operator

functionalityA

• Touch B• Keyboard (only with flush-

mounting version)C

Power supply unit:• AC 110/230 V 0• DC 24 V 1

Connecting cable:• None A• Video and Touch

- 1.8 m B- 5 m D- 10 m F- 20 m H

• Video (not for keyboard and touch operator functionality)- 20 m J

• Video and 2*PS/2 (only for key-board operator functionality)- 1.8 m L- 5 m N

• Video and X27 (only for key-board operator functionality)- 10 m Q- 20 m S

1597 LCD monitors 6AV8 101-17700-77A0

Version:• Desktop model (only for 230 V) A• Flush-mounting unit B• 19″ rack unit C


functionalityA

• Touch B• Keyboard (only with flush-

mounted version)C

Power supply unit:• AC 110/230 V 0• 24 V DC (not with desktop mod-

el)1

Connecting cable:• None a• Video and Touch

- 1.8 m b- 5 m D- 10 m F- 20 m H

• Video (not for keyboard and touch operator functionality)- 20 m J

• Video and 2*PS/2 (only for key-board operator functionality)- 1.8 m L- 5 m N

• Video and X27 (only for key-board operator functionality)- 10 m Q- 20 m s


1897/1898 LCD monitors 6AV8 101-27700-07A0

Version:• 1897 desktop model A• 1897 flush-mounting model B• 1897 19″ rack model C• 1898 desktop model D


functionalityA

• Touch B

Connecting cable:• None A• Video and Touch

- 1.8 m B- 5 m D- 10 m F- 20 m H

• Video (not for touch operator functionality)- 20 m J

Accessories

Connector• 1.8 m video and Touch 6AV8 107-0BA00-0AA0• 1.8 m video and 2*PS2 6AV8 107-0BC00-0AA0• 5 m video and Touch 6AV8 107-0DA00-0AA0• 5 m video and 2*PS2 6AV8 107-0DC00-0AA0• 10 m video and touch 6AV8 107-0FA00-0AA0• 10 m video and x27 6AV8 107-0FC00-0AA0• 20 m video 6AV8 107-0HB00-0AA0• 20 m video and touch 6AV8 107-0HA00-0AA0• 20 m video and x27 6AV8 107-0HC00-0AA0

230 V power supply unitwith bracket and mains cable

6AV8 107-1AA00-0AA0

24 V power supply unit with screws

6AV8 107-1BA00-0AA0

Insertion strip for SCD 1297-K

6AV8 107-2AA00-0AA0

Insertion strip for SCD 1597-K

6AV8 107-2AB00-0AA0

Siemens ST 80 · 2002/2003 8/1

8Dimension Drawings

SIMATICPush Button Panels

SIMATIC PP7 andSIMATIC PP17...................... 8/2

SIMATIC Micro Panels SIMATIC TD200....................SIMATIC TP070

8/38/3

SIMATIC Panels SIMATIC TD17......................SIMATIC OP3 .......................SIMATIC OP7 .......................SIMATIC OP17 .....................SIMATIC TP 170A andSIMATIC TP 170B.................SIMATIC OP 170B................SIMATIC OP 270 6″..............SIMATIC OP 270 10″............SIMATIC TP 270 6″ ..............SIMATIC TP 270 10″ ............SIMATIC OP27 .....................SIMATIC TP27-6...................SIMATIC TP27-10.................

8/38/48/48/4

8/58/58/58/68/68/68/78/78/7

SIMATIC Multi Panels SIMATIC MP 270B keys .......SIMATIC MP 270B Touch .....SIMATIC MP 370 keys..........SIMATIC MP 370 Touch .......

8/88/88/98/9

SIMATIC Panel PC SIMATIC Panel PC IL 70 ......SIMATIC Panel PC 670/870 .SIMATIC PC FI45 V2 ............

8/108/118/14

LCD Monitors SCD 1297-E, SCD 1297-ET .SCD 1297-R, SCD 1297-RT .SCD 1297-K .........................SCD 1597-E, SCD 1597-ET .SCD 1597-R, SCD 1597-RT .SCD 1597-K .........................SCD 1897-E, SCD 1897-ET .SCD 1897-R, SCD 1897-RT .SCD 1897-I, SCD 1897-IT....SCD 1898-I, SCD 1898-IT....

8/158/168/168/178/188/188/198/198/208/20

Siemens ST 80 · 2002/20038/2

Dimension Drawings


SIMATIC Push Button Panels

■ PP7

■ PP17-I

■ PP17-II

� ��!�#+��+��;6�7�-<��**:��7��=�

��

��

��

��

�

��

��

��

Dimensions in mm

� ��!�#+��+��;6�7�-<��**:��7��=�

��

��

��

=�

��

��

��

Dimensions in mm

� ��!�#+��+��;6�7�-<��**:��7��=�

��

��

��

==

��

��

��

Dimensions in mm

Dimension Drawings

Siemens ST 80 · 2002/2003 8/3

Dimension DrawingsSIMATIC Micro Panels / SIMATIC Panels

SIMATIC TD 200, SIMATIC TP 070 and SIMATIC TD17

■ TD 200

■ TP 070

■ TD17

��

��

� ��!�#+��+��;6�7�-�7��<��**:��7��7��

�

��

Dimensions in mm

��=�

��

� ��!�#+��+��;6�7�-�7��<��**:��=��7��7��

��

�

��

Dimensions in mm

=�

��<

��

�<��'��#!+&�(�#��#��"(� �&�# 0!��#��#��"(�<�� !�#+��+��;6�7�-<��**:��7��=?��!�" �#�(�@��

�=��<

��<��

Dimensions in mm

Siemens ST 80 · 2002/20038/4

Dimension Drawings


SIMATIC Panels

■ OP3

■ OP7

■ OP17

��

��

��

��

Dimensions in mm

��

��

��

��

��

�$�

�=

�=

��$�

Dimensions in mm

��

��

��

�=�

��

��

�

��

��

��

Dimensions in mm

Siemens ST 80 · 2002/2003 8/5

Dimension DrawingsSIMATIC Panels

SIMATIC TP 170A/TP 170B, SIMATIC OP 170B and SIMATIC OP 270 6"

■ TP 170A/TP 170B

■ OP 170B

■ OP 270 6″

��=�

��

� ��!�#+��+��;6�7�-�7��<��**:��=��7��7��

��

�

��

Dimensions in mm

��

��

��=

� ��!�#+��+��;6�7�-�7��<��**:��=�7��7��

��

�

Dimensions in mm

��

��

�<�� !�#+��+��;6�7�-�7��<��**:��7��7��=

�= �

��

Dimensions in mm

Siemens ST 80 · 2002/20038/6

Dimension Drawings

SIMATIC OP 270 10", SIMATIC TP 270 6" and SIMATIC TP 270 10"

SIMATIC Panels

■ OP 270 10″

■ TP 270 6″

■ TP 270 10″

��4��4�

��4�

�<�� !�#+��+��;6�7�-�7��<��**:��7��=��7��

��4� =4�

��4�

��4�

Dimensions in mm

��=�

��

�<�� !�#+��+��;6�7�-�7��<��**:��=��7��7��=

�� 4�

��

Dimensions in mm

��=

��

�<�� !�#+��+��;6�7�-�7��<��**:��7��7��=

�=4� =4�

��

��4=

Dimensions in mm

Siemens ST 80 · 2002/2003 8/7

Dimension DrawingsSIMATIC Panels

SIMATIC OP27, SIMATIC TP27-6 and SIMATIC TP27-10

■ OP27

■ TP27-6

■ TP27-10

��<

�=�

�=�

�

�

��

�<

��

�=��<

�4��4�

=��<��

�<��'��%��+��'��(?�%��&�"�#��#��"�!�2�/�*�&+!��"�#��"�!�' ��!��") #��A�=��**$��#!4�# 0!��#��#��"(�"�@��**�)�"�# 0!��#��#��)�"��&�"�#��#��"�!�2�/�*�&+!�

�<�� !�#+��+��;6�7�-<��**:��7��

Dimensions in mm

��<

��

�

��

�<��<

�<�� !�#+��+��;6�7�-�7��<��**:��7��7��<��'��%��+��'��(4

��A��**�%��&�"�#��#��"�!�2�/�*�&+!��"��*�&+!��#!4�# 0!��#��#��"(��"�@��**�)�"�# 0!��#��#��)�"��&�"�#��#��"�!�2�/�*�&+!�

Dimensions in mm

��

�

��=4��<

�<��'��%��+��'��(4��A��**�%��&�"�#��#��"�!�2�/�*�&+!��"��*�&+!��#!4�# 0!��#��#��"(��"�@��**�)�"�# 0!��#��#��"(�)�"��&�"�#��#��"�!�2�/�*�&+!�

�<�� !�#+��+��;6�7�-�7��<��**:��7��7��

��4��

�<

��<

�

A��'��

��

��

Dimensions in mm

Siemens ST 80 · 2002/20038/8

Dimension Drawings

SIMATIC MP 270B Keys and SIMATIC MP 270B Touch

SIMATIC Multi Panels

■ MP 270B Keys

■ MP 270B Touch

��4��4�

��4�

�<�� !�#+��+��;6�7�-�7��<��**:��7��=��7��

��4� =4�

��4�

��4�

Dimensions in mm

��=

��

�<�� !�#+��+��;6�7�-�7��<��**:��7��7��=

�=4� =4�

��

��4=

Dimensions in mm

Siemens ST 80 · 2002/2003 8/9

Dimension DrawingsSIMATIC Multi Panels

SIMATIC MP 370 Keys and SIMATIC MP 370 Touch

■ MP 370 Keys

■ MP 370 Touch

��

��

��

��<

�<�� !�#+��+��;6�7�-�7��<��**:��7��=��7��

��< ��

��

�<

Dimensions in mm

��=4��<

��

�<�� !�#+��+��;6�7�-�7��<��**:��7��7��=

�=��<

��4��

�<

��

Dimensions in mm

Siemens ST 80 · 2002/20038/10

Dimension Drawings


SIMATIC Multi Panels

■ Operating unit

��4�9��+#��4�9��+#�

%��4�9��4�9��

��

�=�$��=$�

&��=

&��$��$�

��<

��<

&'��=4��4�

��"��#��4�9��4�9��

'��4��=4�

�<�%��B�

��

�

��

��

�

�

Dimensions in mm

Siemens ST 80 · 2002/2003 8/11

Dimension DrawingsSIMATIC Panel PC

SIMATIC Panel PC 670 and SIMATIC Panel PC 870

■ Operating unitStandard configuration

; <�%��2�/�)"��(:��4�9��4�9��4�9��

("��)*+

;0<�%��+#��(#"��)"��(:��4�9��4�9��

�

��

��

&

��

��

��<

��

��

�,

��

��

�

��

��

��=

��

-

��

��

��C��4� �=��C��4�

��C��4�

-��C��

�,�C��4�

�"��

�'�" ��.�+��

(%��!!�&��"�+.

��=�D

�'�" ��.�+��&�'�(��@�

��*��(��(�)"��' ��!

��

��

��

��

!!�&�*��(��(��7#!+&��(#"�%�'"�E�#��(

��C��

��C��4�

��C��4�

� & ��<

�, � -

; <�%��2�/�)"��(:��4�9��4�9��

("��.*+

;0<�%��+#��(#"��)"��(:��4�9��

��

��

��

��

��

��

��

�<�%��B�

Dimensions in mm

Siemens ST 80 · 2002/20038/12

Dimension Drawings


SIMATIC Panel PC

■ Panel PC 670/870Panel cutout

B5��

�

�4��

�@�

�@�

� ��!�#+��+��)�"�(� �& "&�+��;6�7�-�7��<��**�;%��+��B� <

; <�%��2�/�)"��(:��4�9��4�9��

("��.*+ $ &

��

�=��

;0<�%��+#��(#"��)"��(:��4�9�� =�

; <�%��2�/�)"��(:��4�9��4�9��4�9��

("��)*+ $ &

��

�=��=��

;0<�%��+#��(#"��)"��(:��4�9��4�9��

��

�=��=�

Dimensions in mm

Siemens ST 80 · 2002/2003 8/13

Dimension DrawingsSIMATIC Panel PC


■ Operating unitRemote configuration

!!�&�*��(��(��7#!+&��(#"�%�'"�E�#��(

��C��4��

4�

�C��4�

��C��

��=8�C��

��=

��C��

��/

��

',0

��

��8

',0��

'10��

��=��

'10

��

Dimensions in mm

Siemens ST 80 · 2002/20038/14

Dimension Drawings

SIMATIC Panel PC 670, SIMATIC Panel PC 870and SIMATIC PC FI45 V2

SIMATIC Panel PC

■ Computing unitRemote configuration

■ PC FI45 V2

��

��

�

�

�

�

�

�

��

��/ &

,��4�,,

��=4�,,,

$

��4�,

�=�4�,,

��,

��

��8�F-

��)*+&

,��4�,

�=�4��4=,,,

$

��=,

��,,

��=��

��.*+

Dimensions in mm

� ��!�#+��+��;6�7�-�7��<��**:��7��=��7��

�=�

�4�

��4�

��

��

��

��

��

Dimensions in mm

Siemens ST 80 · 2002/2003 8/15

Dimension DrawingsLCD Monitors

SCD 1297-E and SCD 1297-ET

■ SCD 1297-E,SCD 1297-ET

��4��

��

��

��

��

��

��

��8�B8��7��4�

�7��

�'�" ��.��!�*��(

GF

��+#

�

��%

�"��

1

1��-1

��%�

��4�

��

��

��

��

��4� 1%��#�0� "&�#+��+�

&A�;��7<

��%�"(+''!/+��

Dimensions in mm

Siemens ST 80 · 2002/20038/16

Dimension Drawings

SCD 1297-R, SCD 1297-RT and SCD 1297-K

LCD Monitors

■ SCD 1297-R,SCD 1297-RT

■ SCD 1297-K

��$=

��

�=�4�

��

��

��8�B8��7��4�

�'�" ��.��!�*��(

GF

��+#

�

��%

�"��

1

1��-1

��%�

��%�"(+''!/+��

��

Dimensions in mm

��4�

��

��4=

�=

=�

�

�� %�

��%�"(+''!/+��

�'�" ��.��!�*��(

�7�4�H��

G��

�� +(�

��H��

��

GF

��+#�

��1

1��-1

��%

�"

Dimensions in mm

Siemens ST 80 · 2002/2003 8/17


SCD 1597-E and SCD 1597-ET

■ SCD 1597-E,SCD 1597-ET

��4�

��

��

��4�

��

��4�

��

��

��

��

��4�

��4��

��8�B8��7��

�'�" ��.��!�*��(

GF

��+#

�

��%

�"��

1

1��-1

��%�

1%��#�0� "&�#+��+�

��%�"(+''!/+��

��4� �7��

Dimensions in mm

Siemens ST 80 · 2002/20038/18

Dimension Drawings

SCD 1597-R, SCD 1597-RT and SCD 1597-K

LCD Monitors

■ SCD 1597-R,SCD 1597-RT

■ SCD 1597-K

��4�

��4�

��4��

��%��

��

��4=

��8�B8��7��

GF

��+#

�

1��-1

��1

��%

�"

��%�"(+''!/+��

�'�" ��.��!�*��(

Dimensions in mm

��4�

��

=�

�

��

��

��=4�

GF

��+#

�

��%

�"

��%�"(+''!/+��

�'�" ��.��!�*��(

��%�

�7�4�H��

G��

�� +

(�

��H��

��

Dimensions in mm

Siemens ST 80 · 2002/2003 8/19


SCD 1897-E, SCD 1897-ET, SCD 1897-R and SCD 1897-RT

■ SCD 1897-E,SCD 1897-ET

■ SCD 1897-R,SCD 1897-RT

��=

��

��

��4�

&A�;��7<

��

��4�

��

��

��

�=�

��4�

��F

��+#�

1��-1��1

��=��

��

�'�"� ��.�!�*��(

��

��4�

��

1%��#�0� "&�#+��+�

Dimensions in mm

��4�

��

��

��

��4�

�==4�

��F

��+#�

1��-1��1

Dimensions in mm

Siemens ST 80 · 2002/20038/20

Dimension Drawings

SCD 1897-I, SCD 1897-IT, SCD 1898-I and SCD 1898-IT

LCD Monitors

■ SCD 1897-I,SCD 1897-IT

■ SCD 1898-I,SCD 1898-IT

��4�

��

��9�9

�=�

��

��

��

��

��

��

��

Dimensions in mm

�=�

��4�

��

��=4�

��

��

��

��9�9

�=�

��

=��

��

Dimensions in mm

Siemens ST 80 · 2002/2003 9/1

9Appendix

Information and order optionin the Internet and on CD-ROM 9/2

Customer Support 9/3

Information and training 9/5

Length codes for connecting cables 9/6

Safety of electronic equipment 9/7

Notes about servicing 9/7

Software licenses 9/8

Siemens Automation Solution Provider 9/10

Operating System Licenses for SIMATIC PC,CE Marking, UL (U) and CSA (A) Standards 9/10

Contacts 9/11

Subject index 9/12

Order No. index 9/14

Suggestions for improving the catalog 9/15

Fax order form 9/16

Copyright, Warning 9/17

Conditions of sale and delivery 9/18

Export regulations 9/18

Appendix

Information and order option in the Internet and on CD-ROM

9/2 Siemens ST 80 · 2002/2003

Appendix

■ A&D at WWWA detailed knowledge of the range of products and servic-es available is essential when planning and configuring automation systems. It goes without saying that this infor-mation must always be fully up-to-date.The Siemens Automation and Drives Group (A&D) has therefore built up a compre-hensive range of information in the World Wide Web, which offers quick and easy access to all data required.

Under the address

http://www.siemens.de/automationyou will find everything you need to know about products, systems and services.

■ Product selection with interactive catalogsDetailed information together with convenient interactive functions: The interactive catalogs CA 01 and ET 01 cover more than 80,000 products and thus provide a full summary of the Siemens Automation and Drives product base.Here you will find everything that you need to solve tasks in the fields of automation, switchgear, installation and drives. All information is linked into a user interface which is easy to work with and intuitive.

After selecting the product of your choice you can order at the press of a button, by fax or by online link.Information on the interactive catalogs can be found in the Internet under

http://www.siemens.de/automation/ca01or on CD-ROM.Automation and Drives, CA 01Order No.: E86060-D4001-A110-B6-7600Electrical installation technology, ET 01 Order No.: E86060-D8200-A107-A2-7600

■ Easy Shopping at the Siemens mallThe Siemens Mall is the virtual department store of Siemens AG in the Internet. Here you have access to a huge range of products presented in electronic catalogs in an informative and attractive way.Data transfer via EDIFACT allows the whole procedure from selection through order-ing to tracking of the order to be carried out online via the Internet.Numerous functions are avail-able to support you.

For example, powerful search functions make it easy to find the required products, which can be immediately checked for availability. Customer-specific discounts and preparation of quotes can be carried out online as well as order tracking and tracing.

Please visit the Siemens Mall on the Internet under:

http://www.siemens.de/automation/mall

Siemens ST 80 · 2002/2003 9/3

Appendix

Customer Support

■ Customer Support, Automation and Drives

■ Helpline for Service and Support

■ Online Support

■ Field Service

■ Spare parts and repairs

■ Technical Support

Whether you need a service expert or a spare part, a product specialist for advice, or if you just have a query, then the Customer Support is the address for you – the team that meets all your needs!

You need help but do not know who to address. We take care that help is on the way quickly.

The helplines ensure that the right specialist in your vicinity will be of skilled assistance to you. The Helpline e.g. for Germany helps in German and English 24 hours/day, 365 days/year.

Tel.: +49 180 50 50 111

Our Online Support guaran-tees quick and efficient assis-tance – around the clock, worldwide and in five languages.The Online Support offers all technical information:

Z FAQs, tips & tricks, down-loads and news

Z Free manuals

Z Useful programs and soft-ware – payment through SIMATIC Card

http://www.siemens.de/automation/service&support

Your system is installed and now you need quick on-site help. We have the specialists with the know-how you require, worldwide and at hand.

Thanks to our comprehensive service network, we are able to realize short response times – with competence, reli-ability, and speed.You can request an expert in Germany 24 hours/day and 365 days/year.

Tel.: +49 180 50 50 444

Of course we offer also service contracts customized to your requirements. Your Siemens Office is always at your disposal.

Our worldwide network of local spare parts stocks and repair centers react with speed and reliable logistics.

For requests about repairs or spare parts please call the following telephone number (in Germany):

Tel.: +49 180 50 50 446

Outside the office hours and on weekends, dial this num-ber for our spare parts stand-by service.

Technical advice for implemen-tation of products, systems and solutions in automation and drive technology is provided in German and English.

Competent, qualified and experienced specialists offer teleservice and video confer-encing for specific problems.FreeContact – the way to the free Technical Support.Z in Europe (headquarter)Tel.: +49 180 50 50 222Fax: +49 180 50 50 223E-mail: [email protected]

Z in the United StatesTel.: +1 423 461-2522Fax: +1 423 461 2231E-mail: [email protected] in AsiaTel.: +65 740-7000Fax: +65 740 7001E-mail: [email protected]

Our network of dependencies in Germany, the U.S. and Singapore offers support around the clock according to the “follow the sun” principle with FastContact – the fast way to the Technical Support:Z Return call within two hours

guaranteedZ around the clockZ payment with SIMATIC card

Tel.: +49 911 895 7777Fax: +49 911 895 7001

Appendix

Customer Support

9/4 Siemens ST 80 · 2002/2003

■ Knowledge base on CD-ROM

A copy of the free-of-charge information sector is available on CD-ROM (Service & Support Knowledge Base) for applications without an online connection to the Internet. This CD-ROM contains all cur-rent product information at the time of production (FAQs, downloads, tips & tricks, up-dates) as well as general in-formation on service and technical support.

The CD-ROM also contains a full-text search and our Knowledge Manager to per-mit specific searching for solutions. The CD-ROM is updated every 4 months.

Just like our online offer on the Internet, the CD-ROM with the Service & Support Knowledge Base is completely available in 5 languages (German, English, French, Italian, Span-ish).

You can order the CD-ROM Service and Support Knowledge Base from your Siemens partner.

Order No. 6ZB5310-0EP30-0BA1

Ordering in the Internet (using SIMATIC Card or credit card) at:

http://www.siemens.de/automation/service&supportin the Shop sector.

■ SIMATIC Card You can use the SIMATIC Card to purchase a service credit. With this credit you are able to use the charged tech-nical support services (FastContact, ServiceLine), or purchase software products and example applications on the Internet.

The SIMATIC Card basically functions like a telephone card.

You can access your credit using the SIMATIC Card num-ber and the SIMATIC Card PIN (both numbers are present on the rear of your SIMATIC Card or are sent to you by e-mail in advance when you purchase the CARD on the Internet).

You can view your SIMATICCard account statement on the Internet at:

http://www.siemens.de/automation/simatic-card

You can order the SIMATIC CardFrom your Siemens partner

Valid: 2 years from date of pur-chase

In the InternetIn conjunction with a credit card, it is possible to use the SIMATIC Card immediately:

http://www.siemens.de/automation/simatic-card

SIMATIC CardUnits Order No.200 6ES7 997-0AA00-0XA0500 6ES7 997-0AB00-0XA0

1000 6ES7 997-0AC00-0XA0

Siemens ST 80 · 2002/2003 9/5

Appendix

Information and training

■ Training for automation and drives engineering

To allow them to cope with the increasing complexity and breadth of automation equip-ment, employees must today be highly qualified.

Our A&D Information and Training Centers offer a wide range of courses for – SIMATIC HMI and SIMATIC WinCC – operator control and for – SIMATIC – system technology.

Depending on individual requirements, participants learn how toZ make decisions about the

use of devices,Z draw up plans for their use,Z configure and program the

devices,Z fully utilize their functions,Z start up equipment and

detect and rectify faults arising during operation.

Our experienced instructors work closely with R&D depart-ments to make sure that the course contents are always up-to-date. To gain as much practical experience as possi-ble, employee works directly with the device or system.

For detailed information about each course and other courses, see the ITC Catalog “Information and Training” – Courses for Automation and Drives.

■ Courses for SIMATIC HMI


http://www.sitrain.com

Infoline:Tel.: +49 18 05 23 56 11Fax: +49 18 05 23 56 12

■ Computer Based Training(CBT)

In addition to system courses, the Information and Training Center also offers CBT, a PC-supported teach-yourself program.

The CBT is an education pro-gram that teaches users the basicsof PLCs. Available on a multimedia CD, the program caters for different levels of knowledge. Users can there-fore learn in their own environ-ment and at their own speed. The program is available at all times and can be repeated any number of times.

The following CBT course is currently available:

Z PLC Basics

For further information, contact your nearest Siemens branch office.

Course name Target group Duration (days)

Coursecode

Program. Service

SIMATIC HMI (Human Machine Interface)

SIMATIC OPX5er/X7er, ProTool/ProTool-Lite 2 BB-OPSYS

SIMATIC ProTool/Pro System course 3 ST-BPROPRS

SIMATIC WinCC, System course 5 ST-BWINCCS

SIMATIC WinCC, Advanced course 5 ST-BWINCCV

SIMATIC WinCC, Openness E 2 ST-BWINCCE

SIMATIC WinCC, Openness N 1 ST-BWINCCN

Installation/Maintenance

Configuring/Programming/Startup

9/6 Siemens ST 80 · 2002/2003

Appendix

Length codes for connecting cables

■ Length codes for 6XV ... and 6ES5 ... connecting cables

For connecting cables whose length can be selected ac-cording to the following list, complete the empty positions (777) of the Order No. ac-cording to the specified length code.

Note the different length codes! Other lengths on request.

■ Connecting cables 6XV. ...

Length of the connecting cable =multiplier x length digit

Order No. extension for the connecting cable

} 6XV. ... - 777

Multiplier: 0.01 m0.1 m

EH

1 m10 m

100 m

NTU

Length digit: 101215

1 01 21 5

162025

1 62 02 5

324050

3 24 05 0

606380

6 06 38 0

Note:

For connecting cables whose length can be selected ac-cording to the above list, com-plete the empty positions (777) of the Order No. according to the specified length code. Note the different length codes! Other lengths on request.

Standard, lower-priced lengths are available for many connecting cables. Standard lengths can be supplied from the central warehouse in Nuremberg, Germany, (LZN) within three days.

Special lengths can be sup-plied only from the factory concerned. Delivery may take up to 30 days.

Example for ordering

The 6XV1 404-0A777 con-necting cable must be 16 m long. Multiplier 1 m (N) x length digit 16 (16) provides a length of 16 m. The Order No. exten-sion is N16. This is entered in the free spaces of the Order No. The complete Order No. for the 16 m long connecting cable is

6XV1 404-0AN16.

■ Connecting cable 6ES5 ...

Length of the connecting cable Order No. extension for the connecting cable

} 6ES5... - 7770

1 m1.6 m

2 m

BB0BB6BC0

2.5 m3 m

3.2 m

BC5BD0BD2

5 m8 m

10 m

BF 0BJ 0CB0

12 m16 m20 m

CB2CB6CC0

25 m32 m40 m

CC5CD2CE 0

50 m63 m80 m

CF 0CG3CJ 0

100 m120 m150 m

DB0DB2DB5

160 m200 m250 m

DB6DC0DC5

320 m400 m500 m

DD2DE 0DF 0

600 m630 m800 m

1000 m

DG0DG3DJ 0E B0

Siemens ST 80 · 2002/2003 9/7

Appendix

Safety of electronic equipmentNotes about servicing

■ Safety of electronic equipment

The information on this page is mainly of a general nature and applies regard-less of the type of electronic control system and its manufacturer.

Reliability

With a range of effective product development and production measures, we maximize the reliability of our devices and components.

These measures include

Z use of high-quality components;

Z worst-case dimensioning of all circuits;

Z systematic, computer-con-trolled testing of all subcontractor-supplied components;

Z burn-in of all large-scale in-tegrated circuits, (such as processors and memory);

Z measures to prevent static charge from building up when handling MOS circuits;

Z visual inspections at various stages of manufacture;

Z in-circuit testing of all modules, i.e. computer-aided testing of all compo-nents and their interaction within the circuit;

Z heat-run at elevated ambient temperature over several days;

Z thorough computer-controlled final testing;

Z static analysis of all rejects for immediate initiation of corrective measures.

In safety engineering, these measures are termed basic measures. They can be used to prevent or rectify most con-ceivable faults.

Hazard risk

Wherever faults can cause personal injury or material damage, special safety mea-sures have to be applied to the plant, and therefore also to the PLC. There are special, plant-specific regulations for these applications and these have to be taken into account in the design of a control system.

For electronic control systems that influence the safety of a machine or plant, the mea-sures required for preventing or correcting faults depend on the danger the plant repre-sents. Beyond a certain level of danger, the above basic measures are no longer suffi-cient, and additional mea-sures – such as two-channel configuration, tests or check-sums – must be implemented and certified for the control system.

Division into a safe and a non-safe area

Most plants contain compo-nents that perform safety-related tasks, such as Emergency Stop pushbut-tons, safety guards and two-hand controls). To avoid having to view the entire control system in terms of its safety, we generally distin-guish between a safe area

and a non-safe area. Be-cause the failure of electronic components does not present a danger in the non-safe area, the control system does not have to meet any special safe-ty requirements in this area. In the safe area, only control sys-tems and circuit arrange-ments that comply with the applicable regulations must be used.

In practice, the following distinctions are made:1. Control systems with few

safety features, e.g. machine controls.

2. Control systems with a bal-anced mix of safe non-safe areas, e.g. chemical plants and cable cars.

3. Control systems with high safety requirements, e.g. boiler-firing systems.

Important note

Even if a high degree of safety has been built into an elec-tronic control system, – such as multi-channel design – the safety guidelines in the oper-ating instructions must be strictly adhered to. Existing safety precautions may other-wise become ineffective or additional hazards be created.

■ Notes about servicing The brightness of STN and TFT backlit displays de-creases with time. This pro-cess depends on various factors, including ambient temperature. According to the manufacturer’s information, the displays have a lifespan (to failure or a brightness reduction of 50 % and at an ambient temperature of 25 °C) of:

OP 170B 50,000 hOP27 monochrome 50,000 hOP27 color 40,000 hOP 270 6″ 40,000 hOP 270 10″ 60,000 hTP 070 50,000 hTP 170A/B 50,000 hTP 270 6″ 40,000 hTP 270 10″ 60,000 hTP27-6 monochrome50,000 hTP27-6 color 40,000 hTP27-10 60,000 h

MP 270B 50,000 hMP 370 50,000 hPanel PC IL70 50,000 hPanel PCs 670/870 60,000 hFI45 V2 25,000 h

Depending on the actual operating conditions, the gas discharge tubes must be re-placed when the display is no longer readable.

Appendix

Software licenses

9/8 Siemens ST 80 · 2002/2003

■ Software types Software requiring a license is categorized into types.The following software types have been defined:

Z Engineering software

Z Runtime software

Engineering software

This includes all software products for creating (engi-neering) user software, e.g. for configuring, programming, parameterizing, testing, commissioning or servicing.Data generated with engi-neering software and execut-able programs can be duplicated for your own use or for use by third-parties free-of-charge.

Runtime software

This includes all software products required for plant/machine operation, e.g. oper-ating system, basic system, system expansions, drivers, etc.

The duplication of the runtime software and executable programs created with the runtime software for your own use or for use by third-parties is subject to a charge.You can find information about license fees according to use in the ordering data (e.g. in the catalog). Examples of categories of use include per CPU, per installation, per channel, per instance, per axis, per control loop, per variable, etc.

Information about extended rights of use for parameteriza-tion/configuration tools sup-plied as integral components of the scope of delivery can be found in the readme file supplied with the relevant product(s).

■ License types Siemens Automation & Drives offers various types of soft-ware license:

Z Floating license

Z Single license

Z Rental license

Z Trial license

Floating license

The software may be installed for internal use on any number of devices by the licensee. Only the concurrent user is licensed. The concurrent user is the person using the pro-gram. Use begins when the software is started.

A license is required for each concurrent user.

Single license

Unlike the floating license, a single license permits only one installation of the soft-ware.

The type of use licensed is specified in the ordering data and in the Certificate of License (CoL). Types of use include for example per de-vice, per axis, per channel, etc.

One single license is required for each type of use defined.

Rental license

A rental license supports the "sporadic use" of engineering software. Once the license key has been installed, the software can be used for a specific number of hours (the operating hours do not have to be consecutive).

One license is required for each installation of the soft-ware.

Trial license

A trial license supports "short-term use" of the software in a non-productive context, e.g. for testing and evaluation pur-poses. It can be transferred to another license.

■ Downgrading The licensee is permitted to use the software or an earlier version/release of the soft-ware, provided that the licens-ee owns such a version/release and its use is techni-cally feasible.

Siemens ST 80 · 2002/2003 9/9

Appendix

Software licenses

■ Delivery versions Software is constantly being updated.The following delivery versions

Z PowerPack

Z Upgradecan be used to access up-dates.

Existing bug fixes are sup-plied with the ServicePack version.

PowerPack

PowerPacks can be used to upgrade to more powerful software.The licensee receives a new license agreement and CoL (Certificate of License) with the PowerPack. This CoL, together with the CoL for the original product, proves that the new software is licensed. A separate PowerPack must be purchased for each origi-nal license of the software to be replaced.

Upgrade

An upgrade permits the use of a new version of the software on the condition that a license for a previous version of the product is already held.The licensee receives a new license agreement and CoL with the upgrade. This CoL, together with the CoL for the previous product, proves that the new version is licensed.A separate upgrade must be purchased for each original license of the software to be upgraded.

ServicePack

ServicePacks are used to debug existing products. ServicePacks may be dupli-cated for use as prescribed according to the number of existing original licenses.

Detailed explanations concerning license conditions can be found in the “Terms and Conditions of Siemens AG”(see page 9/18) or under

www.ad.siemens.de/automation/mall(A&D Mall Online-Help System)

■ License key Siemens Automation & Drives supplies software products with and without license keys.The license key serves as an electronic license stamp and is also the "switch" for activat-ing the software (floating license, rental license, etc.).

The complete installation of software products requiring license keys includes the program to be licensed (the software) and the license key (which represents the license).

■ Certificate of license The Certificate of License (CoL) is the licensee's proof that the use of the software has been licensed by Siemens.

A CoL is required for every type of use and must be kept in a safe place.

Appendix

Siemens Automation Solution ProviderOperating System Licenses · CE Marking · UL(U) and CSA(C) Standards

9/10 Siemens ST 80 · 2002/2003

■ Automation solutions are be-coming increasingly complex, and demands are permanent-ly growing. We can help you find competent partners for an excellent, reliable solution. Partners who have compe-tence and experience in the required sector linked with comprehensive know-how for automation solutions.

Our partner programs set new standards with respect to the specific competence of the involved companies and the global network of partners. As a result of the careful selection and permanent training of our solution provid-ers, you will always be able to find a competent partner close at hand who is always working with state-of-the-art technology.

The program

You are searching for automa-tion solutions for a particular task? Or you require profes-sional consulting and sup-port? You wish to contact specialists in your sector? You wish to secure market ad-vantages? Then our Siemens automation solution providers are the right partners for you!

Our partner companies pos-sess the know-how for devel-oping reliable, economic and future-oriented solutions – for all sectors and all automation components: covering all SIMATIC components, visual-ization systems, communi-cations networks using SIMATIC PCS 7, microsys-tems and motion control systems up to products for vertical integration of industri-al automation and office environments.

Your benefits

• Customized, economic and future-oriented solutions

• Significant advantages with respect to speed, efficiency and locality

• Solution provider has special knowledge of sector

• Guaranteed state-of-the-art technology and knowledge of latest developments

Certification

The solution providers are continuously being trained in order to remain completely up-to-date. They are subject-ed to a special certification program where they have to prove their high competence using Siemens’ automation tools. We can therefore guar-antee a special standard of quality which is successively achieved by training on new components and during spe-cial solution provider work-shops.

Internet:www.siemens.com/automation/solution-providerE-mail:[email protected]

■ Operating system licensesfor SIMATIC PC/PG

The enclosed operating system license is approved only for the installation of the SIMATIC PC/PG supplied.

The Microsoft OEM license allows you to install the soft-ware only on this SIMATIC system.

■ CE marking All products contained in this catalog have the CE marking.

An EC declaration of confor-mity for SIMATIC HMI products in accordance with Article 10 of the EMC Directive can be obtained for the rele-vant authorities from:

Siemens AktiengesellschaftAutomation & Drives GroupA&D PT1 BDP.O. Box 4848D-90327 NurembergFederal Republic of Germany

■ UL (U) and CSA (C) standards

All HMI products comply with the UL (U) and CSA (C) stan-dards or an application for approval has been submitted.

Products, for which there is no approval, are specially marked (see the product or-dering data).

Siemens ST 80 · 2002/2003 9/11

Appendix

Contacts

■To find out about worldwide Siemens contacts for specific technologies, visit us at

www.ad.siemens.de/partner

Where possible, we have listed local contacts for

Z Sales,

Z Service and

Z Training.

Select the required country, technology and product or area of your choice and click the “Next” button.

Or select the desired country under “Geographical Search” in the world atlas. All locations with Siemens contact persons are then displayed in a list box in the subsequent screen mask.

Click the various tabs to dis-play the addresses of the dif-ferent partners.

Clicking a locationwith the mouse then displays the address of the relevant contact person for sales, ser-vice and training.

Click the FaxPrint button to print out a fax form to send a message to the contact person currently selected.

Need to know more?Just send us a fax!For further information, just dial thefax no. 0 08 00 74 62 84 27

Siemens Contacts Worldwide

Appendix

Subject index

9/12 Siemens ST 80 · 2002/2003

■Page Page Page Page

AAppendix 9/1

C

Catalog improvementsuggestions 9/16CE marking 9/10Configuration software

SIMATIC ProTool 4/4SIMATIC ProTool/Lite 4/4

Connecting cables 2/88Contact persons 9/12Copyright 9/17Customer support 9/3Customized design 6/3Customized products 6/2

D

Design Center 6/4Dimensions in mm

LCD monitors 8/15MP 270B Keys 8/8MP 270B Touch 8/8MP 370 Keys 8/9MP 370 Touch 8/9OP17 8/4OP 170B 8/5OP27 8/7OP 270 6” 8/5OP 270 10” 8/6OP3 8/4OP7 8/4PP17-I 8/2PP17-II 8/2PP7 8/2SCD 1297-E 8/15SCD 1297-ET 8/15SCD 1297-R 8/16SCD 1297-RT 8/16SCD 1297-K 8/16SCD 1597-E 8/17SCD 1597-ET 8/17SCD 1597-R 8/18SCD 1597-RT 8/18SCD 1597-K 8/18SCD 1897-E 8/19SCD 1897-ET 8/19SCD 1897-R 8/19SCD 1897-RT 8/19SCD 1897-I 8/20SCD 1897-IT 8/20SCD 1898-I 8/20SCD 1898-IT 8/20

D (continued)SIMATIC Panel PC IL 70 8/10SIMATIC Panel PC 670 8/11SIMATIC Panel PC 870 8/11SIMATIC PC FI45 V2 8/14TD17 8/3TD 200 8/3TP 070 8/3TP 170A 8/5TP 170B 8/5TP27-6 8/7TP27-10 8/7TP 270 6” 8/6TP 270 10” 8/6

EExport regulations 9/18

F

Fax order form 9/16FI45 V2 3/24

I

Information and ordering 9/2Information andtraining 9/5

L

LCD monitors 7/2Length codesfor connecting cables 9/6

M

Micro PanelsTP 070 2/15TD 200 2/13

Multi panels 2/56MP 270B 2/56MP 370 2/62

Multifunctional platforms 2/56

OOEM industrial products 6/8Open Platform Program(OPP) 6/10Operator panels

OP17 2/20OP 170B 2/32OP27 2/51OP 270 2/41OP3 2/20OP7 2/20

Operator panelsSIMATIC MP 270B 2/56SIMATIC MP 370 2/62SIMATIC OP17 2/20SIMATIC OP 170B 2/32SIMATIC OP27 2/51SIMATIC OP 270 2/41SIMATIC OP3 2/20SIMATIC OP7 2/20SIMATIC PP7 2/8SIMATIC PP17-I 2/8SIMATIC PP17-II 2/8SIMATIC TD17 2/18SIMATIC TD 200 2/13SIMATIC TP 170A 2/27SIMATIC TP 070 2/15SIMATIC TP 170B 2/27SIMATIC TP 270 2/36SIMATIC TP27 2/46

Options for time-critical operator actions 2/70Options 4/18, 4/31Order No. index 9/21Ordering data

Industrial LCD monitors 7/8MP 270B 2/61MP 370 2/67OP17 2/25OP 170B 2/35OP 270 2/45OP27 2/55OP3 2/25OP7 2/25PP7 2/12PP17-I 2/12PP17-II 2/12SIMATIC IT WinBDE 4/19SIMATIC Panel PC IL 70 3/10SIMATIC Panel PC 670 3/15SIMATIC Panel PC 870 3/21SIMATIC Panel PCwith ProTool/Pro 5/3SIMATIC Panel PCwith WinCC 5/7

O (continued)SIMATIC PC FI45 V2 3/24SIMATIC ProAgent 4/58SIMATIC ProTool 4/8SIMATIC ProTool/Lite 4/8SIMATIC ProTool/Pro 4/16SIMATIC WinAC MP 2/68SIMATIC WinCC 4/48TD17 2/19TD 200 2/14TP 070 2/17TP 170A 2/31TP 170B 2/31TP27 2/50TP 270 2/40

P Packages with

SIMATIC ProTool/Pro 5/2SIMATIC WinCC 5/6

Panel PCs 3/2Panel PC IL 70 3/8Panel PC 670 3/11Panel PC 870 3/17Panel PC with ProTool/Pro 5/2Panel PC with WinCC 5/6PC FI45 V2 3/22

Product and system overview 1/4Push Button Panels (PP)

PP7 2/8PP17-I 2/8PP17-II 2/8

RRecommended printers 2/90

Siemens ST 80 · 2002/2003 9/13

Appendix

Subject index

■Page Page Page Page

S Safety of electronic devices 9/7SIMATIC HMI packages 5/2SIMATIC Panel PC with ProTool/Pro 5/2SIMATIC Panel PC with WinCC 5/6SIMATIC Panel PC 670 3/11SIMATIC Panel PC 870 3/17SIMATIC Panel PC IL 70 3/8SIMATIC Panel PCIndustrial Lite 70 3/8SIMATIC PC FI45 V2 3/22SIMATIC ProAgentprocess diagnostics software 4/53SIMATIC ProTool/Pro visualization software 4/9SIMATIC WinCCSCADA system 4/20Softwarelicense regulations 9/8Software

SIMATIC ProAgent 4/53SIMATIC ProTool 4/4SIMATIC ProTool/Lite 4/4SIMATIC ProTool/Pro 4/9SIMATIC WinCC 4/20Overview 4/2

Subject index 9/12System interfaces 2/72Systems with SIMATIC ProTool/Pro 5/2Systems with SIMATIC WinCC 5/6

TTechnical specifications

LCD monitors 7/3, 7/5, 7/7MP 270B 2/59MP 370 2/65OP17 2/23OP 170B 2/34OP27 2/54OP 270 2/43OP3 2/23OP7 2/23PP7 2/11PP17-I 2/11PP17-II 2/11SIMATIC Panel PC IL 70 3/9SIMATIC Panel PC 670 3/13SIMATIC Panel PC 870 3/19SIMATIC PC FI45 V2 3/23SIMATIC ProAgent 4/57SIMATIC ProTool 7/4SIMATIC ProTool/Lite 7/4SIMATIC ProTool/Pro 4/15SIMATIC WinCC 4/23TD17 2/19TD 200 2/14TP 070 2/17TP 170A 2/29TP 170B 2/29TP27 2/48TP 270 2/38

T (continued)Terms and Conditions of Sale and Delivery 9/26Text display TD 200 2/13Text panels

OP3 2/20OP7 2/20OP17 2/20TD17 2/18

Touch panelsTP 070 2/15TP 170A 2/27TP 170B 2/27TP27 2/46TP 270 2/36

UUL (U) and CSA (C)standards 9/10

WWarning 9/17WinAC MP 2/68WinBDE machine data management 4/19WinCC 4/20

Application examples 4/28WinCC add-ons 4/31WinCC options 4/31WinCC communication 4/24

Z170 series

SIMATIC OP 170B 2/32SIMATIC TP 170A 2/27SIMATIC TP 170B 2/27

270 seriesSIMATIC MP 270B 2/56SIMATIC OP27 2/51SIMATIC OP 270 2/41SIMATIC TP27 2/46SIMATIC TP 270 2/36

370 seriesSIMATIC MP 370 2/62

Appendix

Order No. index

9/14 Siemens ST 80 · 2002/2003

■Type Page Type Page Type Page Type Page

PPX:PPX:2601094-8001 2/85

WW79084-E1001-B2 2/19, 2/26,

2/40, 2/45,2/50, 2/55,2/61, 2/67

2XV92XV9 450-... 4/50

6AV36AV3 017-... 2/19, 6/56AV3 503-... 2/25, 6/56AV3 591-... 2/266AV3 607-... 2/25, 6/56AV3 617-... 2/25, 6/56AV3 627-... 2/50, 2/55,

6/5, 6/66AV3 637-... 6/5, 6/66AV3 672-... 2/50, 2/556AV3 673-... 2/50, 2/556AV3 678-... 2/12, 2/19, 2/26,

6/5, 6/66AV3 681-... 4/586AV3 688-... 2/126AV3 980- ... 4/86AV3 991-... 2/12, 2/19, 2/26,

2/50, 2/55, 4/8

6AV66AV6 371- ... 4/27, 4/49, 4/50,

4/51, 4/52, 4/586AV6 381- ... 4/48, 4/496AV6 382- ... 5/96AV6 392- ... 4/496AV6 520- ... 2/266AV6 542- ... 2/35, 2/45,

2/61, 2/67, 6/66AV6 545- ... 2/17, 2/31, 2/40,

2/61, 2/67, 6/66AV6 570- ... 4/166AV6 571- ... 4/86AV6 573-... 2/25, 2/31, 2/35,

2/50, 2/55, 2/676AV6 574- ... 2/17, 2/31, 2/35,

2/40, 2/45, 2/61,2/67, 4/8

6AV6 575- ... 2/316AV6 580- ... 4/86AV6 581- ... 4/86AV6 582- ... 4/166AV6 584- ... 4/16, 5/56AV6 591- ... 2/17, 2/31, 2/35,

2/40, 2/45,2/61, 2/67

6AV6 594- ... 2/31, 2/35, 2/40,2/45, 2/61, 2/67,

4/8, 4/176AV6 596- ... 2/31, 2/35, 2/40,

2/45, 2/61, 2/67,4/8, 4/17

6AV76AV7 500-... 3/10, 5/5, 5/96AV7 501-... 3/10, 5/5, 5/96AV7 61.- ... 3/15, 5/3, 5/76AV7 62.-... 3/15, 5/3, 5/76AV7 670-... 3/246AV7 650- ... 6/76AV7 651- ... 6/76AV7 681- ... 6/76AV7 70.-... 3/21, 5/4, 5/8, 6/76AV7 71.-... 3/21, 5/4, 5/86AV7 72.-... 3/16, 5/3, 5/76AV7 73.-... 3/16, 5/3, 5/7

6AV86AV8 101- ... 7/86AV8 107-... 7/8

6AV96AV9 620- ... 7/56AV9 804- ... 6/5, 6/6, 6/7

6BQ36BQ3 073-... 4/506BQ3 090-... 4/19, 4/50

6DL56DL5 401-... 4/50

6DR16DR1 127-... 4/52

6ES56ES5 731-... 2/886ES5 734-... 2/31, 2/40, 2/45,

2/61, 2/84, 2/886ES5 848-... 4/516ES5 886-... 4/51

6ES76ES7 272-... 2/146ES7 645-... 3/246ES7 648-... 3/246ES7 652-... 4/506ES7 671-... 2/696ES7 705-... 2/26, 2/77, 2/886ES7 810-... 2/176ES7 850-... 2/176ES7 901-... 2/17, 2/31, 2/35,

2/40, 2/45,2/67, 2/88

6ES7 952-... 2/50, 2/55, 2/776ES7 972-... 2/14, 2/89

6GK16GK1 151-... 4/26, 4/516GK1 161-... 4/26, 4/516GK1 500-... 2/19, 2/26, 2/31,

2/35, 2/40, 2/45,2/50, 2/55, 2/67, 2/89

6GK1 551-... 4/17, 4/27, 4/516GK1 561-... 4/17, 4/27, 4/516GK1 704-... 4/26, 4/27, 4/516GK1 713-... 4/17, 4/276GK1 716-... 4/26, 4/51

6XV16XV1 418-... 2/76, 2/886XV1 440-... 2/76, 2/77, 2/78,

2/79, 2/84, 2/85,2/86, 2/87, 2/88, 2/89

6XV1 830-... 2/12, 2/14, 2/17,2/31, 2/35, 2/84, 2/88

Siemens ST 80 · 2002/2003 9/15

AppendixSuggestions for improving the catalog

Fax form

■ To Your address

Siemens AG, A&D PT1ST 80 � 2002/2003Ms. B. GottsaunerGleiwitzer Straße 555D-90475 NurembergFederal Republic of Germany

Fax: +49 91 18 95 30 09

Name

Capacity

Company, Dept.

Street address

Postal code, City

Tel., Fax

■ Your opinion matters to us!

We hope that our catalog will become an important and widely used source of reference and are constantly striving to improve it.

So please take just a few minutes of your time to fill in this form and fax it to us.

■

■ Did you find any printing errors?

Please grade our catalog on a points system from 1 (= good) to 6 (= poor):1. Do the contents of the catalog meet your

requirements?4. Is there enough technical detail?

2. Did you find it easy to find the information you needed?

5. What do you think of the quality of the graphicsand tables?

3. Did you find the text easy to understand?

9/16 Siemens ST 80 · 2002/2003

Appendix

Fax order form

■ Fax order formJust copy this form, fill it in and fax it to us. We will deliver right away!(For the correct address, please refer to the “SIMATIC HMI Contacts” list)

To:

Subject to the "Conditions of Sale and Delivery" specified in your sales partner's catalog/price list

Company address (company stamp): Shipping address (if different from company address):

Fax No.

Contact

Item Order No. Description Qty. Price Total price

Customer No. (if known)

Company, Dept.

Street address

Postal code, City

Contact

Tel., Fax

Customer Order No.: ..................................................................

Date

Company, Dept.

Street, No.

Postal code, City

Remarks

Deliver by: .................................................................................

Signature

Siemens ST 80 · 2002/2003 9/17

Appendix

Copyright, Warning

V WARNINGHazardous voltageCan cause loss of life, severe personal injury,or substantial property damage

Information contained in this catalog is for reference purposesonly. Consult your technical manual for specific connection andother technical requirements.

■ Warning

Definitions of the terms as applicable in our appropriate technical documentation:

Indicates loss of life, severe personal injury, or substantial property damage can result if proper precautions are not taken.

WARNING

CAUTION

Indicates loss of life, severe personal injury, or substantial property damage will result if proper precautions are not taken.

Indicates minor personal injury or property damage can result if proper precautions are not taken.

Siemens has developed this catalog for its licensees and customers. The information contained herein is the property of Siemens and may not be copied, used or disclosed to others without prior written approval from Siemens. Users are cautioned that the material contained herein is subject to change by Siemens at any time and without prior notice.

DANGER

GOnly qualified personnel should install or maintain the prod-ucts described in this catalog after becoming thoroughly familiar with all warnings, safety notices, and maintenance procedures contained in the appropriate technical manual.

Qualified person

One who is familiar with the installation, construction, and operation of the products described in this catalog and the hazards involved. In addition, the person should have the following qualifications:

• Be trained and authorized to use and tag circuits and equip-ment in accordance with established safety practices.

• Be trained in the proper care and use of protective equipment in accordance with established safety practices.

• Be trained in rendering first aid.

The successful and safe operation of this equipment is dependent upon proper handling, installation, operation and maintenance.

Siemens shall not be responsible for any damages, including consequential damages, caused by reliance on material pre-sented, including but not limited to typographical, electronic, arithmetic, or listing errors.

■ Copyright

Siemens ST 80 · 2002/20039/18

Appendix

Conditions of sale and deliveryExport regulations

■ Terms and Conditions of Sale and Delivery

in the Federal Republic of Germany

By using this catalog you can acquire hardware and software products described therein from the Siemens AG subject to the following terms. Please note! The scope, the quality and the con-ditions for supplies and services, including software products, by any Siemens entity having a registered office outside the Federal Republic of Germany, shall be subject exclusively to the General Terms and Conditions of the respective Siemens entity.

for customers based in the Federal Republic of Germany

The General Terms of Payment as well as the General Conditions for the Supply of Products and Services of the Electrical and Electronics Industry shall apply.

For software products, the General License Conditions for Soft-ware Products for Automation and Drives for Customers with Seat or registered Office in Germany shall apply.

for customers with a seat or registered office outside the Federal Republic of Germany

The General Terms of Payment as well as the General Conditions for Supplies of Siemens, Automation and Drives for Customers with a Seat or registered Office outside of Germany shall apply.

For software products, the General License Conditions for Soft-ware Products for Automation and Drives for Customers with Seat or registered Office outside of Germany shall apply.

General

The prices are in (Euro) ex works, exclusive packaging.

The sales tax (value added tax) is not included in the prices. It shall be debited separately at the respective rate according to the applicable legal regulations.

In addition to the prices of products which include silver and/or copper, surcharges may be calculated if the respective limits of the notes are exceeded.

Prices are subject to change without prior notice. We will debit the prices valid at the time of delivery.

The dimensions are in mm. Illustrations are not binding.

Insofar as there are no remarks on the corresponding pages, - especially with regard to data, dimensions and weights given - these are subject to change without prior notice.

Comprehensive Terms and Conditions of Sale and Delivery are available free of charge from your local Siemens business office under the following Order Nos.:

Z 6ZB5310-0KR30-0BA0 (for customers based in the Federal Republic of Germany)

Z 6ZB5310-0KS53-0BA0 (for customers based outside of theFederal Republic of Germany)

or download them from the Internet:www.siemens.com/automation/mall (A&D Mall Online-Help System)

■ Export regulations

The products listed in this catalog / price list may be subject to European / German and/or US export regulations.

Therefore, any export requiring a license is subject to approval by the competent authorities.

According to current provisions, the following export regulations must be observed with respect to the products featured in this catalog / price list:

Even without a label or with an “AL: N“ or “ECCN: N“, authoriza-tion may be required due to the final destination and purpose for which the goods are to be used.

The deciding factors are the AL or ECCN export authorization indicated on order confirmations, delivery notes and invoices.

Subject to change without prior notice.

AL Number of the German Export List.

Products marked other than “N“ require an export license.In the case of software products, the export des-ignations of the relevant data medium must also be generally adhered to.

Goods labeled with an “AL not equal to N“ are subject to a European or German export authori-zation when being exported out of the EU.

ECCN Export Control Classification Number.

Products marked other than “N“ are subject to a reexport license to specific countries.

In the case of software products, the exportdesignations of the relevant data medium must also be generally adhered to.

Goods labeled with an “ECCN not equal to N“ are subject to a US re-export authorization.

Published by Siemens AGAutomation and Drives Group

Human Machine Interfaces

Order No.: E86060-K4680-A101-A9-7600KG K 0602 25.0 NIE 246 En/201420Printed in the Federal Republic of Germany

Catalogs of theAutomation and Drives Group (A&D)

Further information can be obtained from our branchoffices listed in the appendix of this catalog

A&D/3U/En 11.06.02

Automation & Drives CatalogInteractive catalogs on CD-ROM

• Components for Automation & Drives CA 01

• Electrical Installation Technology ET 01

Analysis SystemsGas Analysis Equipment for the Process Industry PA 10

PDF: Process Analytics, Components for Sample Preparation

PA 11

SIPAN Liquid Analysis PA 20

Automation Systems for Machine ToolsSINUMERIK & SIMODRIVE NC 60

Cables, Connectors and System Components NC Z

Drive SystemsVariable-Speed Drives

DC Motors DA 12

DC Drives Preferred Series up to 500 kW DA 12.1

DC Drives Preferred Series 215 kW to 1500 kW DA 12.2

SIMOREG DC MASTER 6RA70 Digital Chassis Converters

DA 21.1

SIMOREG K 6RA22 Analog Chassis Converters DA 21.2

SIMOREG DC MASTER 6RM70 Digital Converter Cabinet Units

DA 22

SIMOVERT PM Modular Converter Systems DA 45

SIEMOSYN Motors DA 48

MICROMASTER 410/420/430/440 Inverters DA 51.2

MICROMASTER 411/COMBIMASTER 411 DA 51.3

SIMOVERT A Current-Source DC Link Converters DA 62

SIMOVERT MV Medium-Voltage Drives DA 63

Low-Voltage Motors for Variable-Speed Drives DA 65.3

SIMODRIVE 611 universal and POSMO DA 65.4

SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES Vector Control DA 65.10

SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES Motion Control DA 65.11

SIMADYN D Control System DA 99

Automation Systems for Machine Tools SIMODRIVE NC 60

• AC Main Spindle Motors 1PM, 1FE, 1PH

• AC Servomotors 1FT, 1FK

• AC Linear motors 1FN

• Converter System SIMODRIVE 611

• Converter Systems SIMODRIVE POSMO A/CD/CA/SI

Low-Voltage Three-Phase-Motors

Project Manual M 10

Squirrel-Cage Motors, Totally Enclosed, Fan-Cooled M 11

Drive and Control Components for Hoisting Equipment HE 1

Electrical Installation TechnologyCircuit-Breaker SystemsFuse SystemsDistribution Board SystemsBuilding Management Systems with instabus EIB

I 2.1

Program Overview Modular Devices I 2.11

STAB Wall-Mounting Distribution Boards I 2.31

SIKUS Floor-Mounting Distribution Boards I 2.32

8PU Busway System I 2.36

Human Machine Interface Systems SIMATIC HMI

ST 80

Industrial Communication and Field Devices IK PI

PDF: These catalogs are only available as pdf files.

Low-Voltage Controls and Distribution CatalogLow-Voltage Controlgear, Switchgear and Systems NS K

Communication-Capable Controlgear,Controlgear with SIRIUS, SIGUARD Safety Systems,Control and Signalling Devices, Switchgear,Transformers and DC Power Supplies,Main- and EMERGENCY-STOP Switches,Control Switches, Terminal Blocks

BERO - Sensors for Automation NS BERO

Products and Systemsfor Low-Voltage Power Distribution

NS PS

SENTRON WL NS WL

Motion Control System SIMOTION PM 10

Process EngineeringField Instruments for Process AutomationMeasuring Instruments for Pressure, Differential Pressure, Flow, Level and Temperature, Positioners and Liquid Meters

FI 01

SIWAREX Weighing Systems WT 01

Process Recorders and Accessories MP 20

SIPART, Controllers and Software MP 31

SIMATIC Industrial Automation SystemsSIMATIC PCS Process Control System ST 45

PDF: SIMATIC S5/PC/505 Automation Systems ST 50

Components for Totally Integrated Automation ST 70

SIMATIC PCS 7 Process Control System ST PCS 7

Add-ons for the SIMATIC PCS 7 Process Control System

ST PCS 7.A

SIPOS Electric ActuatorsElectric Rotary, Linear and Part-turn Actuators MP 35

Electric Rotary Actuators for Nuclear Plants MP 35.1/.2

Systems EngineeringPower supplies SITOP power KT 10.1

System cabling SIMATIC TOP connect KT 10.2

MOBY Identification Systems KT 21

Industrial Microcomputers SICOMP KT 51

System SolutionsApplications, Products and Services for Industry SL 01

Automation Solutions in the Plastic Industrywith SIMATIC S7

SL 10

TELEPERM M Process Control SystemAS 235, AS 235H and AS 235K automation systems PLT 111

AS 388/TM and AS 488/TM automation systems PLT 112

OS 525 operating and monitoring system PLT 122

Operating and monitoring with WinCC/TM PLT 123

CS 275 bus system PLT 130

st80_2002_e

Documents

simatic net

catalog ca

simatic multi panel

new hmi development

siemens registeredtrademarks

automation environment

quality management system

ssimatic hmicatalog